REVISED

IMPLEMENTING RULES AND REGULATIONS

OF THE

NATIONAL BUILDING CODE

OF THE PHILIPPINES

(PD 1096)

October 2004

Prepared By

NATIONAL BUILDING CODE REVIEW COMMITTEE

And Its
BOARD OF CONSULTANTS

Published By
DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC WORKS AND HIGHWAYS
Manila
Philippines
 TABLE OF CONTENTS

T IT LE PAGE

Foreword…………………………………………………………………….... vii
Acknowledgement…………………………………………………………….... viii

RULE I - GENERAL PROVISIONS

SECTION

101 Title ………………………………………………….………………….….….. 1

102 Declaration of Policy………………………………………………….……….. 1
103 Scope and Application……………….……………………………….………. 1
104 General Building Requirements………………………………………..…….. 1
105 Site Requirements…………………………………………………………….. 2
106 Definitions…………………………………………………….…………..…….. 2-3

RULE II - ADMINISTRATION AND ENFORCEMENT

201 Responsibility for Administration and Enforcement………………….……… 4

202 Technical Staff………………………………………….……………….……... 4
203 General Powers and Functions of the Secretary………………………….… 4
204 Professional and Technical Assistance..……………………………..…….… 4-5
205 Building Officials………………………………………….…………….……..… 5
206 Qualifications of Building Officials…………………………………….……..… 5
207 Duties of the Building Official…………………………………………..…….… 5-7
208 Fees…………………………………………………….……………………..... 7
209 Exemption…………………………………………………………………….….. 7
210 Use of Income from Fees………………………………….……………....….. 7 - 12
211 Implementing Rules and Regulations……………………………………...... 12
212 Administrative Fines……………………………………….………………... 12 - 14
213 Penal Provisions……………….…………………………………………..…. 14
214 Dangerous and Ruinous Buildings or Structures…………….………….…. 14 - 15
215 Abatement of Dangerous Buildings………………………………………....… 15 - 17
216 Other Remedies……………………………………………….………………. 17
Procedure for Abatement/Demolition
of Dangerous/Ruinous Buildings/Structures……………………………. 18

RULE III - PERMITS AND INSPECTION

301 Building Permits………………………………………………………………... 19 - 20

302 Application for Permits………………………………………………………..… 20 - 27
303 Processing of Building Permits………………………….………………....…. 27 - 31
304 Issuance of Building Permits....………………………….…………….…….… 31 - 32
305 Validity of Building Permits………………………………………………...….. 32
306 Non-issuance, Suspension or Revocation of Building Permits………..…… 32 - 33
307 Appeal………………………………………………………………………….... 34
308 Inspection and Supervision of Work……………………………………..….. 34
309 Certificate of Occupancy……………………………………….…………..… 34 - 35

RULE IV - TYPES OF CONSTRUCTION

401 Types of Construction……………………………………………………..…... 36

402 Changes in Types…..…………………………………..…….…………….…. 36
403 Requirements on Type of Construction…………………………….………... 36 - 37

i
 RULE V - REQUIREMENTS OF FIRE ZONES

501 Fire Zones Defined…………………………………………….…….………….. 38

502 Buildings Located in More than One Fire Zone………………………....…. 38
503 Moved Buildings.………………………………………………………………. 38
504 Temporary Buildings/Structures…………………….…….…………………... 38
505 Center Lines of Streets……………………………………….……………..….. 38
506 Restrictions on Existing Buildings…………………………………………..... 38 - 39
507 Designation of Fire Zones…………………………………………………….. 39

RULE VI - FIRE-RESISTIVE REQUIREMENTS IN

CONSTRUCTION

601 Fire-Resistive Rating Defined……………………………………………….. 40

602 Fire-Resistive Time Period Rating…………………………………………..… 40
603 Fire-Resistive Standards……………………………………………………..… 40
604 Fire-Resistive Regulations………………………………………………….…. 40

RULE VII - CLASSIFICATION AND GENERAL

REQUIREMENTS OF ALL BUILDINGS BY USE
OR OCCUPANCY

701 Occupancy Classified……………………………………….…………….…… 41 - 74

702 Change in Use………………………………………………….…………….…. 75
703 Mixed Occupancy……………………………………….….………………… 75 - 76
704 Location on Property………………………………………….……………….... 76 - 78
705 Allowable Floor Areas…………………………………………………………. 78 - 81
706 Allowable Floor Area Increases..………………………….………………….. 82
707 Maximum Height of Buildings……………………………….……………….. 82 - 101
708 Minimum Requirements for Group A Dwellings………….………………... 101 - 102
709 Requirements for Other Group Occupancies…………….………………..… 103
Guidelines on Building Bulk, Development Control,
Buildings & Other Accessory Structures Within
Cemeteries and Memorial Parks………………………………………... 104 - 112

RULE VIII - LIGHT AND VENTILATION

801 General Requirements of Light and Ventilation…………………………….. 113

802 Measurement of Site Occupancy……………………….…………….…….… 113
803 Percentage of Site Occupancy………………………………………………… 113 - 119
804 Size and Dimensions of Courts……………………………………………..…. 120 - 125
805 Ceiling Heights………………………………………………………………… 126
806 Sizes and Dimensions of Rooms……………………………………………… 126
807 Air Space Requirements in Determining the Size of Rooms……………..... 126
808 Windows Openings………………………………………….………………... 126
809 Vent Shafts……………………………………………………………………..... 127
810 Ventilation Skylights…………………………………………………………..… 127
811 Artificial Ventilation…………………………………………………………….... 127 - 128
Guidelines on Easements, View Corridors/Sight Lines,
Streets/Road Right-of-Way (RROW), Sidewalks,
Arcades, Basements, Lots, and Public Buildings/Structures……….….129 - 156

RULE IX - SANITATION

901 General Requirements………………………………….…………………….. 157

902 Water Supply System.…………………….………………………………….... 157
903 Wastewater Disposal System……….………………….…….…………….…. 157
904 Storm Drainage System.………………………….…………………………....157 - 158
905 Pest and Vermin Control.……………………………….…….…………….….. 158

ii
906 Noise Pollution Control………………………………………………………..... 158
907 Pipes Materials…………………………………….……….…………………... 158

RULE X - BUILDING PROJECTION OVER PUBLIC

STREET

1001 General Requirements………………………………….….………………..…. 159

1002 Projection into Alleys or Streets…………………………….………………... 159
1003 Projection of Balconies and Appendages Over Streets……………………. 159
1004 Arcades……………………………………………………….…………………. 160
1005 Canopies (Marquees)………………………………………………………..…. 161
1006 Movable Awnings or Hoods………………………………………………….... 161
1007 Doors, Windows, and the Like…………………………….………………….. 161
1008 Corner Buildings with Chaflans………………………….…………………....161 - 162

RULE XI - PROTECTION OF PEDESTRIANS DURING

CONSTRUCTION OR DEMOLITION

1101 General Requirements………………………………………………………... 163

1102 Storage in Public Property…………………………………….……….…….. 163
1103 Mixing Mortar on Public Property……………………………………………. 163
1104 Protection of Utilities………………………………………………………….… 163
1105 Walkway…………………………….……………………….…………..…….. 164
1106 Pedestrian Protection………………………………….………….…………….164 - 169
1107 Maintenance and Removal of Protective Devices………………………..….169 - 175
1108 Demolition..………………………………………………….…………...……..175 - 180

RULE XII - GENERAL DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION

REQUIREMENTS

1201 General Requirements……………………………………………………….… 181

1202 Excavation, Foundation, and Retaining Walls……….……………………....181 - 284
1203 Veneer………………………………………………………….……………….... 184
1204 Enclosure of Vertical Openings……………………………………………… 184 - 185
1205 Floor Construction……………………………………………..…………….... 185
1206 Roof Construction and Covering………………………….…………………..185 - 186
1207 Stairs, Exits, and Occupant Loads…………………………….……………..186 - 198
1208 Skylights……………………………………………………………………….…198 - 199
1209 Bays, Porches, and Balconies………………………….…………………..…. 199
1210 Penthouses and Roof Structures………………………………………….... 199 - 200
1211 Chimneys, Fireplaces, and Barbecues………………….……………………200 - 204
1212 Fire-Extinguishing Systems…………………………………………………...204 - 207
1213 Stages and Platform…………………………………………..………………...207 - 208
1214 Motion Picture Projection Rooms……………………….……………………..209 - 210
1215 Lathing, Plastering, and Installation of Wall Boards………..…….…….…... 210

RULE XIII - ELECTRICAL AND MECHANICAL

REGULATIONS

1301 Electrical Regulations……………………………………….……………….….211 - 216

1302 Mechanical Regulations…………………………………….……………….....217 - 222

RULE XIV - PHOTOGRAPHIC AND X-RAY FILMS

1401 Storage and Handling……………………………………….………………….. 223

1402 Classes of Film Exempted…………………………………..…………….….... 223
1403 Fire Extinguishing System………………………………….……………….... 223

iii
 RULE XV - PREFABRICATED CONSTRUCTIONS

1501 Prefabricated Assembly………………………………………………..…….. 224

RULE XVI - PLASTICS

1601 Approved Plastics….………………………………………………………….. 225

1602 Installation….……………………………………….….……….……………..… 225
1603 Glazing of Openings…..……………………………….……………………..… 225
1604 Skylights…..…………………………………………….……………………... 225 - 226
1605 Light-Transmitting Panels in Monitors and Sawtooth Roofs……………….. 226
1606 Plastic Light Diffusers in Ceilings………………………….………………..… 226
1607 Partitions….……………………………………………………………………... 226
1608 Exterior Veneer….……………………………………….…………………….... 227
1609 Awnings and Canopies….……………………………….…………………….. 227

RULE XVII - SHEET METAL PAINT SPRAY BOOTHS

1701 Sheet Metal Paint Spray Booth…………………………………………….... 228

1702 Fire Protection….………………………………………….…………………….. 228
1703 Light….……………………………………………………….………………… 228
1704 Ventilation….………………………………………….………………………....228 - 229

RULE XVIII - GLASS AND GLAZING

1801 General Requirements….……………………………….……………………… 230

1802 Area Limitation….……………………………….………….…………….….... 230
1803 Glazing….…………………………………………..……….………………….... 231
1804 Louvered Windows….…………………………………….……………….... 231
1805 Impact….…………………………………………………….……………….... 231

RULE XIX - THE USE OF COMPUTERS

1901 General Rule……..…………………………………………………………....... 232

1902 Program Documentation………………………………….………………….... 232
1903 Submission of Computer-Generated Computations………………………… 232

RULE XX - SIGNS

2001 General Requirements……………………………………….……………….... 233

2002 Maintenance………………………………………………….………………... 233
2003 Design and Construction………………………………….………………… 233
2004 Supports and Anchorages………………………………….……………….….233 - 235
2005 Projections and Clearances……………………………………………….… 235
2006 Lighting…………………………………………………………..……………..… 236 - 238

RULE XXI - TRANSITORY AND FINAL PROVISIONS

2101 Separability Clause………………………………….…..…….……………… 239

2102 Repealing and Amending Clause……………………….…………………….. 239
2103 Effectivity…….……………………………………………..…………………....…. 239

GLOSSARY………………………………………………………………….…..240 - 252

iv
NBC FORMS PAGE

Building Permit/Accessory Permit and Other Forms:

NBC Form No. B - 01 Application for Building Permit/Building Permit…..……………...253 - 254

NBC Form No. B - 02 Excavation & Ground Preparation Permit………..……………....255 - 256
NBC Form No. B - 03 Fencing Permit……………………………………….……………..… 257 - 258
NBC Form No. B - 04 Sidewalk Construction Permit……………………………….……... 259 - 260
NBC Form No. B - 05 Temporary Sidewalk Enclosure & Occupancy Permit…………..... 261 - 262
NBC Form No. B - 06 Scaffolding Permit………………………………………………… 263 - 264
NBC Form No. B - 07 Sign Permit………………………………………………………….… 265 - 266
NBC Form No. B - 08 Demolition Permit……………………………………………….…..267 - 268
NBC Form No. B - 09 Notice of Violation………………………………………………….... 269
NBC Form No. B - 10 Certificate of Completion…………………………………………..… 270 - 271
NBC Form No. B - 11 Application for Certificate of Occupancy…………………….……... 272
NBC Form No. B - 12 Application for Change of Use or Occupancy…………………..…. 273
NBC Form No. B - 13 Certificate of Occupancy…………………………………………..... 274
NBC Form No. B - 14 Certificate of Use……………………………………………………… 275
NBC Form No. B - 15 Construction Log Book Sheet……………………………………..… 276
NBC Form No. B - 16 Order of Payment…………………………………………………… 277
NBC Form No. B - 17 Endorsement to C/MFM
Re- Application for Building Permit…………….…………….……... 278
NBC Form No. B - 18 Endorsement to C/MFM
Re- Completion of Construction…………………...……………..…. 279
NBC Form No. B - 19 Certificate of Annual Inspection…………………………………..… 280
NBC Form No. B - 20 Notice of Construction……………………………………………..…. 281
NBC Form No. B - 21 Inspection Report………………………………………………….. 282 - 283

Ancillary Permit Forms:

NBC Form No. A - 01 Architectural Permit…………………………………………………284 - 285

NBC Form No. A - 02 Civil/Structural Permit………………………………………………..
286 - 287
NBC Form No. A - 03 Electrical Permit………………………………………………….…....
288 - 289
NBC Form No. A - 04 Mechanical Permit………………………………………………….... 290 - 291
NBC Form No. A - 05 Sanitary Permit…………………………………………………..... 292 - 293
NBC Form No. A - 06 Plumbing Permit…………………………………………………….294 - 295
NBC Form No. A - 07 Electronics Permit…………………………………………………....296 - 297

Electrical Forms:

NBC Form No. E - 01 Notice of Unsafe Electrical Installation………………………….... 298

NBC Form No. E - 02 Notice of Illegal Electrical Installation…………………………...….. 299
NBC Form No. E - 03 Permit for Temporary Service Connection……………………… 300 - 301
NBC Form No. E - 04 Certificate of Electrical Inspection for
Temporary Power Connection…………………….……………..….. 302
NBC Form No. E - 05 Certificate of Final Electrical Inspection………………………..…... 303
NBC Form No. E - 06 Certificate of Annual Electrical Inspection…………………….…… 304
NBC Form No. E - 07 Certificate of Operation: Indoor/Outdoor
Station Transformer………………………………………….…….… 305
NBC Form No. E - 08 Certificate of Operation: HV/MV
Primary Disconnecting Means…………………….……………..….. 306
NBC Form No. E - 09 Certificate of Operation: Incoming Low
Voltage Switchgear………………………………….……………..… 307
NBC Form No. E - 10 Certificate of Operation:
Power Distribution Panels………………………………………..….. 308

v
NBC Form No. E - 11 Certificate of Operation:
Lighting Distribution Panels………………………….………….…... 309
NBC Form No. E - 12 Certificate of Operation: Generator/UPS………………………..…. 310
NBC Form No. E - 13 Certificate of Operation: Motor Control Centers………………..…. 311
NBC Form No. E - 14 Certificate of Operation:
Automatic/Manual Transfer Switch…………….………………...…. 312

Mechanical Forms:

NBC Form No. M - 01 Notice of Illegal Mechanical Installations………………………… 313

NBC Form No. M - 02 Notice of Mechanical Requirements……………………………. 314
NBC Form No. M - 03 Certificate of Inspection: Steam Boiler/
Certificate of Operation: Steam Boiler…………………..………..... 315
NBC Form No. M - 04 Certificate of Inspection: Unfired Pressure Vessels/
Certificate of Operation: Unfired Pressure Vessels……………….. 316
NBC Form No. M - 05 Certificate of Inspection: Gas Pipe and/or Burner/
Certificate of Operation: Gas Pipe and/or Burner……………..….. 317
NBC Form No. M - 06 Certificate of Operation: Internal Combustion Engine………….… 318
NBC Form No. M - 07 Certificate of Operation: Machinery…………………………….…... 319
NBC Form No. M - 08 Certificate of Operation: Elevator/Dumbwaiter….…………….…... 320
NBC Form No. M - 09 Certificate of Operation: Escalator………………………………..… 321
NBC Form No. M - 10 Certificate of Operation:
Air-Conditioning/Refrigeration……………………………………... 322

vi
 Pursuant to the authority vested in the Secretary of the Department of Public Works
and Highways (DPWH) under Chapter 2 of the National Building Code of the Philippines
(PD 1096), the following Rules and Regulations are hereby promulgated and issued:

RULE I – GENERAL PROVISIONS

SECTION 101. Title

These Rules shall be known and cited as the “Revised Implementing Rules and
Regulations of the National Building Code of the Philippines (P.D. 1096)” and shall be
referred to as the “IRR”.

SECTION 102. Declaration of Policy

It is hereby declared to be the policy of the State to safeguard life, health, property, and
public welfare, consistent with the principles of sound environmental management and control;
and to this end, make it the purpose of the Code to provide for all buildings and structures, a
framework of minimum standards and requirements to regulate and control their location, site,
design, quality of materials, construction, use, occupancy, and maintenance.

SECTION 103. Scope and Application

1. The scope of this IRR shall cover the following disciplines: architectural, civil/structural,
electrical, mechanical, sanitary, plumbing, and electronics. This shall also apply to the
design, location, siting, construction, alteration, repair, conversion, use, occupancy,
maintenance, moving, demolition of, and addition to public and private buildings and
structures, except traditional indigenous family dwellings, and those covered by Batas
Pambansa Bilang 220 otherwise known as the “Economic and Socialized Housing Projects”.

2. Existing buildings or structures without appropriate building permits/certificates of occupancy

may be legalized and issued the necessary permits and certificates, provided, they are made
to conform to these rules and regulations. However, they shall be subject to the imposition of
penalties, surcharges, fines and other appropriate measures.

3. The applicable and consistent provisions of the allied professional codes and other
government agency codes as approved by the DPWH Secretary shall serve as the referral
codes of PD 1096 and this IRR.

SECTION 104. General Building Requirements

1. All buildings or structures as well as accessory facilities thereto shall conform in all respects
to the principles of safe construction and must be suited to the purpose for which they are
designed.

2. Buildings or structures intended to be used for the manufacture and/or production of any kind
of article or product shall observe adequate environmental safeguards.

3. Buildings or structures and all parts thereof as well as all facilities found therein shall be
maintained in safe, sanitary and good working condition.

1
SECTION 105. Site Requirements

The land or site upon which will be constructed any building or structure, or any ancillary or
auxiliary facility thereto, shall be sanitary, hygienic or safe. In case of sites or buildings intended
for use as human habitation or abode, the same shall be at a safe distance, as determined by
competent authorities, from streams or bodies of water and/or sources of air considered to be
polluted; from a volcano or volcanic site and/or any other building considered to be a potential
source of fire or explosion.

SECTION 106. Definitions

1. For purposes of this IRR, the following definitions shall apply:

ADDITION – Any new construction which increases the height and/or floor area of existing
buildings/structures.

AGENCY OF THE GOVERNMENT – Refers to any of the various units of the government
including a department, bureau, office, instrumentality, or government owned or controlled
corporation.

ALTERATION – Works in buildings/structures involving changes in the materials used,

partitioning, location/size of openings, structural parts, existing utilities and equipment but does
not increase the building height and/or floor area.

APPLICATION FORMS – A preformatted prescribed application form duly accomplished and

notarized by the respective design professional with validation matrices related to other building
rules and regulations.

APPLICANT/PERMITTEE – Any person, firm, partnership, corporation, head of government or

private institution, organization of any character applying for the issuance of permits and
certificates.

BUILDING OFFICAL – the Executive Officer of the OBO appointed by the Secretary.

BUILDING PERMIT – A document issued by the Building Official (BO) to an owner/applicant to

proceed with the construction, installation, addition, alteration, renovation, conversion, repair,
moving, demolition or other work activity of a specific project/building/structure or portions thereof
after the accompanying principal plans, specifications and other pertinent documents with the
duly notarized application are found satisfactory and substantially conforming with the National
Building Code of the Philippines (the Code) and its Implementing Rules and Regulations (IRR).

CODE – PD 1096, otherwise known as the National Building Code of the Philippines.

CONSTRUCTION – All on-site work done in the site preparation, excavation, foundation,
assembly of all the components and installation of utilities, machineries and equipment of
buildings/structures.

CONVERSION – A change in the use or occupancy of buildings/structures or any portion/s

thereof, which has different requirements.

DEMOLITION – The systematic dismantling or destruction of a building/structure, in whole or in

part.

DEPARTMENT – The Department of Public Works and Highways (DPWH).

EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR – The Executive Officer or Head of the NBCDO.

2
MOVING – The transfer of buildings/structures or portion/s thereof from original location or
position to another, either within the same lot or to a different one.

OFFICE OF THE BUILDING OFFICIAL (OBO) – The Office authorized to enforce the provisions
of the Code and its IRR in the field as well as the enforcement of orders and decisions made
pursuant thereto.

REFERRAL CODES – The applicable provisions of the various agency and technical
professional codes that are supplementary to the Code.

RENOVATION – Any physical change made on buildings/structures to increase the value,

quality, and/or to improve the aesthetic.

REPAIR – Remedial work done on any damaged or deteriorated portion/s of building/structure

to restore to its original condition.

SECRETARY – Head or Chief Executive Officer of DPWH.

STAFF – The personnel of the National Building Code Development Office (NBCDO).

2. As used in this IRR, other words, terms and phrases enumerated in the Glossary hereof shall
have the meaning or definition correspondingly provided therein.

3
 RULE II – ADMINISTRATION AND ENFORCEMENT

SECTION 201. Responsibility for Administration and Enforcement

The administration and enforcement of the provisions of the Code and this IRR, including the
imposition of penalties for administrative violations thereof, is hereby vested in the Secretary.

SECTION 202. Technical Staff

The National Building Code Development Office (NBCDO) created through DPWH
Department Order, shall serve as the technical staff of the Secretary. The functions thereof are
as follows:

1. Assist the Secretary in the administration and enforcement of the provisions of the Code and
its IRR.

2. Review, evaluate and take final action on various technical and legal problems forwarded to
the Office of the Secretary.

3. Conduct seminar/workshops on the Code, its IRR, and Batas Pambansa Blg. 344
(Accessibility Law).

4. Undertake such other duties and tasks as may be assigned by the Secretary from time to
time.

SECTION 203. General Powers and Functions of the Secretary

1. Formulate policies, plans, standards and guidelines on building design, construction, use,
occupancy and maintenance, in accordance with the Code.

2. Issue and promulgate additional rules and regulations in the form of Memorandum Circulars
to implement the provisions of the Code and ensure compliance with policies, plans,
standards and guidelines and issue office guidelines or Memorandum Circulars to guide the
actions of the Building Official in the performance of his duties and responsibilities.

3. Exercise appellate jurisdiction over the decisions and orders of the Building Official. The
order or decision of the Secretary shall be final and executory subject only to review by the
Office of the President of the Republic.

4. Evaluate, review, approve and/or take final action on changes and/or amendments to existing
Referral Codes as well as on the incorporation of other referral codes, which are not yet
expressly made supplementary to the Code and its IRR.

5. Prescribe and impose the amount of fees and other charges as may be deemed necessary
that the Building Official shall collect in connection with the performance of regulatory
functions.

6. Appoint a Building Official, separate and distinct from the Office of the City/Municipal
Engineers in all Cities and Municipalities.

SECTION 204. Professional and Technical Assistance

The Secretary may secure professional, technical, scientific and other services including
testing laboratories and facilities from other agencies of the National Government when deemed
necessary. He may also engage and compensate within available appropriations, such number

4
of consultants, experts and advisers on full or part-time basis, as may be necessary, coming from
the government or private business, entities or associations to carry out the provisions of the
Code and this IRR.

SECTION 205. Building Officials

Except as otherwise provided herein, the Building Official shall be responsible for carrying
out the provisions of the Code in the field as well as the enforcement of orders and decisions
made pursuant thereto.

All Building Officials appointed or designated other than by the Secretary, shall continue to
act as the Building Official until such time that the Secretary appoints the Building Official. Offices
of the Building Officials already established, separate and distinct from the office of the
City/Municipal Engineers in cities and municipalities may continue to exist until such time that a
regular office is created. (Fig. II.1.)

SECTION 206. Qualifications of Building Officials

No person shall be appointed as Building Official unless he possesses the following

qualifications:

1. A Filipino citizen and of good moral character.

2. A duly registered architect or civil engineer.

3. A member of good standing of a duly accredited organization of his profession for not less
than five (5) years endorsed or recommended by the accredited professional organization.

4. Has at least five (5) years of diversified and professional experience in building design and
construction.

5. Has attended and successfully completed a seminar workshop on PD 1096 and its IRR
conducted by the DPWH.

SECTION 207. Duties of the Building Official

The Building Official shall have the following duties:

1. Be primarily responsible for the enforcement of the provisions of the Code and its IRR, as
well as circulars, memoranda, opinions and decisions/orders issued pursuant thereto. His
actions shall always be guided by appropriate orders/directives from the Secretary.

2. Have overall administrative control and/or supervision over all works pertinent to
buildings/structures in his area of responsibility and shall be charged with the processing of
all permit applications and certificates as well as the issuance of the same.

3. Ensure that all changes, modifications, and alterations in the design plans during the
construction phase shall not start until the modified design plan has been evaluated and the
necessary amendatory permit issued.

4. Undertake annual inspections of all buildings/structures and keep an up-to-date record of

their status.

5
Figure II.1.

6
5. Upon complaint or motu propio and after due notice/s and hearing, initiate action towards:

a. Non-issuance, suspension, revocation and/or invalidation of a building permit or

certificate of occupancy;

b. Issuance of work stoppage order, or an order for discontinuance of the use or

occupancy of the building/structure or portion thereof;

c. Declaration of a building/structure as ruinous or dangerous; and/or

d. The imposition of appropriate fines/penalties.

6. Submit a quarterly situational report to the Secretary through the NBCDO, on the status of all
existing, on-going, and proposed public as well as private building/structure activities. (See
Communication Flow Chart, Fig. II.2.)

7. Undertake such other duties and tasks as may be assigned by the Secretary from time to time.

SECTION 208. Fees

1. The Secretary, thru Memorandum Circulars, shall prescribe the rates of fees and formulate
guidelines in the imposition and collection of fees.

2. Subject to existing budgetary, accounting and auditing rules and regulations, the Building
Official shall retain not more than 20% of the income/collection derived from permit fees and
other charges for the operating expenses of his office. The remainder of 100% shall accrue to
the general fund of the respective city/municipality.

3. Every Building Official shall keep a permanent record and accurate account of all fees and
other charges fixed and authorized to be collected and received.

SECTION 209. Exemption

Public buildings and traditional indigenous family dwellings shall be exempt from payment of
building permit fees.

As used in the Code, the term “traditional indigenous family dwelling” means a dwelling
intended for the use and occupancy by the family of the owner only and constructed of native
materials such as bamboo, nipa, logs, or lumber, the total cost of which does not exceed fifteen
thousand pesos (P 15,000.00).

SECTION 210. Use of Income from Fees

The procedure for the proper reporting and recording of collections and disbursements of the
funds of the General Fund Special Account 151 of the Office of the Secretary of the Department
of Public Works and Highways (DPWH) is hereby prescribed.

1. Recording of Collections

a. Every Building Official shall keep a permanent record and accurate account of all fees
and other charges fixed and authorized to be collected by him.

b. The Order of Payment issued by the Building Official shall show the breakdown of the
total collections indicating the share of the local government concerned - 80% and the
share of the national government - 20%.

7
Figure II.2.

8
 c. Every Building Official shall keep a separate record from the DPWH Central Office of all
allotments (Special Allotment Release Order (SARO) and Notice of Cash Allocation
(NCA), or Funding Checks), received by him out of budgeted amounts released by the
Department of Budget and Management (DBM). The funds shall cover all the necessary
operating expenses of the OBO, including the purchase of equipment, supplies and
materials, traveling expenses, obligation expenses and sheriffs’ fees and payment of
other prior years’ obligations not adequately funded, subject to existing budgetary and
auditing rules and regulations.

d. He shall render the reports required under the Centralized Accounting System.

2. Disposition of Collections

a. The collection shall be made by the Local Treasurer, and the Official Receipt shall show
the breakdown of the total collections indicating the share of the local government
concerned - 80% and the share of the national government - 20%.

b. Subject to existing budgetary, accounting and auditing rules and regulations, the Local
Treasurer shall remit to the Bureau of the Treasury, the 20% of his collection. The
remaining 80% shall be deposited with the Authorized Government Depository Bank
(AGDB) for the account of the Local Government and shall accrue to the general funds of
the City or Municipality concerned.

c. Pursuant to Sec. 21, Volume I of the New Government Accounting System (NGAS)
Manual as provided under COA Circular No. 2001-004 dated October 30, 2001, the Local
Treasurer thru his collecting officer or cashier shall deposit the 80% share of collections
to the AGDB for the account of the Local Government concerned. He shall remit the 20%
of the collections to the Bureau of the Treasury thru any AGDB branch nearest the
locality to the credit of the Department of Public Works and Highways (DPWH), Office of
the Secretary with Code No. B5702 and Special Account No. 151.

d. Distribution of validated remittance advices and deposit slips of the 20% collections thru
any Authorized Government Depository Bank shall be in accordance with COA Circular
2001-004, to wit:

Original - to be retained by the bank branch.

Duplicate - to be submitted by the Local Treasurer to the OBO.

Triplicate - to be retained by the bank branch for submission to the Provincial

Treasury Fiscal Examiner assigned to the province where the bank is
located.

Quadruplicate - to be returned to the Local Treasurer for submission to the DPWH-

Central Office (CO) Chief Accountant with his monthly report of
collections.

Quintuplicate - to be returned to the Local Treasurer for submission to the Field/Local

Auditor.

e. The Local Treasurers and the Treasury Vault/Bank Auditor shall have the following
responsibilities:

i. Local Treasurer. Since the distribution of copies of the validated remittance

advices and deposit slips for the Agency/Field Auditor of the Local Treasurers shall
be undertaken by the National/Treasury/Bank Branch thru its Treasury Vault
Auditor/Bank Auditor, all Local Treasurers shall indicate on the face of the
remittance advice, the name and office address of their respective Agency/Field
Auditors to facilitate matters.

9
 ii. Treasury Vault/Bank Auditor. Upon receipt of the validated remittance advices,
the Treasury Vault Auditor/Bank Auditor shall confirm and transmit said remittance
advices every end of the week to the corresponding agency/field auditor of the
Local Treasurer concerned. In cases where there is no bank auditor assigned in a
particular locality, confirmation shall be undertaken by the officer designated by the
Head of the Bank branch.

f. Reporting of Collections and Deposits

At the close of each business day, the collecting officers (Local Treasurers) shall
accomplish the Report of Collections and Deposits (RCD) in accordance with the NGAS
Manual. The reports shall be prepared by the Local Treasurer in five copies, distributed
as follows after verification by the field auditor:

Original - to the DPWH-CO Auditor (thru the DPWH-

CO Accountant for recording).

Duplicate (with duplicate official - to the Field/Local Auditor for final custody.
receipts and validated quintuplicate
remittance advices)

Triplicate (with validated quadruplicate - to the DPWH-CO Accountant (for posting

remittance advices) to the corresponding subsidiary ledgers).

Quadruplicate - to be retained by the Local Treasurer.

Quintuplicate - local office accounting file.

The Local Treasurer shall certify all the copies of the report and submit the first three (3)
copies to his Field Auditor within three (3) days after the end of the month for audit. The
Field Auditor shall verify the report, cross-check the remittances indicated therein against
the quintuplicate copies of remittance advices he receives/received from the Bank Auditor
and indicate his certification thereon and finally submits the original and triplicate copies
thereof to the DPWH-CO Auditor thru the DPWH-CO Chief Accountant within five (5)
days from date of receipt from the Local Treasurer.

g. Crediting of Accounts of Local Treasurer

In the monthly report of collections, specifically at the back thereof, is a statement of

account current showing the accountability of the Local Treasurer. The DPWH-CO Chief
Accountant shall cross-check the validated quadruplicate remittance advices attached to
the duplicate copy of the monthly report of collections against the remittances made by
the Local Treasurer with the National Treasury or any of its authorized depository banks
as appearing in the statement of account current. After the crosschecking, and in the
absence of any discrepancy, the DPWH-CO Chief Accountant shall credit the account of
the Local Treasurer even without the monthly abstract of remittances from the National
Treasury.

h. Safeguards

i. Upon receipt of the monthly abstract of remittances from the National Treasury, the
remittances appearing therein shall be counter checked by the DPWH-CO Chief
Accountant against the credits already given the collecting officers concerned and
any discrepancies discovered in the process shall be verified and adjusted
immediately.

ii. In case of retirement or resignation by the Local Treasurers, their clearances shall
be held in abeyance until their remittances have been fully cleared by the National
Treasury.

10
i. Centralized Accounting System

i. A centralized accounting system shall be maintained in the Office of the DPWH

Secretary. Said office shall set up and maintain a separate set of books of
accounts to be used solely for transactions pertaining to the implementation of the
provisions of the National Building Code and its Implementing Rules and
Regulations.

ii. Upon receipt of the SARO and the corresponding NCA, the Office of the DPWH
Secretary shall in turn allocate the same together with the NCA or Funding Check
to the Building Officials, and at the same time obligate the allotment for the amount
of expenditures.

iii. All deputized disbursing officers shall render the following reports:

Report of Checks Issued together with duplicate copies of checks issued for
submission to the Treasury Provincial Fiscal Examiner in the region.

Report of Checks Issued as required by the NGAS for entry in the Checks
Disbursement Journal by DPWH-CO Chief Accountant.

iv. The Department Chief Accountant shall adjust obligations quarterly to actual
liquidations as required.

v. Deputized disbursing officers shall keep a record to control NCA/Funding Check

separate from other funds in his custody.

vi. Deputized disbursing officers shall prepare other statements or reports as may be
required from time to time by the proper authorities.

vii. The Deputized Disbursing Officer (DDO) shall render a monthly report of
accountability for checks issued during the month and the balance at the end of the
month. Copies of said report shall be distributed as follows :

Original - to the Treasury Provincial Fiscal Examiner

(Cash Operation Service)

Duplicate - to the DPWH-CO Chief Accountant

Triplicate - to the Auditor, DPWH-CO

Quadruplicate - Field Auditor

Quintuplicate - File of Disbursing Officer

viii. The deputized disbursing officer authorized to requisition blank Modified

Disbursement System (MDS) or Commercial checks shall prepare and submit
requisition and issue voucher, and the Invoice and Receipt of Accountable Forms
which shall be distributed as follows:

Original - Treasury Provincial Fiscal Examiner

Duplicate - Cash Operations Service, Bureau of the Treasury
Triplicate - COA Auditor of the DDO's Agency
Quadruplicate - Accounting Unit of DDO
Quintuplicate - DDO file
Sextuplicate - Office of the Provincial/City Auditor Concerned

11
 j. Turnover of Accountability

i. In case of change, transfer, resignation or retirement from the service of the

Building Official, an inventory of all money and property accountabilities shall be
taken jointly by the outgoing and incoming Building Official and a receipt passed on
the basis of such inventory. Such inventory shall be certified as accurate by the
said officers, witnessed by the local auditor thereat.

ii. The preceding procedure shall also apply to a deputized disbursing officer other
than the Building Official with respect to money and property accountabilities in his
custody.

iii. Application for clearance of the Building Official and other deputized disbursing
officers shall be coursed to the Office of the DPWH Secretary, to check their
unpaid obligations with the OBO.

k. Other Provisions

i. Compensation of consultants, experts and advisers whose services were secured

shall be funded from the 20% income derived from the building permit fees and
other charges.

ii. Any circular/s that may subsequently be issued by the proper authorities revoking
or amending provisions or certain portions of circular/s incorporated in the above
rules and regulations shall automatically revoke or amend such corresponding
portions that are inconsistent therewith.

SECTION 211. Implementing Rules and Regulations

In the implementation of the provisions of the Code and its IRR, the Secretary shall formulate
necessary rules and regulations and adopt design and construction standards and criteria for
buildings and other structures. Such standards, rules and regulations shall take effect after their
publication once a week for three consecutive weeks in a newspaper of general circulation.

SECTION 212. Administrative Fines

1. Imposition of Administrative Fines

a. The Secretary or his duly authorized representative may prescribe and impose fines not
exceeding ten thousand pesos (P10, 000.00) in the following cases, subject to the terms
and procedures as hereunder provided:

i. Erecting, constructing, altering, repairing, moving, converting, installing or

demolishing a private or public building/structure if without building/demolition
permit.

ii. Making any alteration, addition, conversion or repair in any building/structure/

appurtenances thereto constructed or installed before the adoption of the Code,
whether public or private, without a permit.

iii. Unauthorized change, modification or alteration during the construction in the duly
submitted plans and specifications on which the building permit is based.

iv. Non-compliance with the work stoppage order or notice and/or orders to effect
necessary correction in plans and specifications found defective.

12
 v. Non-compliance with order to demolish building/structure declared to be nuisance,
ruinous or dangerous.

vi. Use or occupancy of a building/structure without Certificate of Occupancy/Use

even if constructed under a valid building permit.

vii. Change in the existing use or occupancy classification of a building/structure or

portion thereof without the corresponding Certificate of Change of Use.

viii. Failure to post or display the certificate of occupancy/use/operation in a

conspicuous place on the premises of the building/structure/appurtenances.

ix. Change in the type of construction of any building/structure without an amendatory

permit.

b. In addition to the imposed penalty, the owner shall correct/remove his violations of the
provisions of the Code.

2. Determination of Amount of Fines

a. In the determination of the amount of fines to be imposed, violations shall be classified as

follows:

i. Light Violations

(a) Failure to post Certificate of Occupancy/Use/Operation.

(b) Failure to post Building Permit construction information sign.

(c) Failure to provide or install appropriate safety measures for the protection of
workers, inspectors, visitors, immediate neighbors and pedestrians.

ii. Less Grave Violations

(a) Non-compliance with the work stoppage order for the alteration/addition/
conversion/repair without permit.

(b) Use or occupancy of building/structure without appropriate Certificate of

Occupancy/Use/Operation.

iii. Grave Violations

(a) Unauthorized change, modification or alteration during construction in the

duly submitted plans and specifications on which the building permit is
based.

(b) Unauthorized change in type of construction from more fire-resistive to less

fire-resistive.

(c) Non-compliance with order to abate or demolish.

(d) Non-compliance with work stoppage order for construction/demolition without

permit.

(e) Change in the existing use or occupancy without Certificate of Change of

Occupancy/Use/Operation.

(f) Excavations left open without any work being done in the site for more than
one hundred twenty (120) days.

13
 b. Amount of Fines

The following amount of fines for violations of the Code and this IRR is hereby
prescribed:
Light Violations - P 5,000.00
Less Grave Violations - P 8,000.00
Grave Violations - P 10,000.00
c. Penalty

i. Without prejudice to the provisions of the preceding Sections, the Building Official
is hereby also authorized to impose a penalty or surcharge in the following cases in
such amount and in the manner as hereunder fixed and determined:

For constructing, installing, repairing, altering or causing any change in the

occupancy/use of any building/structure or part thereof or appurtenances thereto
without any permit, there shall be imposed a surcharge of 100% of the building
fees; Provided, that when the work in the building/structure is started pending
issuance of the Building Permit by the Building Official, the amount of the
surcharge shall be according to the following:

Excavation for
foundation………………………………… - 10% of the building permit fees

Construction of foundation (including pile

driving and laying of reinforcing
bars)………………………………………. - 25% of the building permit fees

Construction of superstructure up to 2.00

meters above established grade……….. - 50% of the building permit fees

Construction of superstructure above

2.00 meters……………………………….. - 100% of the building permit fees

3. For failure to pay the annual inspection fee within thirty (30) days from the prescribed date, a
surcharge of 25% of the inspection fee shall be imposed.

SECTION 213. Penal Provisions

It shall be unlawful for any person, firm or corporation, to erect, construct, enlarge, alter,
repair, move, improve, remove, convert, demolish, equip, use, occupy, or maintain any building or
structure or cause the same to be done contrary to or in violation of any provision of the Code.

Any person, firm or corporation who shall violate any of the provisions of the Code and/or
commit any act hereby declared to be unlawful shall upon conviction, be punished by a fine of not
more than twenty thousand pesos or by imprisonment of not more than two years or by both such
fine and imprisonment; Provided, that in the case of a corporation firm, partnership or association,
the penalty shall be imposed upon its officials responsible for such violation and in case the guilty
party is an alien, he shall immediately be deported after payment of the fine and/or service of his
sentence.

SECTION 214. Dangerous and Ruinous Buildings or Structures

Dangerous buildings are those which are herein declared as such or are structurally unsafe
or not provided with safe egress, or which constitute a fire hazard, or are otherwise dangerous to
human life, or which in relation to existing use, constitute a hazard to safety or health or public

14
welfare because of inadequate maintenance, dilapidation, obsolescence, or abandonment; or
which otherwise contribute to the pollution of the site or the community to an intolerable degree.

SECTION 215. Abatement of Dangerous Buildings

When any building or structure is found or declared to be dangerous or ruinous, the

Building Official shall order its repair, vacation or demolition depending upon the degree of
danger to life, health, or safety. This is without prejudice to further action that may be taken
under the provisions of Articles 482 and 694 to 707 of the Civil Code of the Philippines. The
condition or defects that render any building/structure dangerous or ruinous are as follows: (See
Procedure for Abatement/Demolition of Dangerous/Ruinous Buildings/Structures at the end of
this Rule)

1. Structural Hazards

a. Whenever any building/structure or portion thereof has been damaged by fire,

earthquake, wind, flood, or by any other cause to such an extent that the structural
strength or stability thereof is materially less than it was before the catastrophe and is
less than the minimum requirements of the National Structural Code of the Philippines
(NSCP) for new buildings of similar structure, purpose or location.

b. Whenever any portion or member or appurtenances thereof is likely to fall, or to become

detached or dislodged or to collapse and thereby injure persons or damage property.

c. Whenever any portion of a building/structure or any member, appurtenance or

ornamentation on the exterior thereof is not of sufficient strength or stability, or is not
anchored, attached or fastened in place so as to be capable of resisting a wind pressure
of one-half of that specified in the NSCP for such type of buildings.

d. Whenever any portion thereof has been wrecked, warped, buckled or settled to such an
extent that the walls or other structural portions have materially less resistance to wind or
earthquake than is required in the case of similar new construction.

e. Whenever the building/structure or any portion thereof, because of: (1) dilapidation,
deterioration or decay; (2) faulty construction; (3) the removal, movement or instability of
any portion of the ground necessary for the purpose of supporting such building; (4) the
deterioration, decay or inadequacy of its foundation; or (5) any other cause, is likely to
partially or totally collapse.

f. Whenever the exterior walls or other vertical structural member lean or buckle to such an
extent that a plumb line passing through the center of gravity does not fall inside the
middle one-third of the base.

g. Whenever the building/structure, exclusive of the foundation, shows 33% or more

damage or deterioration of its supporting member or members, or 50% damage or
deterioration of its non-supporting members, enclosing or outside walls or coverings.

h. Whenever the building/structure has been so damaged by fire, wind, earthquake or flood,
or has become so dilapidated or deteriorated as to become: (1) an attractive nuisance to
public; (2) a harbor for vagrants, criminals or immoral persons; or (3) a resort for
purposes of committing unlawful or immoral acts.

i. Whenever the building/structure which, whether or not erected in accordance with all
applicable laws or ordinances, has in any non-supporting part, member or portion, less
than 50% or in any supporting part, member or portion less than 66% of the: (1) strength;
(2) fire-resisting qualities or characteristics; (3) weather-resisting qualities or
characteristics required by law in the case of a newly constructed building of like area,
height and occupancy in the same location.

15
 j. Whenever any portion of a building/structure remains on the site after its demolition or
whenever any building/structure or portion thereof is abandoned for a period in excess of
twelve (12) months so as to make it a nuisance or hazard to the public.

2. Fire Hazards

a. Any building/structure or portion thereof, device, apparatus, equipment material, or

vegetation which may cause fire or explosion, or provide a ready fuel or augment the
speed and intensity of fire or explosion arising from any cause.

b. All buildings/structures or portions thereof not provided with the required fire-resistive or
fire-protective construction or fire-extinguishing system or equipment.

c. Whenever any door, aisle, passageway, stairway, or other means of exit is not of
sufficient width or size, or is not so arranged as to provide safe and adequate means of
exit in case of fire and panic.

d. Whenever any building/structure, because of obsolescence, dilapidated condition,

deterioration, damaged, inadequate exits, lack of sufficient fire-resistive construction,
hazardous electric wiring, gas connections or heating apparatus, or other cause, in
violation of the Fire Code of the Philippines (PD 1185).

3. Unsafe Electrical Wiring

a. All wiring systems or installations which do not conform to the rules and regulations
embodied in the latest Philippine Electrical Code.

b. Inadequately maintained or improperly used electrical wirings, outlets, devices and/or

equipment.

4. Unsafe Mechanical Installation

a. Mechanical systems or installations which do not conform to the rules and regulations
embodied in the Philippine Mechanical Code.

b. Inadequately maintained or improperly used mechanical outlets, devices and/or

equipment.

c. Lack of or improper operation of required ventilating equipment or air-conditioning

systems.

d. Improperly installed or lack of protection and safety provisions on steam, gas and fuel
supply lines.

5. Inadequate Sanitation/Plumbing and Health Facilities

a. All sanitation and plumbing systems or installations which do not conform to the rules and
regulations embodied in the Code on Sanitation of the Philippines and the Revised
National Plumbing Code.

b. Inadequately maintained or improperly used sanitation and plumbing facilities.

c. Infestation of insects, vermin or rodents and lack of adequate control for the same.

d. Lack of adequate garbage and rubbish storage and removal or disposal facilities.

e. Source of pollution.

16
6. Architectural Deficiency

a. All buildings/structures or portion thereof used or occupied for purposes other than their
intended uses.

b. Improper/Unauthorized Occupancy/Location.

c. Insufficient amount of natural light and ventilation due to inadequate open spaces such
as courts and yards as required.

d. Inadequate sizes of rooms and space dimensions and window openings.

e. Dilapidated, blighted and other unpresentable buildings/structures against generally

accepted aesthetic standards.

SECTION 216. Other Remedies

The rights, actions and remedies provided in the Code and in the IRR shall be in addition to
any and all other rights of action and remedies that may be available under existing laws.

17
PROCEDURE FOR ABATEMENT/DEMOLITION OF DANGEROUS/RUINOUS BUILDINGS/
STRUCTURES

1. There must be a finding or declaration by the Building Official that the building/structure is a nuisance,
ruinous or dangerous.

2. Written notice or advice shall be served upon the owner and occupant/s of such finding or declaration
giving him at least fifteen (15) days within which to vacate or cause to be vacated, repaired,
renovated, demolished and removed as the case may be, the nuisance, ruinous or dangerous
building/structure or any part or portion thereof.

3. Within the fifteen (15) day period, the owner may, if he so desires, appeal to the Secretary the finding
or declaration of the Building Official and ask that a re-inspection or re-investigation of the
building/structure be made.

4. In case the owner should ask the Building Official for a reconsideration on his order, same shall be
given not more than not more than fifteen (15) days within which to render his final decision
appealable to the Office of the Secretary.

5. If the appeal is meritorious, the Secretary may designate a competent representative/s other than the
Building Official to undertake the re-inspection or re-investigation of the building/structure. The
representative/s so designated shall make or complete his/their report/s within the period of thirty (30)
days from the date of termination of re-inspection or re-investigation.

6. If after re-inspection, the finding is the same as the original one, the Secretary through the Building
Official shall notify the owner, giving him not more than fifteen (15) days from receipt of notice with
affirmed finding to vacate or cause to be vacated and make necessary repair, renovation, demolition
and removal of the subject building/structure or parts thereof, as the case may be.

7. If the Building Official has determined that the building/structure must be repaired or renovated, the
Order to be issued shall require that all necessary permits therefor be secured and the work be
commenced physically within such reasonable time as may be determined by the Building Official.

8. If the Building Official has determined that the building/structure must be demolished, the Order shall
require that the building/structure be vacated within fifteen (15) days from the date of receipt of the
Order; that all required permits be secured therefor within the same fifteen (15) days from the date of
the Order, and that the demolition be completed within such reasonable time as may be determined
by the Building Official.

9. The decision of the Secretary on the appeal shall be final.

10. Upon failure of the owner to comply with the Order of the Building Official or of the Secretary, in case
of appeal, to repair, renovate, demolish and remove the building/structure or any part thereof after
fifteen (15) days from the date of receipt of the Order, the Building Official shall cause the building or
structure to be repaired, renovated, demolished and removed, partly or wholly, as the case may be,
with all expenses therefor chargeable to the owner.

10. The building/structure as repaired or in case of demolition, the building materials gathered after the
demolition thereof shall be held by the OBO until full reimbursement of the cost of repair, renovation,
demolition and removal is made by the owner which, in no case, shall extend beyond thirty (30) days
from the date of completion of the repair, renovation, demolition and removal. After such period, said
building materials of the building thus repaired, renovated or removed shall be sold at public auction
to satisfy the claim of the OBO. Any amount in excess of the claim of the government realized from
the sale of the building and/or building materials shall be delivered to the owner.

11. The procedures, actions and remedies herein are without prejudice to further action that may be
taken by the Building Official against the owner/occupants of the building/structure found or declared
to be nuisance/s, dangerous, and/or ruinous under the provisions of Articles 482 and 694 to 707 of
the Civil Code of the Philippines.

18
 RULE III - PERMITS AND INSPECTION

SECTION 301. Building Permits

1. No person, firm or corporation, including any agency or instrumentality of the government

shall construct, alter, repair, convert, use, occupy, move, demolish and add any
building/structure or any portion thereof or cause the same to be done, without first obtaining
a building permit therefor from the Building Official assigned in the place where the subject
building/structure is located or to be done. The prescribed application for building permit form
(NBC Form B-01) shall be used by all applicants.

2. Permits supplementary to a Building Permit shall be applied for and issued by the Building
Official. These include Ancillary and the Accessory Permits.

a. Ancillary Permits

The Ancillary Permits duly signed and sealed by the corresponding professionals and the
plans and specifications shall be submitted together with the duly notarized application
for Building Permit. The Building Permit is null and void if not accompanied by the
Ancillary Permits. The prescribed Ancillary and other Accessory Permits/forms shall
likewise be used whenever applicable. The Ancillary Permits are the following:

i. Architectural Permit

ii. Civil/Structural Permit

iii. Electrical Permit

iv. Mechanical Permit

v. Sanitary Permit

vi. Plumbing Permit

vii. Electronics Permit

b. Accessory Permits

i. Accessory Permits are issued by the Building Official for accessory parts of the
project with very special functions or use which are indicated in the plans and
specifications that accompany the building permit application. These may include,
among others: bank and records vaults; swimming pools; firewalls separate from
the building/structure; towers; silos; smokestacks; chimneys; commercial/industrial
fixed ovens; industrial kilns/furnaces; water/waste treatment tanks, septic vaults;
concrete and steel tanks; booths, kiosks and stages; and tombs, mausoleums and
niches.

ii. Accessory Permits are issued by the Building Official for activities being undertaken
prior to or during the processing of the building permit. The coverage is spelled out
in the accessory permit form including the expiry period. These shall be signed by
the concerned owner/applicant and by the concerned professionals. These permits
include, among others, ground preparation and excavation, encroachment of
foundation to public area, fencing, for fence not exceeding 1.80 meters high,
sidewalk construction, temporary sidewalk enclosure and occupancy, erection of
scaffolding, erecting, repair, removal of sign; and demolition.

19
3. Exemption From Building Permits

A building permit shall not be required for the following minor constructions and repairs,
provided these shall not violate any provision of the Code and this IRR.

a. Minor Constructions

i. Sheds, outhouses, greenhouses, children’s playhouses, aviaries, poultry houses

and the like, not exceeding 6.00 sq. meters in total area, provided they are
completely detached from any other building and are intended only for the private
use of the owner.

ii. Addition of open terraces or patios resting directly on the ground, not exceeding
20.00 sq. meters in total floor area, exclusively for the private use of the owner.

iii. Installation of window grilles.

iv. Garden pools for the habitation of water plants and/or aquarium fish not exceeding
500 millimeters in depth and exclusively for private use.

v. Garden masonry walls other than party walls not exceeding 1.20 meters in height,
footpaths, residential garden walks and/or driveways.

b. Repair Works

i. Repair works not affecting or involving any structural member, such as

replacement of deteriorated roofing sheets or tiles, gutters, downspouts, fascias,
ceilings and/or sidings.

ii. Repair and/or replacement of non load-bearing partition walls.

iii. Repair and/or replacement of any interior portion or a house not involving addition
or alteration.

iv. Repair and/or replacement work of doors and windows.

v. Repair and/or replacement work of flooring.

vi. Repair of perimeter fence and walls.

vii. Repair and/or replacement of plumbing fixtures, fittings or pipings, such as toilet
bowls, sinks, lavatories, urinals, bidets, pipes, faucets, valves for single detached
dwellings and duplexes.

SECTION 302. Application for Permits

1. Any person desiring to obtain a building permit and any ancillary/accessory permit/s together
with a Building Permit shall file application/s therefor on the prescribed application forms.

2. Together with the accomplished prescribed application form/s, the following shall be
submitted to the OBO:

a. In case the applicant is the registered owner of the lot:

i. Certified true copy of OCT/TCT, on file with the Registry of Deeds,

ii. Tax Declaration, and
iii. Current Real Property Tax Receipt.

20
 b. In case the applicant is not the registered owner of the lot, in addition to the above; duly
notarized copy of the Contract of Lease, or Deed of Absolute Sale.

3. Five (5) sets of survey plans, design plans, specifications and other documents prepared,
signed and sealed over the printed names of the duly licensed and registered professionals
(Figs. III.1. and III.2.):

a. Geodetic Engineer, in case of lot survey plans;

b. Architect, in case of architectural documents; in case of architectural interior/interior

design documents, either an architect or interior designer may sign;

c. Civil Engineer, in case of civil/structural documents;

d. Professional Electrical Engineer, in case of electrical documents;

e. Professional Mechanical Engineer, in case of mechanical documents;

f. Sanitary Engineer, in case of sanitary documents;

g. Master Plumber, in case of plumbing documents;

h. Electronics Engineer, in case of electronics documents.

4. Architectural Documents

a. Architectural Plans/Drawings

i. Vicinity Map/Location Plan within a 2.00 kilometer radius for commercial, industrial,
and institutional complex and within a half-kilometer radius for residential buildings,
at any convenient scale showing prominent landmarks or major thoroughfares for
easy reference.

ii. Site Development Plan showing technical description, boundaries, orientation and
position of proposed building/structure in relation to the lot, existing or proposed
access road and driveways and existing public utilities/services. Existing buildings
within and adjoining the lot shall be hatched and distances between the proposed
and existing buildings shall be indicated.

iii. Perspective drawn at a convenient scale and taken from a vantage point (bird’s eye
view or eye level).

iv. Floor Plans drawn to scale of not less than 1:100 showing: gridlines, complete
identification of rooms or functional spaces.

v. Elevations, at least four (4), same scale as floor plans showing: gridlines; natural
ground to finish grade elevations; floor to floor heights; door and window marks,
type of material and exterior finishes; adjoining existing structure/s, if any, shown in
single hatched lines.

vi. Sections, at least two (2), showing: gridlines; natural ground and finish levels;
outline of cut and visible structural parts; doors and windows properly labeled
reflecting the direction of opening; partitions; built-in cabinets, etc.; identification of
rooms and functional spaces cut by section lines.

vii. Reflected ceiling plan showing: design, location, finishes and specifications of
materials, lighting fixtures, diffusers, decorations, air conditioning exhaust and
return grills, sprinkler nozzles, if any, at scale of at least 1:100.

21
 STANDARD FORM (Type A0, A1, A2 and A3)
FOR BUILDING PLANS / CONSTRUCTION DRAWINGS

Figure III.1.

PRC No. . Validity

IAPOA No. O.R. No. Date
PTR No. Date
Place TIN

MODEL TITLE BLOCK

FOR BUILDING PLANS/CONSTRUCTION DRAWINGS

Figure III.2.
22
 viii. Details, in the form of plans, elevations/sections:

(a) Accessible ramps

(b) Accessible stairs
(c) Accessible lifts/elevators
(d) Accessible entrances, corridors and walkways
(e) Accessible functional areas/comfort rooms
(f) Accessible switches, controls
(g) Accessible drinking fountains
(h) Accessible public telephone booths
(i) Accessible audio visual and automatic alarm system
(j) Accessible access symbols and directional signs
(k) Reserved parking for disabled persons
(l) Typical wall/bay sections from ground to roof
(m) Stairs, interior and exterior
(n) Fire escapes/exits
(o) Built-in cabinets, counters and fixed furniture
(p) All types of partitions

ix. Schedule of Doors and Windows showing their types, designations/marks,

dimensions, materials, and number of sets.

x. Schedule of Finishes, showing in graphic form: surface finishes specified for floors,
ceilings, walls and baseboard trims for all building spaces per floor level.

xi. Details of other major Architectural Elements.

b. Architectural Interiors/Interior Design

i. Space Plan/s or layout/s of architectural interior/s.

ii. Architectural interior perspective/s.

iii. Furniture/furnishing/equipment/process layout/s.

iv. Access plan/s, parking plan/s and the like.

v. Detail design of major architectural interior elements.

vi. Plan and layout of interior, wall partitions, furnishing, furniture,

equipment/appliances at a scale of at least 1:100.

vii. Interior wall elevations showing: finishes, switches, doors and convenience outlets,
cross window sections with interior perspective as viewed from the main entrance
at scale of at least 1:100.

viii. Floor/ceiling/wall patterns and finishing details.

ix. List of materials used.

x. Cost Estimates.

c. Plans and specific locations of all accessibility facilities of scale of at least 1:100.

d. Detailed design of all such accessibility facilities outside and around buildings/structures
including parking areas, and their safety requirements all at scale of 1:50 or any
convenient scale.

23
 e. Fire Safety Documents

i. Layout plan of each floor indicating the fire evacuation route to safe dispersal
areas, standpipes with fire hose, fire extinguishers, first aid kits/cabinets, fire alarm,
fire operations room, emergency lights, signs, etc.

ii. Details of windows, fire exits with grilled windows and ladders.

iii. Details of fire-resistive construction of enclosures for vertical openings.

iv. Details of fire-resistive construction materials and interior decorative materials with
fire-resistive/fire-retardant/fire-spread ratings

v. Other Related Documents

f. Other related documents

5. Civil/Structural Documents

a. Site Development Plan

Site Development Plan showing technical description, boundaries, orientation and

position of proposed non-architectural horizontal structure such as: sewerage treatment
plan (STP), silos, elevated tanks, towers, fences, etc. building/structure in relation to the
lot, existing or proposed access road and driveways and existing public utilities/services.
Existing buildings within and adjoining the lot shall be hatched and distances between the
proposed and existing buildings shall be indicated.

b. Structural Plans

i. Foundation Plans and Details at scale of not less than 1:100.

ii. Floor/Roof Framing Plans and Details at scale of not less than 1:100.

iii. Details and Schedules of structural and civil works elements including those for
deep wells, water reservoir, pipe lines and sewer system.

c. Structural Analysis and Design for all buildings/structures except for one storey and
single detached building/structure with a total floor area of 20.00 sq. meters or less.

d. Boring and Load Tests

Buildings or structures of three (3) storeys and higher, boring tests and, if necessary, load
tests shall be required in accordance with the applicable latest approved provisions of the
National Structural Code of the Philippines (NSCP). However, adequate soil exploration
(including boring and load tests) shall also be required for lower buildings/structures at
areas with potential geological/geotechnical hazards. The written report of the
civil/geothecnical engineer including but not limited to the design bearing capacity as well
as the result of tests shall be submitted together with the other requirements in the
application for a building permit. Boring test or load test shall also be done according to
the applicable provisions of the NSCP which set forth requirements governing
excavation, grading and earthwork construction, including fills and embankments for any
building/structure and for foundation and retaining structures.

e. Seismic Analysis

f. Other related documents

24
6. Electrical Documents

Electrical plans and technical specifications containing the following:

a. Location and Site Plans

b. Legend or Symbols

c. General Notes and/or Specifications

d. Electrical Layout

e. Schedule of Loads, Transformers, Generating/UPS Units (Total kVA for each of the
preceding items shall be indicated in the schedule)

f. Design Analysis

g. One Line Diagram

7. Mechanical Documents

a. Location Plan and Key Plan

b. General Layout Plan for each floor, drawn to a scale of not less than 1:100, indicating the
equipment in heavier lines than the building outline with names of machinery and
corresponding brake horsepower shall be indicated.

c. Longitudinal and Transverse Sections of building and equipment base on the section
lines drawn to scale of at least 1:100 showing inter-floor relations and defining the
manner of support of machines/equipment. Sections shall run longitudinally and
transversely through the building length or width other than particularly detailed section
for each machinery/equipment (fired and unfired pressure vessel, elevator, escalator,
dumbwaiter, etc.).

d. Isometric drawing of gas, fuel, oil system showing: Assembly of pipes on racks and
supports, Legend and General Notes, Capacity per outlet and Complete individual piping
system.

e. Plans drawn to scale of 1:100 indicating location of store rooms, fuel tanks, fire
extinguishing systems, fire doors, fire escape ladders and other protective facilities.

f. Detailed drawings of all duct work installations, indicating dampers, controls, filters,
fireproofing, acoustical and thermal insulation.

g. Detailed Plans of machinery foundations and supports drawn to scale of at least 1:50.

h. Detailed Plans of boilers and pressure vessels with a working pressure of above 70 kPa
regardless of kilowatt rating.

i. Design Computations and Detailed Plans of elevators, escalators, and the like drawn to
scale of 1:50.

j. For all installations, additions or alterations involving machinery of at most 14.9 kW, the
signature of a duly licensed Mechanical Engineer shall be sufficient except fired and
unfired pressure vessels, elevators, escalators, dumbwaiters, central/split/packaged type
air conditioners and piping systems of steam, gas or fuels.

k. Detailed plans of fire suppression systems, location of automatic and smoke detectors
and alarm and initiating devices use to monitor the conditions that are essential for the

25
 proper operation including switches for the position of gate valves as well as alert and
evacuation signals; the detailed layout of the entire safe area to be protected and the
heat/smoke ventilation system.

8. Sanitary Documents

a. For deepwell, water purification plants, water collection and distribution systems,
reservoirs, drainage and sewer systems, sewage treatment plants, malaria control
structures, and sewage disposal systems:

i. Location Plan and Site Plan

ii. Detailed Plan and layout drawings of minimum scale 1:100

iii. Design Analysis and Technical Specifications

iv. Cost Estimates

b. For pest and vermin control, sanitation, and pollution control facilities:

i. Detailed plan, layout and drawing of abatement and control device of minimum
scale 1:100

ii. Design analysis and technical specification

iii. Cost Estimates

9. Plumbing Documents

For all plumbing installations, additions and/or alterations involving hot and cold water supply,
fixtures, sewage drainage and vent system, storm drainage and sewerage system within or
adjacent to the building:

a. Location Plan and Site Plan of minimum scale 1:2000

b. Plumbing Plans, Layouts and Details, of minimum scale 1:50

c. Legend and General Notes

d. Isometric drawings of the systems

e. Design analysis and technical specifications

f. Cost Estimates

10. Electronics Documents

Electronic plans and technical specifications for wired or wireless telecommunications

systems, broadcasting systems, including radio and TV broadcast equipment for commercial
and training purposes, cable or wireless television systems, information technology (IT)
systems, security and alarm systems, electronic fire alarm systems, sound-reinforcement
systems, navigational aids and controls, indoor and outdoor signages, electronically-
controlled conveyance systems, electronic/computerized process controls and automation
systems, building automation, management and control systems, including, but not limited to
the following:

a. General layout plans with legends

b. Single line diagram
c. Riser diagram

26
 d. Isometry of the system
e. Equipment specifications
f. Design analysis, as applicable
g. Cost estimates

11. Geodetic documents

Lot Survey Plans, including but not limited to:

a. Vicinity Map/Location Plan

b. Lot Plan
c. Relocation Survey Plan and Report
d. Line and Grade
e. Detailed Topographic Plan of the site and immediate vicinity

12. Clearances from Other Agencies

a. A locational clearance shall be obtained by the owner/permittee from the City/Municipal

Zoning Administration.

b. Whenever necessary, written clearances shall be obtained from the various authorities
exercising and enforcing regulatory functions affecting buildings/structures. Application
for said clearances shall be requested by the owner/applicant and failure to receive reply
within seven (7) days from receipt of the application for building permit shall be sufficient
not to cause further delay in processing the building permit application by the Building
Official. Such authorities who are expected to enforce their own regulations are:

i. Department of Public Works and Highways (DPWH)

ii. Air Transportation Office (ATO)
iii. Housing and Land Use Regulatory Board (HLURB)
iv. Local Government Unit (LGU)
v. Department of Tourism (DOT)
vi. Department of Environment and Natural Resources (DENR)
vii. Department of Transportation and Communication (DOTC)
viii. Department of Interior and Local Government (DILG)
ix. Philippine Ports Authority (PPA)
x. Department of Education (DepEd)
xi. Department of Health (DOH)
xii. Philippine Institute of Volcanology and Seismology (PHIVOLCS)
xiii. Laguna Lake Development Authority (LLDA)
xiv. Manila Waterworks and Sewerage System (MWSS)
xv. National Water Resources Board (NWRB)
xvi. Department of Agrarian Reform (DAR)
xvii. Department of Agriculture (DA)
xviii. Department of Labor and Employment (DOLE)
xix. National Housing Authority (NHA)
xx. National Council for the Welfare of Disabled Persons (NCWDP)

SECTION 303. Processing of Building Permits

The flow of processing of building permit shall follow the procedure shown in Figure III.3.

1. Building Permit Application

a. When satisfied that all plans, specifications and other documents are in order, the
Building Official gives due course to the application.

27
 b. The OBO verifies conformity of the proposed buildings/structures with the land use
zoning ordinance of the city/municipality. If the project has been issued a development
permit such as residential, commercial, industrial, institutional, memorial parks and other
development by the HLURB or the Sangguniang Bayan/Panglungsod, an individual
locational clearance shall not be required.

c. The Building Official verifies whether applicants have secured the required section
clearances from other agencies mentioned in the preceding section.

d. The owner/permittee for any existing building/structure that shall undergo alterations,
additions, conversions, renovations and/or repair not covered by Section 301, Sub-
Section 3 of this IRR shall submit, in addition to other documents, the most recent
Certificate of Occupancy when applying for a building permit. Under any of this case, the
Locational Clearance shall not be required.

2. Line and Grade Verification

The Line and Grade Section/Unit of the OBO:

a. Verifies the lot plan as reflected in the Torrens Title, Original Certificate of Title
(OCT)/Transfer Certificate of Title (TCT) and its relation to the proposed
buildings/structures.

b. Checks compliance to establish easements/setbacks and determines grades in relation to

road lots, property lines, streets or highways, whether existing or proposed as reflected in
the land use zoning or development plan of the city/municipality including road widening,
construction of various public utilities/services and other infrastructure projects along
creeks, esteros, waterways, subject to a written clearance from the DPWH.

c. Verifies that at least one (1) side of the lot has direct access to a street/alley and that
grades in relation to road lots and streets or highways, whether existing or proposed
conform to the requirements.

3. Architectural

The Architectural Section/Unit evaluates building/structure documents as to compliance to

technical requirements for:

a. Types of Construction
b. Requirements of Fire Zones and Fire Resistive Regulation
c. Building projections over public streets
d. Access Streets/Roads and Alleys
e. Architectural Interior/Interior Design
f. Classification and General Requirements of all Buildings by Use or Occupancy
g. Maximum Height of Buildings/Structures
h. Parking and Loading/Unloading Space Requirement

28
 Figure III.3.

29
 i. Corner Buildings with Chaflans
j. Occupant Load
k. Glazing of Opening
l. Architectural Accessibility Features
m. Light and Ventilation
n. Construction of Buildings/Structures within the obstacle limitation surfaces of Aerodromes
o. Buildings and other Ancillary Structures within Cemeteries and Memorial Parks

4. Civil/Structural

The Civil/Structural Section/Unit evaluates building/structure documents as to compliance to

technical requirements for:

a. General Design and Construction Requirements

b. Structural Design Requirements
c. Excavations, Foundations and Retaining Walls
d. Prefabricated Construction
e. Protection and Safety Requirements for Construction, Demolition and Excavation
f. Abatement/Demolition of Buildings
g. Plastics
h. Signs

5. Electrical

The Electrical Section/Unit evaluates building/structure documents as to compliance to

technical requirements for Electrical Regulations.

6. Mechanical

The Mechanical Section/Unit evaluates building/structure documents as to compliance to

technical requirements for Mechanical Regulations.

7. Sanitary

The Sanitary Section/Unit evaluates building/structure documents as to compliance to

technical requirements under the Sanitary Engineering Law (RA 1364).

8. Plumbing

The Plumbing Section/Unit evaluates building/structure documents as to compliance to

technical requirements under the Plumbing Law (RA 1378).

9. Electronics

The Electronics Section/Unit evaluates building/structure documents as to compliance to

technical requirements.

10. Fire Safety Requirements

The Building Official shall refer one (1) set of plans and specifications to the City/Municipal
Fire Marshall (C/MFM), Bureau of Fire Protection (BFP), for his review and recommendations
with respect to fire safety and control requirements. The C/MFM shall submit his report and

30
 recommendations to the Building Official within five (5) working days from date of referral.
Failure of the C/MFM to act within said period shall mean that the plans and specifications
conform to all the requirements of the Fire Code of the Philippines (FCP). In case of non-
issuance, suspension or revocation of the said requirements by the C/MFM, he shall so state
in writing the reasons or grounds therefor.

SECTION 304. Issuance of Building Permit

1. When the application for building permit and the plans and specifications submitted herewith
conforms to the requirements of the Code and its IRR, the Building Official shall within fifteen
(15) days from payment of the required fees by the applicant, issue the building permit
applied for.

2. The Building Official may issue a permit for the construction of only a part or portion of a
building/structure whenever the plans and specifications submitted together with the
application do not cover the entire building/structure.

3. The Building Official may issue a Ground Preparation and Excavation Permit even while the
building permit application is still being processed subject to payment of the corresponding
fees.

4. For excavations more than 50.00 cu. meters and more than 2.00 meters in depth, the
owner/permittee shall post a cash bond of fifty thousand pesos (P50,000.00) for the first
50.00 cu. meters and three hundred pesos (P300.00) for every cu. meters in excess of 50 cu.
meters until the building permit is issued, said excavations shall not exceed 100.00 cu.
meters or 3.00 meters in depth and shall not be left open without any work being done in the
site for more than one hundred twenty (120) days, otherwise the cash bond shall be forfeited
in favor of the government to cover the expense for the backfilling of the excavation should
the owner/permittee fail to restore the same. If the bond is insufficient to effect the necessary
restoration, additional cost to be incurred to complete the restoration shall be charged to the
account of the owner/permittee or to whoever shall assume ownership of the property. If the
owner/permittee refuses backfilling of the excavation, the Building Official shall initiate legal
proceedings.

5. Terms and Conditions of Permits

The issued building permit shall be subject to the following terms and conditions:

a. That under Article 1723 of the Civil Code of the Philippines, the engineer or architect who
drew up the plans and specifications for a building/structure is liable for damages if within
fifteen (15) years from the completion of the building/structure, the same should collapse
due to defect in the plans or specifications or defects in the ground. The engineer or
architect who supervises the construction shall be solidarily liable with the contractor
should the edifice collapse due to defect in the construction or the use of inferior
materials.

b. This permit shall be accompanied by the various applicable ancillary and accessory
permits, plans and specifications signed and sealed by the corresponding design
professionals who shall be responsible for the comprehensiveness and correctness of the
plans in compliance to the Code and its IRR and to all applicable referral codes and
professional regulatory laws.

c. That the proposed construction/erection/addition/alteration/renovation/conversion/

repair/moving/demolition, etc. shall be in conformity with the provisions of the National
Building Code, and its IRR.

i. That prior to commencement of the proposed projects and construction an actual

relocation survey shall be conducted by a duly licensed Geodetic Engineer.

31
 ii. That before commencing the excavation the person making or causing the
excavation to be made shall notify in writing the owner of adjoining property not
less than ten (10) days before such excavation is to be made and show how the
adjoining property should be protected.

iii. That the supervising Architect/Civil Engineer shall keep at the jobsite at all times a
logbook of daily construction activities wherein the actual daily progress of
construction including tests conducted, weather condition and other pertinent data
are to be recorded, same shall be made available for scrutiny and comments by
the OBO representative during the conduct of inspection his/her inspection
pursuant to Section 207 of the Code.

iv. That upon completion of the construction, the Owner shall submit the logbook duly
signed and sealed to the Building Official including as-built plans and other
documents and shall also prepare and submit a Certificate of Completion of the
project stating that the construction of the building/structure conform to the
provision of the Code, its IRR as well as the plans and specifications.

v. All such changes, modifications and alterations shall likewise be submitted to the
Building Official and the subsequent amendatory permit therefor issued before any
work on said changes, modifications and alterations shall be started.

d. That no building/structure shall be used until the Building Official has issued a Certificate
of Occupancy therefor as provided in the Code. However, a partial Certificate of
Occupancy may be issued for the Use/Occupancy of a portion or portions of a
building/structure prior to the completion of the entire building/structure.

e. That this permit shall not serve as an exemption from securing written clearances from
various government authorities exercising regulatory function affecting
buildings/structures.

f. When the construction is undertaken by contract, the work shall be done by a duly
licensed and registered contractor pursuant to the provisions of the Contractor’s License
Law (RA 4566).

g. The Owner/Permittee shall submit a duly accomplished prescribed “Notice of

Construction” to the Office of the Building Official prior to any construction activity.

h. The Owner/Permittee shall put a Building Permit sign which complies with the prescribed
dimensions and information, which shall remain posted on the construction site for the
duration of the construction. (Figs. III.4. and III.5).

SECTION 305. Validity of Building Permits

The issuance of a building permit shall not be construed as an approval or authorization to

the permittee to disregard or violate any of the provisions of the Code.

Whenever the issuance of a permit is based on approved plans and specifications which are
subsequently found defective, the Building official is not precluded from requiring permittee to
effect the necessary corrections in said plans and specifications or from preventing or ordering
the stoppage of any or all building operations being carried on thereunder which are in violation of
the Code.

A building permit issued under the provisions of the Code shall expire and become null and
void if the building or work authorized therein is not commenced within a period of one (1) year
after the issuance of the building permit, or is suspended or abandoned at any time after it has
been commenced for a period of one hundred twenty (120) days.
32
SECTION 306. Non-issuance, Suspension or Revocation of Building Permits

The Building Official may order or cause the non-issuance, suspension or revocation of
building permits on any or all of the following reasons or grounds:

1. Errors found in the plans and specifications;

2. Incorrect or inaccurate data or information supplied;
3. Non-compliance with the provisions of the Code or any rules or regulations.

Notice of non- issuance, suspension or revocation of building permits shall always be made
in writing, stating the reason or grounds thereof.

Figure III.4.

Figure III.5.
33
SECTION 307. Appeal

Within fifteen (15) days from the date of receipt of advice of the non- issuance, suspension or
revocation of permits, the applicant/permittee may file an appeal with the Secretary who shall
render his decision within fifteen days from date of receipt of notice of appeal. The decision of the
Secretary shall be final subject only to review by the Office of the President.

SECTION 308. Inspection and Supervision of Work

1. The owner of the Building who is issued or granted a building permit under the Code shall
engage the services of a duly licensed architect or civil engineer to undertake the full time
inspection and supervision of the construction work.

2. Such architect or civil engineer may or may not be the same architect or civil engineer who is
responsible for the design of the building.

3. It is understood however that in either case, the designing architect or civil engineer is not
precluded from conducting inspection of the construction work to check and determine
compliance with the plans and specifications of the building submitted.

4. There shall be kept at the jobsite at all times a logbook wherein the actual progress of
construction including tests conducted, weather conditions and other pertinent data are to be
recorded.

5. Upon completion of the construction, the said licensed architect or civil engineer shall submit
the logbook, duly signed and sealed, to the Building Official. He shall also prepare and submit
a Certificate of Completion of the project stating that the construction of building conforms to
the provisions of the Code as well as with the approved plans and specifications.

SECTION 309. Certificate of Occupancy

1. The owner/permittee shall submit to the OBO an application of Certificate of Occupancy

together with a duly notarized Certificate of Completion together with the construction
logbook, as-built plans and specifications and the Building Inspection Sheet all signed by
whoever is the contractor (if the construction is undertaken by contract) and signed and
sealed by the Owner’s duly licensed Architect or Civil Engineer who undertook the full time
inspection and supervision of the construction works. Said Plans and Specifications shall
reflect faithfully all changes, modifications and alterations made on the originally submitted
Plans and Specifications on file with the OBO which are the basis of the issuance of the
original building permit. The as-built Plans and Specifications may be just an orderly and
comprehensive compilation of all the documents, which include the originally submitted plans
and specifications and all amendments thereto as actually built or they may be an entirely
new set of plans and specifications accurately describing and/or reflecting therein the
building/structure as actually built.

2. A notification to conduct final inspection shall be endorsed by the OBO to the C/MFM, BFP,
who shall issue a Fire Safety Inspection Certificate within five (5) workings days if the Fire
Safety requirement shall have been complied. If, after the prescribed period no action is
taken by the C/MFM, the Building Official may issue the Certificate of Occupancy with the
condition that the Fire Safety requirements shall be complied with, within the prescribed
period set forth in the Fire Code of the Philippines (PD 1185).

3. The OBO undertakes the final inspection, verification and/or review of the building/structure
based on the Certificate of Completion, construction logbook, building inspection sheets,
original and as-built plans and specifications, as the case may be and specifications on the
prescribed standard form according to the requirements set forth under Section 303.

34
4. Prior to the issuance of the Certificate of Occupancy, the OBO shall prepare the
corresponding fees and order of payment. The Building Official then issues the Certificate of
Occupancy in the form prescribed therefor after all fees are paid.

a. A partial Certificate of Occupancy may be issued for the use or occupancy of a portion or
portions of a building or structure prior to the completion of the entire building or
structure, through the proper phasing of its major independent portions without posing
hazards to its occupants, the adjacent building residents and general public.

b. A building for which a Certificate of Occupancy has been issued may further be issued
other Certificates of Occupancy due to changes in use, whether partly or wholly,
provided, that the new use/s or character/s of occupancy conforms with the requirement
of the Code and its IRR.

35
 RULE IV - TYPES OF CONSTRUCTION

SECTION 401. Types of Construction

For purposes of the Code and its IRR, all buildings proposed for construction shall be
classified according to the following types:

1. Type I - shall be of wood construction. The structural elements may be any of the materials
permitted by the Code.

2. Type II - shall be of wood construction with protective fire-resistant materials and one-hour
fire-resistive throughout, except, that permanent non-bearing partitions may use fire-retardant
treated wood within the framing assembly with one-hour resistivity.

3. Type III - shall be of masonry and wood construction. Structural elements may be any of the
materials permitted by the Code provided, that the building shall be one-hour fire-resistive
throughout. Exterior walls shall be of incombustible fire-resistive construction.

4. Type IV - shall be steel, iron, concrete, or masonry construction and walls, ceiling and
permanent partitions shall be of incombustible fire-resistive construction, except, that
permanent non-bearing partitions of one-hour fire-resistive construction may use fire-
retardant treated wood within the framing assembly.

5. Type V - shall be four-hour fire-resistive throughout and the structural elements shall be of
steel, iron, concrete, or masonry construction.

SECTION 402. Changes in Types

No change shall be made in the type of construction of any building which would place the
building in a different sub- type or type of construction unless such building is made to comply
with the requirements for such sub- type of construction: Except, when the changes is approved
by the Building Official upon showing that the new or proposed construction is less hazardous,
based on life and fire risk, than the existing construction.

SECTION 403. Requirements on Type of Construction

The following standards are prescribed:

1. Fire Resistive Requirements

a. Exterior bearing and non-bearing walls of Types II and III Constructions shall have one
hour fire-resistive rating, while those of Types IV and V shall have four-hour fire-resistive
rating.

b. Interior bearing walls, permanent partitions, floors, and roofs of Types II, III and IV
Construction shall have one-hour fire-resistive rating while those of Type V shall have
three-hour fire-resistive rating for bearing walls and one-hour fire-resistive rating for
vertical openings, floors and roofs.

c. Structural frames of Types II and III Construction shall have one-hour fire-resistive rating,
while those of Type IV shall have two-hour fire-resistive rating and those of Type V shall
have three hour fire-resistive rating.

d. Exterior doors and windows shall have one hour fire-resistive rating for all Types.

36
2. Interior Wall and Ceiling Finishes

a. Finishes for interior walls and ceilings of any building shall be classified according to their
flame-spread characteristic using generally accepted engineering standards. The smoke
density shall not be greater than that obtained from burning of untreated wood under
similar conditions when tested in accordance with the “Tunnel Test” in the way intended
for use. The products of combustion shall be no more toxic than the burning of untreated
wood under similar conditions. These finishes include: interior wainscoting, paneling, or
other finish applied structurally or for decoration, acoustical correction, frames and trims
of doors and windows, surface insulation or similar purposes.

b. Requirements for flame-spread characteristics of finishes shall not apply to frames and
trim of doors and windows and to materials which are less than 1.00 millimeter in
thickness cemented to the surface of walls or ceilings.

c. Materials required to be flame-spread proofed shall be treated with a flame-retardant

having a flame-spread of fifty (50) or less as determined by the “Tunnel Test”.

3. Standards for materials use in structural framework, exterior walls and openings, floors, exits,
stairs & roofs shall be governed by the pertinent provision of the Fire Code of the Philippines.

37
 RULE V – REQUIREMENTS OF FIRE ZONES

SECTION 501. Fire Zones Defined

Fire zones are areas within which only certain types of buildings/structures are permitted
to be constructed based on their use or occupancy, type of construction, and resistance to
fire.

SECTION 502. Buildings Located in More Than One Fire Zone

A building/structure which is located partly in one (1) fire zone and partly in another shall
be considered to be in the more highly restrictive fire zone, when more than one third (1/3) of
its total floor area is located in such zone.

SECTION 503. Moved Buildings

1. Any building/structure moved within or into any fire zone shall be made to comply with all
the requirements for buildings/structures in that fire zone.

2. This shall also apply to pre-engineered or pre-fabricated buildings/structures that may be

dismantled and re-assembled.

SECTION 504. Temporary Buildings/Structures

1. Temporary buildings such as reviewing stands and other miscellaneous structures

conforming to the requirements of the Code, and sheds, canopies and fences used for
the protection of the public around and in conjunction with construction work, may be
erected in the fire zones by special permit from the Building Official for a limited period of
time, and such buildings or structures shall be completely removed upon the expiration of
the time limit stated in such permits.

2. Erection of temporary buildings/structures to be located in restrictive and highly restrictive

zones and which do not conform with the type of construction allowed or permitted within
such zones may be allowed by the Building Official for a given period of time provided
that, fire protective/preventive measures and fire suppression facilities are adequate.

SECTION 505. Center Lines of Streets

The center line of adjoining street or alley may be considered an adjacent property line.
Distances shall be measured at right angles to the street or alley.

SECTION 506. Restrictions on Existing Buildings

1. Existing buildings or structures in fire zones that do not comply with the requirements for
a new building erected therein shall not hereafter be enlarged, altered, remodeled,
repaired or moved except as follows:

a. Such building is entirely demolished;

b. Such building is to be moved outside the limits of the more highly restrictive Fire Zone
to a zone where the building meets the minimum standards;

38
 c. Changes, alterations and repairs may be made provided that in any 12- month period,
the value of the work does not exceed 20% of the value of the existing building, and
provided that, such changes do not add additional combustible material, and do not,
in the opinion of the Building Official, increase the fire hazard;

d. Additions thereto are separated from the existing building by fire walls, as set forth in
Section 506 (b);

e. Damage from fire or earthquake, typhoons or any fortuitous event may be repaired,
using the same kind of materials of which the building or structure was originally
constructed, provided that, the cost of such repair shall not exceed 20% of the
replacement cost of the building or structure.

SECTION 507. Designation of Fire Zones

The legislative body of the LGU may enact ordinances for the purpose of designating fire
zones based on the parameters and guidelines set forth in this Section.

1. Designation of Fire Zones is purposely for management, prevention, control and

suppression of conflagration that may occur in population centers. The designation of fire
zones is as follows:

a. Non-Fire Restricted Zones: These are areas where siting of buildings/structures are
permitted without fire-resistivity measures, often located in the country sides or rural
areas where commercial and industrial and other buildings are sparsely constructed,
or may be clustered in small groups like farm lands wherein dwellings are built of
indigenous materials such as bamboo, sawali, nipa, cogon, palm leaves and wood up
to Types I and II Construction as classified in Section 401 of the Code.

b. Fire Restrictive Zones: Areas wherein siting of buildings/structures are permitted

within prescribed fire-resistivity measures for exterior walls of at least two-hour fire
resistivity. Usual locations in suburban areas are permitted to be built with at least
one-hour fire-resistivity throughout as Types II, III to IV Constructions as prescribed in
Section 401 of the Code.

c. Highly Fire Restrictive Zones: Areas wherein highly fire- resistive or non-combustible
buildings/structures and/or construction assemblies of no less than three to four-hour
fire-resistive construction materials are used throughout, including exterior walls.
Only Types IV and V Constructions are permitted in the areas.

39
 RULE VI - FIRE-RESISTIVE REQUIREMENTS IN CONSTRUCTION

SECTION 601. Fire- Resistive Rating Defined

Fire-resistive rating means the degree to which a material can withstand fire as
determined by generally recognized and accepted testing methods.

SECTION 602. Fire- Resistive Time Period Rating

Fire-resistive time period rating is the length of time a material can withstand being
burned which may be one- hour, two- hours, four- hours, etc.

SECTION 603. Fire-Resistive Standards

All materials of construction, and type of materials and assemblies or combinations

thereof shall conform to the following fire-resistive ratings:

Minimum thickness (in millimeter) for the

Type of Assembly and Material given fire resistance
4 hrs. 3 hrs. 2 hrs. 1hr.
Floor Construction
Solid R.C. slab
- Average cover to reinforcement 25 25 20 15
- Overall Depth 150 150 125 100

Solid pre-stressed
Concrete slab
- Average cover to tendons 65 50 40 25
- Overall Depth 150 150 125 100

Partitions
- Solid concrete 175 175 150 125
- Solid masonry 200 175 150 125
- Hollow unit masonry 300 250 200 150

Protection for metal structural members

- Concrete 75 50 38 25
- Masonry 100 75 55 38
- Metal lath with vermiculite or perlite
gypsum plaster 50 38 20 12

Exterior Wall
- Solid concrete 180 150 125 75
- Solid masonry 200 175 150 100
- Hollow masonry 300 250 200 150

Column (all faces exposed)

- Reinforced concrete 450 400 300 200

SECTION 604. Fire- Resistive Regulations

The Secretary shall prescribe standards and promulgate rules and regulations on the
testing of construction materials for flame-spread characteristics, tests on fire damages, fire
tests of building construction and materials, door assemblies and tinclad fire doors and
window assemblies, the installation of fire doors and windows and smoke and fire detectors
for fire protective signaling system, application and use of controlled interior finish, fire-
resistive protection for structural members, fire-resistive walls and partitions, fire-resistive floor
or roof ceiling, fire-resistive assemblies for protection of openings and fire-retardant roof
coverings.

40
SECTION 702. Change in Use

No change shall be made in the character of occupancy or use of any building which
would place the building in a different division of the same group of occupancy or in a different
group of occupancies, unless such building is made to comply with the requirements of the
Code for such division or group of occupancy. The character of occupancy of existing
buildings may be changed subject to the approval of the Building Official and the building may
be occupied for purposes set forth in other Groups: Provided the new or proposed use is less
hazardous, based on life and fire risk, than the existing use.

SECTION 703. Mixed Occupancy

1. General Requirements

When a building is of mixed occupancy or used for more than one occupancy, the whole
building shall be subject to the most restrictive requirement pertaining to any of the type of
occupancy found therein except in the following:

a. When a one-storey building houses more than one occupancy, each portion of the
building shall conform to the requirement of the particular occupancy housed therein
and;

b. Where minor accessory uses do not occupy more than 10% of the area of any floor or
a building, nor more than 10% of the basic area permitted in the occupancy
requirements, in which case, the major use of the building shall determine the
occupancy classification.

2. Forms of Occupancy Separation

Occupancy separations shall be vertical or horizontal or both, or when necessary, of such

other forms as may be required to afford a complete separation between the various
occupancy divisions in the building.

3. Types of Occupancy Separation

Occupancy separation shall be classified as “One-Hour Fire-Resistive”, “Two-Hour Fire-

Resistive”, “Three-Hour Fire-Resistive” and “Four-Hour Fire-Resistive.”

a. A “One-Hour Fire-Resistive Occupancy Separation” shall be of not less than one-hour

fire-resistive construction. All openings in such separation shall be protected by a
fire-assembly having a one-hour fire-resistive rating.

b. A “Two-Hour Fire-Resistive Occupancy Separation” shall be of not less than two-hour

fire-resistive construction. All openings in such separation shall be protected by a fire
assembly having a two-hour fire-resistive rating.

c. A “Three-Hour Fire-Resistive Occupancy Separation” shall be of not less than three-

hour fire-resistive construction. All openings in walls forming such separation shall be
protected by a fire assembly having a three-hour fire-resistive rating. The total width
of all openings in any three-hour fire-resistive occupancy separation wall in any one-
storey shall not exceed 25% of the length of the wall in that storey and no single
opening shall have an area greater than 10.00 sq. meters. All openings in floors
forming a “Three-Hour Fire-Resistive Occupancy Separation” shall be protected by
vertical enclosures extending above and below such openings. The walls of such
vertical enclosures shall be of not less than two-hour fire-resistive construction, and
all openings therein shall be protected by a fire assembly having a three-hour fire-
resistive rating.

d. A “Four-Hour Fire-Resistive Occupancy Separation” shall have no openings therein

and shall be of not less than four-hour fire-resistive construction.

75
4. Fire Rating for Occupancy Separation

Occupancy Separations shall be provided between groups, subgroupings, or divisions of

occupancies. The Secretary shall promulgate rules and regulations for appropriate
occupancy separations in buildings of mixed occupancy; Provided, that, where any
occupancy separation is required, the minimum shall be a “One-Hour Fire-Resistive
Occupancy Separation”; and where the occupancy separation is horizontal, structural
members supporting the separation shall be protected by an equivalent fire-resistive
construction.

SECTION 704. Location on Property

1. General

a. No building shall be constructed unless it adjoins or has direct access to a public

space, yard or street on at least one of its sides.

b. For the purpose of this Section, the centerline of an adjoining street or alley shall be
considered an adjacent property line.

c. Eaves over required windows shall not be less than 750 millimeters from the side and
rear property lines.

2. Fire Resistance of Walls

Exterior walls shall have fire resistance and opening protection in accordance with the
requirements set forth by the Secretary. Projections beyond the exterior wall shall not
exceed beyond a point one-third the distance from an assumed vertical plane located
where the fire-resistive protection of openings is first required to the location on property
whichever is the least restrictive. Distance shall be measured at right angles from the
property line. When openings in exterior walls are required to be protected due to
distance from property line, the sum of the areas of such openings in any storey shall not
exceed 50% of the total area of the wall in that storey.

3. Buildings on Same Property and Buildings Containing Courts

For the purpose of determining the required wall and opening protection, buildings on the
same property and court walls shall be assumed to have a property line between them.
When a new building is to be erected on the same property with an existing building, the
assumed property line from the existing building shall be the distance to the property line
for each occupancy as set forth by the Secretary; Provided, that two or more buildings on
the same property may be considered as one building if the aggregate area of such
building is within the limits of allowable floor areas for a single building, and when the
buildings so considered, house different occupancies or are of different types of
construction, the area shall be that allowed for the most restrictive occupancy or
construction.

4. Building Footprint and Firewall Requirements

a. The following rules shall be observed in the determination of the Allowable Maximum
Building Footprint (AMBF) for buildings and related habitable structures. If the stated
rules are compared with (1) Rule VIII Table VIII.1.- Reference Table on Percentage of
Site Occupancy and Maximum Allowable Construction Area (MACA); (2) Rule VIII
Tables VIII.2. and VIII.3. (setbacks, yards and courts); or (3) with the applicable
stipulations under this Rule and with the applicable stipulations of the Fire Code, the
more stringent but applicable regulation out of the aforementioned rules should be
observed;

b. If without a firewall, the footprint of a proposed building/structure shall be measured

horizontally from the property line to the outermost faces of the exterior walls of the
building/structure; Provided, that the distance measured from the property line shall
conform with the applicable stipulations of this Rule and Rule VIII; The resultant area

76
 established at grade level upon which the proposed building/structure may stand shall
be the AMBF;

c. Footprint Based on Firewall Provisions

i. If with a firewall on one (1) side, the footprint of a proposed building/structure

shall be measured horizontally from the property line with a firewall to the
outermost faces of the opposite exterior walls of the building/structure;
Provided, that the applicable stipulations of the Fire Code are strictly followed;

ii. If with a firewall on two (2) sides or on one (1) side and the rear property line,
the footprint of a proposed building/structure shall be measured horizontally
from the opposing property lines in case of a firewall on two (2) sides or from
the rear property line with a firewall to the outermost faces of the opposite
exterior walls of the building/structure; provided, that the applicable stipulations
of the Fire Code are strictly followed;

iii. Absolutely no firewalls are allowed for a low density residential (R-1) uses or
occupancies; an abutment of up to 3.20 meters from established grade level
may however be permitted but solely for the purpose of supporting a carport
roof; provided further that such abutment shall be constructed of perforated or
decorative concrete blocks above 1.50 meters measured vertically from the
established grade level; such an abutment shall not be longer than 7.00 meters
or 50% of the side property line in total length, whichever is shorter.

iv. For medium density residential (R-2) uses or occupancies, a firewall can be
erected on a maximum of 80% of the total length of a side property line;
provided that only one (1) side property line is used for a firewall in the case of
a R-2 structure; and provided further that the applicable stipulations of the Fire
Code are strictly followed;

v. For high-density residential (R-3) uses or occupancies, two (2) types of firewall
construction may be permitted:

(a) For a R-3 use or occupancy with a firewall on two (2) sides, a firewall can
be erected on a maximum of 85% of the total length of each side property
line; provided that all firewall construction shall not exceed 65% of the
total perimeter of the R-3 property, i.e., total length of all property lines;
provided that firewalls in R-3 lots shall only be allowed for a maximum
two (2) storey component structure; and provided further that all the
applicable stipulations of the Fire Code are strictly followed; and

(b) For a R-3 use or occupancy with a firewall on one (1) side property line
and at the rear property line, a firewall can be erected on a maximum of
90% of the total length of the side and rear property lines and up to 100%
in case the rear property line is only 4.00 meters wide; provided that all
firewall construction at the side property lines shall not exceed 50% of the
total perimeter of the R-3 property, i.e., total length of all property lines;
provided that firewalls in R-3 lots shall only be allowed for a maximum
two (2) storey structure but not at the rear property line where the
maximum allowed firewall height shall only be 3.20 meters measured
vertically from established grade; and provided further that all the
applicable stipulations of the Fire Code are strictly followed.

vi. For townhouse residential (R-4) uses or occupancies, firewalls on the two (2)
sides of each townhouse unit may be permitted; the R-4 firewall can be erected
on a maximum of 85% of the total length of each side property line; provided
that all firewall construction shall not exceed 50% of the total perimeter of each
R-4 property, i.e., total length of all property lines; provided that firewalls in
each R-4 use or occupancy shall be allowed for a maximum three (3) storey
structure; and provided further that all the applicable stipulations of the Fire
Code are strictly followed;

77
 vii. For residential condominium (R-5) uses or occupancies, two (2) types of
firewall construction may be permitted:

(a) For a R-5 use or occupancy with a firewall on two (2) sides, a firewall can
be erected on a maximum of 75% of the total length of each side property
line; provided that all firewall construction at the side property lines shall not
exceed 50% of the total perimeter of the R-5 property, i.e., total length of all
property lines; provided that side firewalls in R-5 uses or occupancies shall
only be allowed for a maximum eight (8) storey component structure, i.e.,
the podium; and provided further that all the applicable stipulations of the
Fire Code are strictly followed; and

(b) For a R-5 use or occupancy with a firewall on one (1) side and at the rear
property line, a firewall can be erected on a maximum of 65% of the total
length of the side property line and on a maximum of 50% of the total
length of the rear property line; provided that all firewall construction shall
not exceed 60% of the total perimeter of the R-5 property, i.e., total length
of all property lines; provided that the side firewalls in R-5 uses or
occupancies shall only be allowed for a maximum eight (8) storey
component structure and that at the rear property line, the maximum
allowed firewall height shall only be 14.00 meters measured vertically from
established grade; and provided further that all the applicable stipulations
of the Fire Code are strictly followed.

viii. All existing openings on all firewalls shall be sealed completely to maintain the
fire integrity of adjoining buildings/structures.

ix. The provision of a fully functional sprinkler system and the installation of other
fire-retardant or fire suppression devices in the case of commercial, institutional
and industrial buildings/structures may allow firewall construction for up to 70%
of the total perimeter of the property lines provided that the prescribed
setbacks, yards and courts fronting the Road Right-Of-Way (RROW) are first
fully complied with; and provided further that all the applicable stipulations of
the Fire Code, particularly on the number, type and locations of fire exits are
strictly followed.

SECTION 705. Allowable Floor Areas

1. General. The Allowable Maximum Total Gross Floor Area (TGFA) of any proposed
building/structure shall only be as allowed under this Rule.

2. TGFA Limitation. In Table VII.1. hereafter, the percentages (%) indicated in the third
(3 rd ) through eighth (8th) columns, but excluding the multiplier numbers 3, 5, 12, 18,
and 30 (which represent the number of storeys/floors), are the percentages of the Total
Lot Area (TLA) that may be used to initially determine the Allowable Maximum TGFA
for a proposed building/structure.

3. Crosscheck of TGFA with Allowable Maximum Volume Building (AMVB). The Allowable
Maximum TGFA once established must be thoroughly crosschecked with the AMVB to
find out if the AMVB is not exceeded. If exceeded, the necessary adjustments on the
Maximum Allowable TGFA must be made since the AMVB must always prevail.

78
Table VII.1. Allowable Maximum Total Gross Floor Area (TGFA)
Based on the Allowed Percentage of Site Occupancy (PSO)
of the Total Lot Area (TLA)

Allowable Maximum
Total Gross Floor Area (TGFA)*
by Type/ Location of Lot
Character
of Use/ Type of *Note: Building Height Limit (BHL) multiplied by the Allowable Maximum
Occupan- Building/ Building Footprint (AMBF) expressed as a percentage (%) of the Total Lot
cy Structure Area or TLA (with or without firewall). Figure subject to reduction to comply
with the floor area component of the Allowable Maximum Volume of
Building (AMVB). Refer to Table VII.1. to arrive at the percentage (%) of
TLA.

Interior Inside Corner Through Corner- Corner

(or Rear) (or Lot Lot Through Lot
Lot Regular) Lot Abutting 3
and Lot (see Fig. (see Fig. or More
End Lot VIII.10. of VIII.11. of (see Fig. Streets,
(see Fig. Rule VIII) Rule VIII) VIII.12. of etc.
(see Fig. VIII.9. of Rule VIII) Rivers,
VIII.8. and Rule VIII) Etc.
VIII.5.14. (see Fig.
of Rule VIII.13. of
VIII) Rule VIII)
Residen- Residen- 3 (floors/ 3 x50% 3 x70% of 3 x70% 3 x70% of 3 x70% of
tial tial 1 storeys) of TLA TLA of TLA TLA TLA
GROUP (R-1) x 60% of
A-l TLA
(without
firewalls)
Basic 3 x 70% 3 x 60% 3 x 70% 3 x 70% 3 x 70% 3 x 70%
Residen-
tial 2 (R-2)
Maximum 5 x 70% 5 x 60% 5 x 70% 5 x 70% 5 x 70% 5 x 70%
Residen-
tial 2 (R-2)
Basic 3 x 70% 3 x 70% 3 x 70% 3 x 70% 3 x70% 3 x70%
Residen-
tial 3 (R-3)
Maximum 12x80% 12x80% 12x80% 12x80% 12x80% 12x80%
Residen-
tial 3 (R-3)
Residen- 3 x 80% 3 x 80% 3 x 80% 3 x 80% 3 x 80% 3 x 80%
tial 4 (R-4)
/Individual
Town-
house
Lots/Units
Residen- 3 x 80% 3 x 80% 3 x 80% 3 x 80% 3 x 80% 3 x 80%
tial 4 (R-4)
/Individual
Town-
house
Lots/Units
Residen- 18x80% 18x80% 18x80% 18x80% 18x80% 18x80%
tial 5 (R-5)
/Condomi-
niums
Residen- Residen-
tial tial 1 Not NA NA NA NA NA
GROUP (R-1) applicable
A-l (NA)
(with
firewalls)

79
 Allowable Maximum
Total Gross Floor Area (TGFA)*
by Type/ Location of Lot
Character
of Use/ Type of *Note: Building Height Limit (BHL) multiplied by the Allowable Maximum
Occupan- Building/ Building Footprint (AMBF) expressed as a percentage (%) of the Total Lot
cy Structure Area or TLA (with or without firewall). Figure subject to reduction to comply
with the floor area component of the Allowable Maximum Volume of
Building (AMVB). Refer to Table VII.1. to arrive at the percentage (%) of
TLA.

Basic 3 x 75% 3 x 70% 3 x 75% 3 x 75% 3 x 75% 3 x 75%

Residen-
tial 2 (R-2)
Maximum 5 x 75% 5 x 70% 5 x 75% 5 x 75% 5 x 75% 5 x 75%
Residen-
tial 2 (R-2)
Basic 3 x 80% 3 x 80% 3 x 80% 3 x 80% 3 x 80% 3 x 80%
Residen-
tial 3 (R-3)
Maximum 12x80% 12x80% 12x80% 12x80% 12x80% 12x80%
Residen-
tial 3 (R-3)
Residen- 3 x 80% 3 x 80% 3 x 80% 3 x 80% 3 x 80% 3 x 80%
tial 4 (R-4)
/Individual
Town-
house
Lots/Units
Residen- 18x80% 18x80% 18x80% 18x80% 18x80% 18x80%
tial 5 (R-
5)/
Condomi-
niums
Commer- Commer- 5 x 80% 5 x 75% 5 x 80% 5 x 80% 5 x 90% 5 x 90%
cial cial 1
GROUPS (Com-1)
B, C, E, H,
I
Commer- 12x80% 12x75% 12x80% 12x80% 12x90% 12x90%
cial 2
(Com-2)
Commer- 30 x 80% 30x75% 30x80% 30x80% 30x90% 30x90%
cial 3
(Com-3)
Commer- 5 x 85% 5 x 85% 5 x 90% 5 x 90% 5 x 95% 5 x 95%
cial 1
(Com-1)
with
Sprinkler
System &
Firewalls
Commer- 12x85% 12x85% 12x90% 12x90% 12x95% 12x95%
cial 2
(Com-2)
with
Sprinkler
System &
Firewalls
Commer- 30x85% 30x85% 30x90% 30x90% 30x95% 30x95%
cial 3
(Com-3)
with
Sprinkler
System &
Firewalls

80
 Allowable Maximum
Total Gross Floor Area (TGFA)*
by Type/ Location of Lot
Character
of Use/ Type of *Note: Building Height Limit (BHL) multiplied by the Allowable Maximum
Occupan- Building/ Building Footprint (AMBF) expressed as a percentage (%) of the Total Lot
cy Structure Area or TLA (with or without firewall). Figure subject to reduction to comply
with the floor area component of the Allowable Maximum Volume of
Building (AMVB). Refer to Table VII.1. to arrive at the percentage (%) of
TLA.

Industrial Industrial 1 Duly- BHL BHL BHL BHL BHL

GROUPS (Ind-1) approved x x x x x
F, G Building 75% 80% 80% 90% 90%
Height of TLA of TLA of TLA of TLA of TLA
Limit
(BHL) x
80% of
TLA
Industrial 2 BHL BHL BHL BHL BHL BHL
(Ind-2) x 80% x 75% x 80% x 80% x 90% X 90%
Industrial 3 BHL BHL BHL BHL BHL BHL
(Ind-3) x 80% x 75% x 80% x 80% x 90% x 90%
Industrial 1 BHL BHL BHL BHL BHL BHL
(Ind-1) x x x x x x
with 85% 85% 90% 90% 95% 95%
Sprinkler
System &
Firewalls
Industrial 2 BHL BHL BHL BHL BHL BHL
(I-2) with x x x x x x
Sprinkler 85% 85% 90% 90% 95% 95%
System &
Firewalls
Industrial 3 BHL BHL BHL BHL BHL BHL
(Ind-3) x x x x x x
with 85% 85% 90% 90% 95% 95%
Sprinkler
System &
Firewalls
Institution- Without BHL BHL BHL BHL BHL BHL
al Sprinkler x x x x x x
GROUP D System & 50% 50% 60% 60% 60% 60%
Firewalls of TLA of TLA of TLA of TLA of TLA of TLA
With BHL BHL BHL BHL BHL BHL
Sprinkler x x x x x x
System & 60% 60% 70% 70% 70% 70%
Firewalls of TLA of TLA of TLA of TLA of TLA of TLA
Cultural Without BHL BHL BHL BHL BHL BHL
Sprinkler x 60% x 60% x 65% x 65% x 65% x 65%
System & of TLA of TLA of TLA of TLA of TLA of TLA
Firewalls
With BHL BHL BHL BHL BHL BHL
Sprinkler x 70% X 70% x 70% x 70% x 70% x 70%
System &
Firewalls
Transport- Without BHL BHL BHL BHL BHL BHL
ation Sprinkler x 50% x 50% x 60% x 60% x 60% x 60%
System & of TLA Of TLA of TLA of TLA of TLA of TLA
Firewalls
With BHL BHL BHL BHL BHL BHL
Sprinkler x 60% x 60% x 70% x 70% x 70% x 70%
System &
Firewalls

Note:
Maximum of sixty (60) storeys (180.00 meters) BHL for inland areas not close to airports.

81
SECTION 706. Allowable Floor Area Increases

The floor areas hereinabove provided may be increased in certain specific instances and
under appropriate conditions, based on the existence of public space, streets or yards
extending along and adjoining two or more sides of the building or structure subject to the
approval of the Building Official. (Refer to Guidelines on Determining Gross Floor Area and
Total Gross Floor Area of a Building/Structure at the end of this Rule)

SECTION 707. Maximum Height of Buildings

1. The maximum height and number of storeys of proposed building shall be dependent
upon the character of use or occupancy and the type of construction, considering end-
user population density, light and ventilation, width of RROW/streets particularly of its
roadway/carriageway component, building bulk, off-street cum off-site parking
requirements, etc. and in relation to local land use plan and zoning regulations as well as
other environmental considerations, e.g., geological, hydrological, meteorological,
topographical, prevailing traffic conditions, the availability and capacity of public
utility/service systems, etc. (Refer to Guidelines on Building Bulk at the end of this Rule)

2. Determination of Building Height:

a. BUILDING HEIGHT LIMIT (BHL) - the maximum height to be allowed for

buildings/structures based on their proposed use or occupancy; the BHL is generally
determined after the application of other development controls (DC) and certain other
parameters, i.e., considerations of site conditions, view, etc. (Table VII.2. of this
Rule). The BHL shall be generally measured from the established grade line to the
topmost portion of the proposed building/structure. If applicable, the BHL may be
subject to clearance requirements of the Air Transportation Office (ATO) or of the
concerned military/security authorities. (Refer to Guidelines on Development Controls
at the end this Rule)

BHL excludes the height of permitted/allowed projections above the roof of the
building/structure, e.g., signage, mast, antenna, telecom tower, beacons and the like.

b. The Building Height Limit (BHL) of any proposed building/structure shall only be as
allowed under this Rule (as shown in table below) or under the duly approved
city/municipal (local) zoning ordinance, whichever is more restrictive.

Table VII.2. Building Height Limit (BHL) by Type of Use or Occupancy

Building Height Limit (BHL)

Character of Use or Type of Building/ Number of allowable
Meters above highest
Occupancy Structure storeys/floors above
grade
established grade
1. Residential Residential 1 (R-1) 3 10.00
Residential 2 (R-2)
a. Basic 3 10.00
b. Maximum 5 15.00
Residential 3 (R-3)
a. Basic 3 10.00
b. Maximum 12 36.00
Residential 4
(R-4)/
3 10.00
Townhouses
(Individual lots/ units)
Residential 5
(R-5)/ 12 - 18 36.00 - 54.00
Condominiums
2. Commercial Commercial 1
3 -5 10.00 -15.00
(C-1)
Commercial 2
6 18.00
(C-2)
Commercial 3
16-60 48.00 -180.00
(C-3)
82
 Building Height Limit (BHL)
Character of Use or Type of Building/ Number of allowable
Meters above highest
Occupancy Structure storeys/floors above
grade
established grade
3. Industrial 15.00 meters but not exceed the duly-approved
Industrial 1 (I-1) BHL in the major zone it is part of

21.00 meters but not exceed the duly-approved

Industrial 2 (I-2) BHL in the major zone it is part of

27.00 meters but not exceed the duly-approved

Industrial 3 (I-3) BHL in the major zone it is part of)

4. Institutional 15.00 meters (or must follow the duly-approved

- BHL in the major zone it is part of)

5. Cultural 30.00 meters (or must follow the duly-approved

- BHL in the major zone it is part of)

6. Utility/Trans- 15.00 meters (or must complement the duly-

portation/RROW/ - approved BHL in the major zone it is part of)
Services
7. Parks and Open 15.00 meters (or must complement the duly-
Recreational and approved BHL in the major zone it is part of)
-
Entertainment
Spaces
8. Agricultural/Agro- 15.00 meters (or must complement the duly-
Industrial/Tourism - approved BHL in the major zone it is part of)

9. Planned Unit PUD at a reclamation 10.00-45.00 (with ATO-

Development area close to an prescribed BHL as
3 - 15
(PUD) operating airport needed)

PUD at a reclamation
3 - 30 10.00 – 30.00
area
PUD at a coastal area 48.00 – 135.00
16 - 45
PUD at an inland area 10.00 - 75.00 (with
close to an operating 3 - 25 ATO-prescribed BHL
airport as needed)
PUD at an inland area 12 - 60 36.00 – 180.00

Notes:

a. Establishing Grade

- In case of sloping grade where the edges of the building footprint (AMBF) running
perpendicular to the RROW has a difference in elevation of less than 3.00 meters, the
highest adjoining natural grade (ground surface) or finished grade (sidewalk surface)
shall be considered the established grade elevation (Figure VII.1.);

- In case of sloping grade where the edges of the building footprint (AMBF) running
perpendicular to the RROW has a difference in elevation of more than 3.00 meters, the
average grade level of the building footprint (AMBF) shall be considered the established
grade elevation (see Figure VII.3.); and

- The building/structure height shall be measured from the highest adjoining public
sidewalk (finished grade) or ground surface (natural grade); Provided, that the height
measured from the lowest adjoining surface shall not exceed such maximum height by
more than 3.00 meters; Except, that towers, spires and steeples, erected as parts of the
building and not used for habitation or storage are limited as to the height only by
structural design, if completely of incombustible materials, or may extend but not
exceed 6.00 meters above the prescribed building height limit (BHL) for each
occupancy group, if of combustible materials (Figures VII.2.).

83
Figure VII.1. Figure VII.2.

Figure VII.3.

HEIGHT OF BUILDING / STRUCTURE

84
3. Other Considerations in Height Determination

a. In any given locality, the height of proposed buildings/structures shall be governed by

the following factors:

i. The designer/space planner must consider both the present and projected
population density within the project site and in the project’s location/area at full
completion/operation of the project;

ii. For a given volume of building/structure (the building bulk), that which has a
lesser Percentage of Site Occupancy (PSO) or area of ground coverage
Allowable Maximum Building Footprint (AMBF) or Maximum Allowable
Construction Area (MACA) may be built higher than that with a greater PSO,
AMBF or MACA;

iii. A proposed building/structure which has a greater TGFA requirement shall be

built higher than that with a lower TGFA requirement;

iv. A proposed building/structure on a lot with a higher FLAR designation/rights

may be built higher than that on a lot with a lower FLAR designation/rights; and

v. Lots that face a wider RROW and therefore with more RROW features/elements
may become the site of a taller building/structure as compared to a lot facing a
narrow RROW.

b. The height of proposed buildings/structures shall also be governed by the following

RROW-based limitations:

i. If only one (1) RROW services a lot and such is only 6.00 to 7.00 meters wide,
a BHL of three (3) storeys (or 9.00 meters maximum) shall be observed
regardless of use or occupancy, lot size, lot dimensions, lot frontage and like
considerations.

ii. If only one (1) RROW services a lot and such is only 4.00 to 5.00 meters wide,
a BHL equivalent to 2 ½ storeys (or 7.50 meters maximum) shall be observed
regardless of use or occupancy, lot size, lot dimensions, lot frontage and like
considerations. If only one (1) RROW services a lot and such is only 3.00
meters wide or less, a BHL equivalent to two (2) storeys (or 6.00 meters
maximum) shall be observed regardless of use or occupancy, lot size, lot
dimensions, lot frontage and like considerations.

iii. Taller buildings are allowed for duly approved high-density developments such
as Planned Unit Development (PUD) areas. Taller and bulkier buildings are
better suited in such areas due to higher end-user targets, more advanced and
coordinated planning efforts and the application of more stringent development
controls (DC) by the project proponents themselves.

c. The following factors shall also be considered in the determination of the building
height:

i. Soil characteristics, lot location in relation to fault lines and earthquake belts or
proximity to volcanoes and other geological conditions.

ii. Hydrological conditions such as the water table at the site and distance to
waterways and shorelines.

iii. Meteorological conditions such as the frequency and intensity of destructive

typhoons/monsoon winds/rains, prevailing wind speed and direction, relative
humidity, amount of precipitation and the prevailing ambient conditions.

iv. Effect/s of environmental conditions on the building/structure and vice versa

coupled with the effective control of air, noise and thermal pollution, radiant

85
 heat, lights and shadows, etc., and the optimization of natural light and
ventilation.

v. Effect/s of traffic conditions on the building/structure and vice versa and the
satisfaction of parking/loading requirements in accordance with this Rule.

vi. Availability and capacity of public utility/service system considering the

availability and adequacy of electric power, potable and non-potable water
supply, drainage and sewerage, transportation and communications facilities,
solid waste management system, etc.

vii. Need for applicable building safety and maintenance systems, e.g., lightning
arresters, beacons, protective railings and barriers, gondolas, window washing
systems, etc.

d. In accordance with the Standards and Recommended Practices (SARP) of the

International Civil Aviation Organization (ICAO) where the Philippines is a member
state and of Administrative Order No. 5 (Civil Air Regulation) of the Air Transportation
Office (ATO), the following rules and regulations shall govern the construction of
buildings/structures within the 24.00 kilometer radius of aerodromes where turbo-jet
aircraft operate and within the 10.00 kilometer radius of aerodromes where no turbo-
jet aircraft operate. (Figs. VII.4. through VII.8.)

i. The height of buildings/structures within this area shall be limited by an

imaginary line with slope of 2% or 1:50 for aerodromes where turbo-jet aircraft
operate and 2.5% or 1:40 for aerodromes where no turbo-jet aircraft operate
from the inner edge reckoned from the surface of the runway. The dimensions
of the isosceles trapezoidal are as shown on Table VII.3. hereafter.

Table VII.3. Dimensions of Isosceles Trapezoid

Inner Edge Distance

Long Base
Type of Aerodrome (Start Base) Between Bases
(meters)
(meters) (meters)
Aerodromes where 300 4,800 15,000
turbo-jet aircraft
operates 150 4,650 15,000

Aerodromes where no 150 2,150 10,000

turbo-jet aircraft
operates 100 2,100 10,000

ii. No new buildings/structures shall be allowed within the runway strip.

iii. A height clearance certificate shall be first secured from the Air Transportation
Office (ATO) before a building permit may be issued for the construction of
buildings/structures located:

(a) Within 4.00 kilometer radius of the runway ends of an aerodrome

regardless of height;

(b) From 4.00 kilometer to 24.00 kilometer radius of the runway ends of an
aerodrome where turbo-jet aircraft operate and exceeding 45.00 meters
in height above the elevation of the runway; and

(c) From 4.00 kilometer to 10.00 kilometer radius of the runway ends of an
aerodrome where no turbo-jet aircraft operate and exceeding 45.00
meters in height above the elevation of the runway.

86
 Figure VII.4.

APPROACH / DEPARTURE SURFACE

Figure VII.5.

Figure VII.6.

APPROACH / DEPARTURE SURFACE

87
 APPROACH / DEPARTURE SURFACE

Figure VII.7.

88
 ALLOWABLE CONDITIONS (BUILDABLE)
WITHIN APPROACH – DEPARTURE ZONES

Figure VII.8.

89
4. Parking Slot, Parking Area and Loading/Unloading Space Requirements

a. The parking slot, parking area and loading/unloading space requirements listed
hereafter are generally the minimum off-street cum on-site requirements for specific
uses/occupancies for buildings/structures, i.e., all to be located outside of the road
right-of-way (RROW).

b. The size of an average automobile (car) parking slot must be computed at 2.50
meters by 5.00 meters for perpendicular or diagonal parking and at 2.15 meters by
6.00 meters for parallel parking. A standard truck or bus parking/loading slot must be
computed at a minimum of 3.60 meters by 12.00 meters. An articulated truck slot
must be computed at a minimum of 3.60 meters by 18.00 meters which should be
sufficient to accommodate a 12.00 meters container van or bulk carrier and a
long/hooded prime mover. A jeepney or shuttle parking/loading/unloading slot must
be computed at a minimum of 3.00 meters by 9.00 meters. The parking slots shall be
drawn to scale and the total number of which shall be indicated on the plans and
specified whether or not parking accommodations are attendant-managed.

c. The parking space ratings listed below are minimum off-street/off-RROW cum on-site
requirements for specific uses/occupancies for buildings/structures, i.e., all to be
located outside of the road right-of-way (RROW):

Table VII.4. Minimum Required Off-Street (Off-RROW) cum On-Site Parking Slot,
Parking Area and Loading/Unloading Space Requirements by Allowed
Use or Occupancy

Reference Uses or Character Minimum Required Parking

Specific Uses or of
of Occupancies Slot, Parking Area and
Occupancy (refer to
or Type of Loading Space
Section 701 of this Rule)
Buildings/Structures Requirements
1. GROUP A
1.1. Division A-1 Single family and multi-family Units with a lot measuring
dwelling units [whether 32.00 to 72.00 sq. meters
single-detached (R-1), and/or with a dwelling unit
single-attached or duplex (R- having a gross floor area of
2) or rowhouse (R-3)], each from 18.00 to 22.00 sq.
privately owned or lots with meters - a minimum of one
dwelling units located in (1) pooled off-street cum on-
residential subdivisions/ site parking slot* for every
developments regardless of six (6) lots or lots with
number of hectares/dwelling dwelling units;
units
Units with a lot measuring
50.00 to 96.00 sq. meters
and/or with a dwelling unit
having a gross floor area of
from 30.00 to 42.00 sq.
meters - a minimum of one
(1) pooled off-street cum on-
site parking slot* for every
four (4) lots or lots with
dwelling units;

Note:
* The parking slot requirements shall be an integral part of
buildings/structures and any parking slot provided outside the
building/structure will be quantified only as buffer parking.

90
 Reference Uses or Character Minimum Required Parking
Specific Uses or of
of Occupancies Slot, Parking Area and
Occupancy (refer to
or Type of Loading Space
Section 701 of this Rule)
Buildings/Structures Requirements
Unit with a lot measuring
100.00 to 120.00 sq.
meters and/or with a
dwelling unit having a
minimum gross floor area of
from 30.00 to 42.00 sq.
meters - a minimum of one
(1) off-street cum on-site
parking slot* for each lot or
lot with dwelling unit;
Unit with a lot measuring
more than 120.00 sq.
meters and/or with a
dwelling unit having a
minimum gross floor area of
more than 42.00 sq. meters
- minimum of one (1) off-
street cum on site parking
slot* for each lot or lot with
dwelling unit;
Units located in town house Units with a gross floor area
(R-4) buildings/structures of 50.00 sq. meters –
regardless of number of provide one (1) pooled
storeys parking slot*for every two
(2) units or fraction thereof,
i.e., with more than two (2)
but not less than four (4)
units;
Unit with a gross floor area
above 50.00 up to 150.00
sq. meters – provide one
(1) parking slot* for each
unit;
Unit with a gross floor area
above 150.00 sq. meters –
provide two (2) parking
slots* for each unit.
Indigenous family dwelling At least one (1) car parking
units; each privately owned slot* for every six (6)
dwelling units and which
shall be provided outside of
the RROW (within property
or lot lines only)

Note:

* The parking slot requirements shall be an integral part of

buildings/structures and any parking slot provided outside the
building/structure will be quantified only as buffer parking.

**The following prohibitions on parking slots:

1. Conversion/change of use/occupancy.
2. Reduction of parking spaces.
3. Encroachment on RROW.
4. Public utility and bulky vehicles.

91
 Reference Uses or Minimum Required Parking
Specific Uses or of
Character of Occupancies Slot, Parking Area and
Occupancy (refer to
or Type of Loading Space
Section 701 of this Rule)
Buildings/Structures Requirements
1.2. Division A-2 Multi-family dwelling units Units with a gross floor
located in residential area of from 18.00 to 22.00
condominium (R-5) sq. meters - provide one (1)
buildings/structures pooled parking slot* for
regardless of number of every eight (8) units or for a
storeys fraction thereof, e.g.,
another slot* shall be
provided if there are more
than eight (8) units but less
than sixteen (16) units, etc.;
Units with a gross floor
area up to 50.00 sq. meters
- provide one (1) pooled
parking slot* for every six
(6) medium cost units or for
a fraction thereof, e.g.,
another slot* shall be
provided if there are more
than six (6) but less than
twelve (12) medium cost
units, etc., or provide one
(1) parking slot* for each
open market unit (as
defined under the revised
IRR of PD 957);
Units with a gross floor
area above 50.00 sq.
meters up to 100.00 sq.
meters - provide one (1)
pooled parking slot* for
every four (4) medium cost
units, or provide one (1)
parking slot* for each open
market unit (as defined
under the revised IRR of
PD 957); and
Units with a gross floor
area of more than 100.00
sq. meters – one (1)
parking slot* for each unit.
2. GROUP B
2.1. Division B-1 Hotels One (1) car parking slot for
every three (3) rooms or a
fraction thereof for highly
urbanized areas and one
(1) car parking slot for
every seven (7) rooms or a
fraction thereof for all other
areas; and two (2) tourist
bus parking slots for each
hotel; provide at least one
(1) loading slot for
articulated truck or vehicle
Note:
* The parking slot requirements shall be an integral part of
buildings/structures and any parking slot provided outside the
building/structure will be quantified only as buffer parking.

92
 Reference Uses or Character Minimum Required Parking
Specific Uses or of
of Occupancies Slot, Parking Area and
Occupancy (refer to
or Type of Loading Space
Section 701 of this Rule)
Buildings/Structures Requirements
A 12.00 meters long
container van plus 4.00
meter length for the prime
mover and one (1) loading
slot for a standard truck for
every 5,000.00 sq. meters
of gross floor area (GFA);
and provide truck
maneuvering area outside
of the RROW (within
property or lot lines only)
Residential hotels and One (1) car slot for every
apartels five (5) units or a fraction
thereof; and one (1) bus
parking slot for every sixty
(60) rooms/units or a
fraction thereof
Motels One (1) car slot for every
unit
Pension/boarding/lodging One (1) car slot for every
houses twenty (20) beds
3. GROUP C
3.1. Division C-1 Bowling alleys One (1) car slot for every
four (4) alleys
3.2. Division C-2 Churches and similar places One (1) car slot and one (1)
of worship jeepney/shuttle slot for
every 50.00 sq. meters of
congregation area
Public elementary, One (1) off-street cum on-
secondary, vocational and site parking slot for every
trade school ten (10) classrooms; and
(GI) one (1) off-RROW (or off-
street) passenger loading
space that can
accommodate two (2)
queued jeepney/shuttle
slots
Private elementary, One (1) car slot for every
secondary, vocational and five (5) classrooms; one (1)
trade school off-RROW (or off-street)
(GI) passenger loading space
that can accommodate two
(2) queued jeepney/shuttle
slots; and one (1) school
bus slot for every one
hundred (100) students

Note:
* The parking slot requirements shall be an integral part of
buildings/structures and any parking slot provided outside the
building/structure will be quantified only as buffer parking.

** The following prohibitions on parking slots:

1. Conversion/change of use/occupancy.
2. Reduction of parking spaces.
3. Encroachment on RROW.
4. Public utility and bulky vehicles.

93
 Reference Uses or Minimum Required Parking
Specific Uses or of
Character of Occupancies Slot, Parking Area and
Occupancy (refer to
or Type of Loading Space
Section 701 of this Rule)
Buildings/Structures Requirements
Public colleges and One (1) car slot for every five
universities (5) classrooms; one (1) off-
(GI) RROW (or off-street)
passenger loading space
that can accommodate two
(2) queued jeepney/shuttle
slots; and one (1) school bus
slot for every two hundred
(200) students
Private colleges and One (1) car slot for every
universities three (3) classrooms; one (1)
(GI) off-RROW (or off-street)
passenger loading space
that can accommodate two
(2) queued jeepney/shuttle
slots; and one (1) school bus
slot for every one hundred
(100) students
4. GROUP D
4.1. Division D-1 Mental hospitals, sanitaria One (1) off-street cum on-
and mental asylums and site car parking slot for every
like uses twenty five (25) beds; and
one (1) off-RROW (or off-
street) passenger loading
space that can
accommodate two (2)
queued jeepney/shuttle slots
4.2. Division D-2 Public hospital One (1) off-street cum on-
site car parking slot for every
twenty five (25) beds; and
one (1) off-RROW (or off-
street) passenger loading
space that can
accommodate two (2)
queued jeepney/shuttle slots;
provide at least one (1)
loading slot for articulated
truck or vehicle (a 12.00
meter long container van
plus 6.00 meter length for a
long/hooded prime mover)
and one (1) loading slot for a
standard truck for every
5,000.00 sq. meters of gross
floor area (GFA); and
provide truck maneuvering
area outside of the RROW
(within property or lot lines
only)
Note:
* The parking slot requirements shall be an integral part of
buildings/structures and any parking slot provided outside the
building/structure will be quantified only as buffer parking.

**The following prohibitions on parking slots:

1. Conversion/change of use/occupancy.
2. Reduction of parking spaces.
3. Encroachment on RROW.
4. Public utility and bulky vehicles.

94
 Specific Uses or of Reference Uses or Minimum Required Parking
Occupancy (refer to Character of Occupancies Slot, Parking Area and
Section 1.3 of this Rule) or Type of Loading Space
Buildings/Structures Requirements

Private hospital One (1) off-street cum on-

site car parking slot for
every twelve (12) beds; and
one (1) off-RROW (or off-
street) passenger loading
space that can
accommodate two (2) queed
jeepney/shuttle slots;
provide at least one (12)
loading slot for articulated
truck or vehicle (a 12.00
meters long container van
plus 6.00 meters length for a
long/hooded prime mover)
and one (1) loading slot for
a standard truck for every
5,000.00 sq. meters of GFA;
and provide truck
maneuvering area outside of
the RROW (within property
or lot lines only)
4.3. Division D-3 Nursing homes for One (1) off-street cum on-
ambulatory patients, school site car parking slot for
and home, for children over every twelve (12) beds; and
kindergarten age, one (1) off-RROW (or off-
orphanages and the like street) passenger loading
space that can
accommodate two (2)
queued jeepney/shuttle slots

5. GROUP E
5.1. Division E-1 Terminals, Inter-modals or One (1) car slot for every
Multi-modals, Depots and 500.00 sq. meters of gross
the like floor area or for a fraction
(UTS) thereof; and one (1) off-
RROW (or off-street)
passenger loading space
that can accommodate two
(2) queued jeepney/shuttle
slots or two (2) queued bus
slots whichever is
applicable; maneuvering
area of buses, trucks and
like vehicles shall be outside
of the RROW (within
property or lot lines only)

Note:

* The parking slot requirements shall be an integral part of

buildings/structures and any parking slot provided outside the
building/structure will be quantified only as buffer parking.

95
 Specific Uses or of Reference Uses or Minimum Required Parking
Occupancy (refer to Character of Occupancies Slot, Parking Area and
Section 1.3 of this Rule) or Type of Loading Space
Buildings/Structures Requirements

Transit Stations and the like Provide on each side of the

(UTS) RROW one (1) off-RROW
(or off-street) passenger
loading space that can
accommodate four (4)
queued jeepney/shuttle slots
or three (3) queued bus
slots whichever is
applicable; in case of
elevated mass transit
stations, on-roadway
terminals or on-RROW
terminals on both sides of
the RROW may be
considered

5.2. Division E-2 Neighborhood shopping One (1) car slot for every
center/supermarket 100.00 sq. meters of
(C-1) shopping floor area

Public Markets One (1) customer (buyer)

(C) jeepney/shuttle parking slot
for every 150.00 sq. meters
of wet and dry market floor
area and one (1) vendor
(seller) jeepney/shuttle
parking slot or loading
space for every 300.00 sq.
meters of wet and dry
market floor area; and one
(1) off-RROW (off-street)
terminal that can
accommodate at least two
(2) jeepneys and six (6)
tricycles for every 1,000.00
sq. meters of wet and dry
market floor area
Restaurants, fast-food One (1) car slot for every
centers, bars and 30.00 sq. meters of
beerhouses customer area
(C)
Nightclubs, super clubs and One (1) car slot for every 20
theater-restaurants sq. meters of customer
(C) area: and two (2) tourist
parking slots for tourist bus
parking slots for each
theater-restaurant
Note:

* The parking slot requirements shall be an integral part of

buildings/structures and any parking slot provided outside the
building/structure will be quantified only as buffer parking.

96
 Specific Uses or of Reference Uses or Minimum Required Parking
Occupancy (refer to Character of Occupancies Slot, Parking Area and
Section 1.3 of this Rule) or Type of Loading Space
Buildings/Structures Requirements

Nightclubs, super clubs and One (1) car slot for every
theater-restaurants 30.00 sq. meters of
(C) customer area
Units located in office, Units with a gross floor area
commercial or mixed-use of from 18.00 to 40.00 sq.
condominium buildings/ meters – provide one (1)
structures regardless of pooled parking slot* for
number of storeys every two (2) units or for a
fraction thereof;
Unit with a gross floor area
of from 41.00 to 70.00 sq.
meters – provide one (1)
parking slot* for each unit;
and
Unit with a gross floor area
of more than 70.00 sq.
meters provide one (1)
parking slot* for every 70.00
sq. meters and for a fraction
thereof;
Columbarium One (1) car slot for every
compartment niche
5.3. Division E-3 Aircraft hangars, open One (1) car slot for every
parking carports and 1,000.00 sq. meters of gross
garages, etc. floor area and one (1) bus
slot for every one hundred
(100) workers; if number of
workers exceed two
hundred (200), provide one
(1) off-RROW (or off-street)
passenger loading space
that can accommodate two
(2) queued jeepney/shuttle
slots
6. GROUP F
6.1. Division F-1 Industrial buildings, mills, One (1) car slot for every
breweries, etc. 1,000.00 sq. meters of gross
(I) floor area and one (1) bus
slot for every one hundred
(100) workers; if number of
workers exceed two
hundred (200), provide one
(1) off-RROW (or off-street)
passenger loading space
that can accommodate two
(2) queued jeepney/shuttle
slots; provide at least one
(1) loading slot for
Note:

* The parking slot requirements shall be an integral part of

buildings/structures and any parking slot provided outside the
building/structure will be quantified only as buffer parking.

97
 Specific Uses or of Reference Uses or Minimum Required Parking
Occupancy (refer to Character of Occupancies Slot, Parking Area and
Section 1.3 of this Rule) or Type of Loading Space
Buildings/Structures Requirements

truck or vehicle (a 12.00

meter long container van
plus 6.00 meters length for a
long/hooded prime mover)
and one (1) loading slot for
a standard truck for every
5,000.00 sq. meters of GFA;
and provide truck
maneuvering area outside of
the RROW (within property
or lot lines only)
7. GROUP G
7.1. Division G-1 Industrial buildings, One (1) car slot for every
factories, manufacturing 1,000.00 sq. meters of gross
establishments, mercantile floor area and one (1) bus
buildings, warehouses, slot for every one hundred
storage bins, power and (100) workers; if number of
water generation/distribution workers exceed two
facilities hundred (200), provide one
(1) off-RROW (or off-street)
passenger loading space
that can accommodate two
(2) queued jeepney/shuttle
slots; provide at least one
(1) loading slot for
articulated truck or vehicle
(a 12.00 meter long
container van plus 6.00
meters length for a long/
hooded prime mover) and
one (1) loading slot for a
standard truck for every
5,000.00 sq. meters of GFA;
and provide truck
maneuvering area outside of
the RROW (within property
or lot lines only)

7.2. Division G-2 -do- -do-

7.3. Division G-3 -do- -do-

7.4. Division G-4 -do- -do-

7.5. Division G-5 -do- -do-

Note:

* The parking slot requirements shall be an integral part of

buildings/structures and any parking slot provided outside the
building/structure will be quantified only as buffer parking.

**The following prohibitions on parking slots:

1. Conversion/change of use/occupancy.
2. Reduction of parking spaces.
3. Encroachment on RROW.
4. Public utility and bulky vehicles.

98
 Specific Uses or of Reference Uses or Minimum Required Parking
Occupancy (refer to Character of Occupancies Slot, Parking Area and
Section 1.3 of this Rule) or Type of Loading Space
Buildings/Structures Requirements
8. GROUP H
8.1. Division H-1 Public recreational One (1) car slot and one (1)
assembly buildings such as jeepney/shuttle slot for
theaters/cinemas, auditoria, every 50.00 sq. meters of
etc. spectator area; and one (1)
bus parking slot for every
two hundred (200)
spectators
8.2 Division H-2 Dance halls, cabarets,
ballrooms, skating rinks and -do-
cockfighting arenas, etc.
8.3 Division H-3 Dance halls, ballrooms,
-do-
skating rinks, etc.
8.4 Division H-4 Covered amusement parks, one (1) car slot for every
amusement and 50.00 sq. meters of gross
entertainment complexes, floor area
etc.
Clubhouses, beach houses one (1) slot for every 100.00
and the like sq. meters of gross floor
area
9. GROUP I
9.1. Division I-1 Recreational or similar One (1) car slot and one (1)
public assembly buildings jeepney/shuttle slot for
such as stadia, sports every 50.00 sq. meters of
complexes, convention spectator area; and one (1)
centers, etc. bus parking slot for every
two hundred (200)
spectators.
10. GROUP J
10.1. Division J-1 Agriculture-related uses or Not required if located
occupancies (A) outside urbanized area; if
located within urbanized
area, provide one (1) car
slot for every 1,000.00 sq.
meters of gross floor area
and one (1) bus slot for
every one hundred (100)
workers; if number of
workers exceed two
hundred (200), provide one
(1) off-RROW (or off-street)
passenger loading space
that can accommodate two
(2) queued jeepney/shuttle
slots; provide at least one
(1) loading slot for
articulated truck or vehicle
Note:

* The parking slot requirements shall be an integral part of

buildings/structures and any parking slot provided outside the
building/structure will be quantified only as buffer parking.

**The following prohibitions on parking slots:

1. Conversion/change of use/occupancy.
2. Reduction of parking spaces.
3. Encroachment on RROW.
4. Public utility and bulky vehicles.

99
 Specific Uses or of Reference Uses or Minimum Required Parking
Occupancy (refer to Character of Occupancies Slot, Parking Area and
Section 1.3 of this Rule) or Type of Loading Space
Buildings/Structures Requirements
(a 12.00 meter long
container van plus 6.00
meters length for a
long/hooded prime mover)
and one (1) loading slot for
a standard truck for every
5,000.00 sq. meters of GFA;
and provide truck
maneuvering area outside of
the RROW (within property
or lot lines only)
10.2. Division J-2 Other uses not classified in Provide parking
previous sections requirements stipulated for
(PUD, etc.) most similar or most related
uses/occupancies
Note:

* The parking slot requirements shall be an integral part of

buildings/structures and any parking slot provided outside the
building/structure will be quantified only as buffer parking.

d. In computing for parking slots, a fraction of 50% and above shall be considered as
one (1) car parking slot to be provided. In all cases however, a minimum of one (1)
car parking slot shall be provided unless otherwise allowed under this Rule.

i. Multi-floor parking garages may serve the 20% parking requirements of the
building/structure within 200.00 meter radius, provided at least 80% of the
parking requirements are complied with and integrated in the building design.

ii. Special Provision on the Handicapped: For buildings/structures to be provided

with features intended for the use or occupancy of the handicapped, the
minimum provisions of Batas Pambansa (BP) Bilang 344 and its Implementing
Rules and Regulations (IRR) with respect to parking shall be strictly observed.

e. Allowed Off-RROW/Off-Street cum Off-Site Parking Provision:

i. In addition to on-site cum off-RROW (off-street) parking provisions mandated

under this Rule, off-site cum off-street parking facilities may be allowed and
considered part of a project provided that such facilities specifically consist of
reserved or leased parking slots within a permanent parking building/structure
and not in a vacant parking lot or parking structure/space for a commercial
development and provided further that such parking slots are located no more
than 100.00 meters away from a residential building project or are located no
more than 200.00 meters away from an office or commercial building project.

ii. Direct access of parking/loading/utility slots and terminals to the RROW shall
be generally disallowed to prevent the usage of the RROW as a maneuvering
area.

iii. Traffic generating buildings such as shopping malls or similar facilities that have
very high volumes of pedestrian and vehicular traffic may be located at major
intersections or within 100.00 meters of such intersections, provided that the
distance between the street curb of the ingress/egress of such a commercial
lot/property (nearest the intersection) and the straight curb of the intersection
shall not be less than 50.00 meters. (Fig. VII.9.)

100
 [Link].9.

iv. For R-2, R-3, GI, C, C-2 and C-3 uses or occupancies, front yards abutting
RROW are not to be used for long-term off-street parking. Due to the very
public nature of these uses (high vehicular and pedestrian concentrations), the
front yard (a transition space between the RROW and the building/structure)
shall be used exclusively for driveways, off-RROW loading spaces, short-term
off-RROW parking and landscaping (hardscape and softscape) treatment.
Temporary or short-term off-street parking, particularly on driveways, shall
preferably be only for visitors to these buildings/structures.

v. For Basic R-2 and Basic R-3 uses or occupancies (for single family dwelling
units only), up to 50% of the front yard abutting the RROW may be
paved/hardscaped, i.e., converted into a courtyard for carport use. Such use
shall not be permitted in all other uses or occupancies.

SECTION 708. Minimum Requirements for Group A Dwellings

1. Dwelling Location and Lot Occupancy

The dwelling shall occupy not more than 90% of a corner lot and 80% of an inside lot, and
subject to the provisions on Easements of Light and View of the Civil Code of Philippines,
shall be at least 2.00 meters from the property line.

2. Light and Ventilation

Every dwelling shall be so constructed and arranged as to provide adequate light and
ventilation as provided under Section 805 to Section 811 of the Code.

3. Sanitation

Every dwelling shall be provided with at least one sanitary toilet and adequate washing
and drainage facilities.

101
4. Foundation

Footings shall be of sufficient size and strength to support the load of the dwelling and
shall be at least 250 millimeters thick and 600 millimeters below the surface of the
ground.

5. Post

The dimensions of wooden posts shall be those found in Table VII.5.: Dimensions of
Wooden Posts. Each post shall be anchored to such footing by straps and bolts of
adequate size.

Table VII.5.: Dimensions of Wooden Posts or Suportales

Maximum Maximum Maximum Required Maximum
Height of Height Spacing of Finished Size of
Type Building
1st Floor Total Post Suportales
(meters) (meters) (meters) (millimeters)
1-Storey Shed - 4.00 3.50 100 X 100
1-Storey Shed - 3.00 4.00 100 X 100
1-Storey Shed - 5.00 4.00 125 X 125
1-Storey House or
1.00 - 3.00 5.50 3.60 125 X 125
Chalet
2-Storey House 3.00 6.00 3.00 125 X 125
2-Storey House 4.50 7.00 4.00 120 X 120
2-Storey House 5.00 8.00 4.50 175 X 175
2-Storey House - 9.00 4.50 200 X 200

Logs or tree trunk suportales may be used as post in indigenous traditional type of
construction, provided that these are of such sizes and spacing as to sustain vertical
loading equivalent at least to the loading capacities of the posts and spacing in this Table.

6. Floor

The live load of the first floor shall be at least 200 kilograms per sq. meter and for the
second floor, at least 150 kilograms per sq. meter.

7. Roof

The wind load for roofs shall be at least 120 kilograms per sq. meter for vertical
projection.

8. Stairs

Stairs shall be at least 750 millimeters in clear width, with a rise of 200 millimeters and a
minimum run of 200 millimeters.

9. Entrance and Exit

There shall be at least one entrance and another one for exit.

10. Electrical Requirements

All electrical installations shall conform to the requirements of the Philippine Electrical
Code.

11. Mechanical Requirements

Mechanical systems and/or equipment installations shall be subject to the requirements of

the Philippine Mechanical Engineering Code.

102
SECTION 709. Requirements for Other Group Occupancies

Subject to the provisions of the Code, the Secretary shall promulgate rules and
regulations for each of the other Group Occupancies covering: allowable construction, height,
and area; location on property, exit facilities, light and ventilation, sanitation; enclosures of
vertical openings; fire extinguishing systems; and special hazards.

103
GUIDELINES ON BUILDING BULK, DEVELOPMENT CONTROLS, BUILDINGS AND
OTHER ACCESSORY STRUCTURES WITHIN CEMETERIES AND MEMORIAL PARKS

A. DETERMINING BUILDING BULK

1. General. Building bulk (a volume quantity) shall be generally determined by the

application of the Floor-Lot Area Ratio (FLAR), vertically projecting the Allowable
Maximum Building Footprint (AMBF), establishing the Outermost Faces of Building
(OFB) and quantifying the Allowable Maximum Volume of Building (AMVB). The
building bulk may be ultimately governed by the width of the RROW and other
applicable provisions for light and ventilation (including incremental setbacks as a
result of satisfying natural light and ventilation requirements for RROW and front
yards as partly shown in Table VII.G.1. hereafter).

2. Application of the FLAR. The FLAR (Table VII.G.1.) shall be the primary or initial
determinant of the building bulk.

Table VII.G.1. Reference Table of Floor to Lot Area Ratio (FLAR) Designations/Rights

Type of Use
or Type of Building/Structure FLAR Designation/Rights
Occupancy
Residential Residential 1 (R-1) 1.50
(at a 3-storey or 10.00 m BHL)
Residential 2 (R-2)
a. Basic R-2 1.30 up to 1.50
(at a 3-storey or 10.00 m BHL)
b. Maximum R-2 2.10 up to 3.00
(at a 5-storey or 15.00 m BHL)
Residential 3 (R-3)
a. Basic R-3 1.80 up to 2.10
(at a 3-storey or 10.00 m BHL)
b. Maximum R-3 7.10 up to 8.10
(at a 12-storey or 36.00 m BHL)
Individual Lot for Residential 4 1.60 up to1.80
(R-4)/Townhouses (at a 3-storey or 10.00 m BHL)
Residential 5(R-5)/ 6.00 up to 9.00
Condominiums (at an 18-storey or 54.00 m BHL)
Commercial Commercial 1 (Com-1) 1.70 up to 3.00
(at a 5-storey or 15.00 m BHL)
Commercial 2 (Com-2) 3.60 up to 9.00
(at a 15-storey or 45.00 m BHL)
Commercial 3 (Com-3) 9.00 up to 34.00
(at a 60-storey or 180.00 m BHL)
Industrial Industrial 1 (Ind-1) 1.50 up to 2.50
Industrial 2 (Ind-2) 2.50 up to 3.00
Industrial 3 (Ind-3) 3.00 up to 5.00
Institutional - 2.50
Cultural - 3.50
Utility/Transportation/Road
Rights-of Way (RROW)/ - 2.00 up to 3.00
Services
Parks and Open
Recreational Spaces - 0.50 up to 1.00
Agricultural/Agro-
- 1.80 up to 2.20
Industrial/Tourism
Planned Unit Development PUD at a reclamation area close
6.00
(PUD) to an operating airport
PUD at a reclamation area 6.00 up to 12.00
PUD at a coastal area 12.00 up to 18.00
PUD at an inland area very
6.00 up to 18.00
close to an operating airport
PUD at an inland area 9.00 up to 34.00
(at a 60-storey or 180.00 m BHL)
Cemetery - 0.80
104
Guidelines on Building Bulk and Development Controls. . . .

Table VII.G.2. Conversion Table of Gross Floor Area (GFA) to Total Gross Floor Area
(TGFA)
Excluded Floor Areas (non-
Type of Building/Structure Multiplier to Convert the
GFA) as a Percentage (%)
based on Use/Occupancy GFA to TGFA
of the TGFA
Residential 1 33% 1.50
Residential 2 (Basic),
Residential 3 (Basic) and 20% 1.25
Residential 4
Residential 2 (Maximum),
Residential 3 (Maximum) 16% 1.20
and Residential 5
Commercial 1 20% 1.25
Commercial 2 25% 1.33
Commercial 3 33% 1.50
Industrial 1 25% 1.33
Industrial 2 and 3 33% 1.50
Transportation, Utility and
33% 1.50
Service Areas
Agricultural and Agro- 2%-5% 1.03-1.06
Industrial

3. Establishing the OFB. The OFB shall be primarily determined by the vertical
projections of the outermost faces of the AMBF up to a height prescribed by the
applicable BHL. Figure VII.G.1. shows the determination of the angular planes
needed to establish the outer limits for walls and projections of the proposed
building/structure facing RROW and for their corresponding roof configurations.
Table VII.G.3. also shows the recommended angles or slopes for the angular planes
originating from the centerline of the RROW for R-1 and C-3 properties only. Angles
or slopes for other permitted uses/occupancies can be extrapolated from the two (2)
examples. (Figs. VIII.G.1. and VIII.G.2.)

Table VII.G.3. Reference Table of Angles/Slopes* To Satisfy Natural Light and

Ventilation Requirements Along RROW and Front Yards

Angle or Slope of Angular

Angle or Slope of Angular Plane for
Plane for
Buildings/Structures With
Buildings/Structures Without
Width of Projections*
Type of Projections**
Road Right-
Use or Angle
of-Way Angle from
Occupancy from
(RROW) Ratio Centerline of Ratio
Centerline
(Slope) RROW (Slope)
of RROW
(Degree)
(Degrees)
Residential 1 9 m:8.5m 7.5 m:6.25m
8.00 meters 46.5 50.0
(R-1) (1.06) (1.20)
9 m:9.5m 7.5 m:7.25m
10.00 meters 43.0 46.0
(0.95) (1.03)
9 m:10.5m 7.5 m:8.25m
12.00 meters 40.0 43.0
(0.86) (0.91)
9 m:11.5m 7.5 m:9.25m
14.00 meters 39.0
38.0 (0.78) (0.81)
9 m:12.5m 7.5m:10.25m
16.00 meters 35.0 36.0
(0.72) (0.73)
9 m:13.5m 7.5m:11.25m
18.00 meters 33.5 33.0
(0.67) (0.67)
9 m:14.5m 7.5m:12.25m
20.00 meters 31.0 32.0
(0.62) (0.61)
Commercial 3 48 m:16.5m
8.00 meters 71.0 - -
(C-3) (2.90)
48 m:17.5m
10.00 meters 69.5 - -
(2.74)
105
Guidelines on Building Bulk and Development Controls. . . .

Continuation Table VII.G.3. . . .

Angle or Slope of Angular Angle or Slope of Angular Plane for
Plane for Buildings/Structures Buildings/Structures With
Width of Without Projections** Projections*
Type of
Road Right- Angle
Use or
of-Way from
Occupancy Ratio
(RROW) Centerline of
(Slope)
RROW
(Degrees)
Commercial 3 48 m:18.5m
12.00 meters 68.0 - -
(C-3) (2.59)
48 m:19.5m
14.00 meters 65.5 - -
(2.46)
48 m:20.5m
16.00 meters 63.6 - -
(2.34)
48 m:21.5m
18.00 meters 61.7 - -
(2.23)
48 m:22.5m
20.00 meters 60.0 - -
(2.13)

NOTE:
* To be used for plotting the angular plane from the grade level centerline of the RROW. The
angular plane can also help determine the Allowable Maximum Volume of Building (AMVB)
as well as the alternative incremental setback lines. Only the uses/occupancies with the
least and heaviest developments (R-1 and C-3 respectively are shown). The angles/slopes
of angular planes for all other uses/occupancies in between can be extrapolated.

** Considered projections from the outermost face of the building/structure are eaves,
medias aguas (canopy for windows), cantilevers, heavy sign supports (only for
applications permitted or consistent with the Code) and the like.

4. Quantifying the AMVB. The AMVB shall be primarily determined by the following:

a. Multiply the AMBF (in square meters) for the lot by the applicable BHL (in meters)
for the lot to arrive at the initial AMVB (in cubic meters); the result of this step is
the imaginary footprint prism;

b. Superimpose the angular plane originating from the center of the RROW on the
footprint prism; this shall result in the reduction of the initially computed building
volume due to the application of incremental setbacks and of roof configuration
dictated by the angular plane; the result of this step is the AMVB;

c. To crosscheck the AMVB against the Allowable Maximum TGFA (separately

determined), convert the AMVB into its approximate area equivalent (in sq.
meters) by dividing it with the BHL. Before converting the AMVB to its area
component, check for the effects of the incremental setbacks on the TGFA for
each floor of the proposed building/structure.

B. Application of Development Controls (DC)

(To Determine the Maximum Development Potential of a Lot)

1. Sizing the Building/Structure. To determine the allowed/appropriate building bulk

(volume), the following series of steps using the DC under this Guideline and other
Rules in the Code shall be followed:

a. Refer to Rule VIII for prescribed setbacks, yards, courts (at grade level), etc.
applicable to the lot/project site; determine the extent of firewall construction if
required and/or if permitted; refer to Rule VIII for the Percentage of Site
Occupancy (PSO); compute for the Allowable Maximum Building Footprint (AMBF)
under this Rule by using the formula:

106
Guidelines on Building Bulk and Development Controls. . . .

Land area
Additional buildable lot
Allowable Maximum required for
area due to Firewall
Building/ Total yards/ courts
_ construction
Footprint or AMBF = Lot +
(if permitted
(in sq. meters) Area (prescribed
under this Rule)
(TLA) under Rule VIII)

b. Check resultant building footprint against applicable PSO under Reference Table
VIII.1. of Rule VIII and consult existing/applicable and/or duly approved zoning
ordinances; to check, use the formula:

Percentage Allowable Maximum Building Total

÷
of Site = Footprint or AMBF Lot Area
Occupancy (PSO) (in square meters) (TLA)

c. Compute for the resultant height of the building/structure by referring to Table VII.2.
of this Rule and by using the formula:

Building Height Limit or the Desired

Resultant Height
BHL Floor to Floor
of the building/structure = X
(as expressed in number of Height
(in meters)
floors/storeys) (in meters)

d. Check the resultant height against the BHL (refer to Table VII.2. of this Rule); if a
greater building/structure height is desired, consult existing zoning ordinances or
other applicable laws for possible relief; if relief cannot be sought, explore sub-
grade (basement level) solutions or reduce the desired floor to floor heights in case
it is greater than 3.00 meters;

e. Establish the Outermost Faces of Building (OFB) to help determine the Allowable
Maximum Volume of Building (AMVB) and to satisfy natural light and ventilation
requirements for RROW and front yards abutting RROW; an imaginary prism
within which the proposed building/structure must fit shall result, unless
specifically allowed under the Code; thereafter, establish the Outermost Limits of
Building Projections (OLBP) to fully comply with other applicable light and
ventilation provisions;

f. Initially determine building bulk by computing for the maximum allowable Gross
Floor Area (GFA) for the building/structure using the formula:

Gross Floor Area (GFA) of the Total

Recommended
building/structure = Lot Area X
Floor to Lot Area Ratio (FLAR)*
(in square meters) (TLA)

NOTE: * Refer to Table VII.G.1. of this Guideline (Recommended FLAR Designations/Rights) and/or
consult existing/applicable and duly-approved zoning ordinances.

i. GROSS FLOOR AREA (GFA) - the total floor space within the perimeter of
the permanent external building walls (inclusive of main and auxiliary
buildings) such as office areas, residential areas, corridors, lobbies and
mezzanine level/s. The GFA shall also include building projections which may
serve as floors or platforms that are directly connected to/integrated with areas
within the building/structure, e.g., balconies (Refer to Section 1004 of Rule X of
this IRR) and the GFA excludes the following:

(a) Covered areas used for parking and driveways, services and utilities;

(b) Vertical penetrations in parking floors where no residential or office units

are present; and

107
Guidelines on Building Bulk and Development Controls. . . .

(c) Uncovered areas for helipads, air-conditioning cooling towers or air-

conditioning condensing unit (ACCU) balconies, overhead water tanks,
roof decks, laundry areas and cages, wading or swimming pools,
whirlpools or jacuzzis, terraces, gardens, courts or plazas, balconies
exceeding 10.00 sq. meters, fire escape structures and the like.

g. Determine the Allowable Maximum Total Gross Floor Area (TGFA) to approximate
building volume using the formula hereafter. In particular, determine the minimum
required off-street cum on-site parking provisions, driveways and related access
systems, particularly for new developments and/or re-developments whereby
provisions of this Guideline shall apply.

Gross Floor
All requirements for courts
Total Gross Floor Area Area (GFA) of
at all floors (above grade)
(TGFA) of the building/ the building/ Non-GFA
_ under
structure = structure + areas*
Rule VIII
(in sq. meters) (in square
(in square meters)
meters)

NOTE: * Compute for all other areas not covered by the FLAR or by the GFA using Table
VII.G.2.

i. TOTAL GROSS FLOOR AREA (TGFA) - the total floor space within the
main and auxiliary buildings primarily consisting of the GFA and all other
enclosed support areas together with all other usable horizontal
areas/surfaces above and below established grade level that are all
physically attached to the building/s which shall consists of the following:

(a) Covered areas used for parking and driveways, services and utilities. The
TGFA specifically excludes provisions for courts above grade level;

(b) Vertical penetrations in parking floors where no residential or office units

are present;

(c) Uncovered areas for helipads, air-conditioning cooling towers or ACCU

balconies, overhead water tanks, roof decks, laundry areas and cages,
wading or swimming pools, whirlpool or jacuzzis, terraces, gardens, courts
or plazas, balconies exceeding 10.00 sq. meters, fire escape structures
and the like; and

(d) Other building projections which may additionally function as floors or

platforms if properly reinforced, e.g., the top surfaces of roof
extensions/eaves, sun-breakers, large roofed or cantilevered areas such
as porte cocheres, canopies and the like.

108
Guidelines on Building Bulk and Development Controls. . . .

Figure VII.G.1.

109
Guidelines on Building Bulk and Development Controls. . . .

Figure VII.G.2.
NOTE: EXAMPLE SHOWING NO BUILDING
PROJECTION (EAVES, BALCONY, ETC.) FOR

SPECIFIED (REFER TO TABLE VII.G.3. AND

WHICH A DIFFERENT ANGLE ( ) IS

TO FIGURE VII.G.1.)

ESTABLISHING THE OUTMOST FACES OF BUILDING (OFB) FOR A

TYPICAL R-1 USE / OCCUPANCY THROUGH THE USE OF THE AMBF,
THE BHL, THE AMVB AND THE ANGULAR PLANE ALONG THE RROW
(14.00 M WIDE RROW )

110
Guidelines on Buildings and Other Accessory Structures Within Cemeteries and Memorial
Parks……

C. BUILDINGS AND OTHER ACCESSORY STRUCTURES WITHIN CEMETERIES AND

MEMORIAL PARKS

1. Location of Cemeteries/Memorial Parks

a. Cemeteries and Memorial Parks shall be located in accordance with the

approved land use plan of the city/municipality concerned. Prior clearance shall
be obtained from the Department of Health, the National Water Resources
Council, the Department of Environment and Natural Resources and the Housing
and Land Use Regulatory Board.

2. Protective Enclosures

a. The cemetery shall be totally enclosed by a perimeter fence/wall of strong

material, and all gates shall be provided with a strong door and lock. Perimeter
wall shall not exceed 3.00 meters in height.

b. Where a cemetery is enclosed by a solid reinforced concrete wall at least 2.00

meters high, it is allowed to construct tombs, vaults, mausoleums or other types
of sepulchres for the dead up to the walls. Otherwise, a clearance of 5.00 meters
shall be maintained between the perimeter fence and the nearest interment plot.

3. Interments, Burials and Entombments

a. For ground interments, there shall be a minimum depth of excavation of 1.50

meters from ground level to base of excavation. However, if concrete vaults are
used, the minimum depth of excavation from base of vault to ground level shall
be 1.00 meter, depending on the depth of ground water table.

b. Ground interments shall be allowed only in designated graveyard areas of the

cemetery and may be provided with suitable markers, headstones or memorials.

c. Vaults for tombs and mausoleums for aboveground interments shall be of solid
reinforced concrete. Concrete hollow blocks or any unit masonry construction of
ceramics, adobe or the like shall not be allowed for the construction of above-
ground vaults; tombs or mausoleums. Mausoleums may be provided with
ossuaries and/or cineraria along the interior walls.

d. Multi-level interment niches shall only be of solid reinforced concrete construction,

of not less than 150 millimeters thickness in which case they may be allowed to
abut walls of the cemetery, provided, the walls are of solid reinforced concrete
construction. Concrete hollow blocks, or any unit masonry construction of
ceramics, adobe or the like shall not be allowed.

e. Before construction is started on any mausoleum, canopy over a tomb, or multi-

level niches, a building permit shall be secured therefor from the OBO.

f. Horizontal divisions of columbaria shall be of reinforced concrete of at least 50

millimeters thickness. Vertical divisions may be of concrete hollow blocks of at
least 100 millimeters thickness, in which case, cement mortar shall be applied
evenly to present a non-porous surface. Minimum dimensions of individual
cinerarium shall be 300 millimeters by 300 millimeters by 460 millimeters.
Cinerary remains shall be placed inside tightly sealed urns.

4. Accessory Structures

a. A chapel with a floor area of at least 50.00 sq. meters shall be constructed at a
convenient location within the cemetery where funeral ceremonies may be held,
and incidentally serve as haven for funeral participants against sun and rain.

111
Guidelines on Buildings and Other Accessory Structures Within Cemeteries and Memorial
Parks……

b. Wake chaplets with a minimum area of 50.00 sq. meters for thirty (30) persons
and at least 1.60 sq. meters for each additional person may be provided.

c. Administrative Office - a 64.00 sq. meters lot shall be allocated for an

administration building office for memorial parks with an area of above one (1)
hectare.

d. Electrical Power Supply - Distances of lampposts for street lighting shall be

placed at a maximum of 100.00 meters or as prescribed by the power firm
servicing the area. Utility poles shall be installed along sides of streets and
pathways.

e. Parking Area - Parking area equivalent to a minimum of five 5% of the gross

area of memorial park/cemetery shall be provided over and above the required
parking area/facility for any structures to be constructed within the premises of
the memorial park/cemetery.

f. Comfort Rooms - Adequate and clean comfort rooms with facilities for disabled
persons shall be provided in properly located areas.

NOTE: Refer also to the latest applicable HLURB Guidelines regarding Cemeteries and
Memorial Parks.

112
 RULE VII - CLASSIFICATION AND GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
OF ALL BUILDINGS BY USE OR OCCUPANCY

SECTION 701. Occupancy Classified

1. There are 10 Groups of Occupancies sub-divided into 25 Divisions. The accompanying

matrix shows the Groupings and Divisions and the corresponding uses. The final column
indicates the Zoning Classification.

a. Buildings proposed for construction shall be identified according to their use or the
character of its occupancy and shall be classified as follows:

i. Group A – Residential Dwellings

Group A Occupancies shall include:

Division 1- Residential building/structure for exclusive use of single family

occupants including school or company staff housing; single
(nuclear) family dwellings; churches or similar places of worship;
church rectories; community facilities and social centers; parks,
playgrounds, pocket parks, parkways, promenades and play lots;
clubhouses and recreational uses such as golf courses, tennis
courts, basketball courts, swimming pools and similar uses
operated by the government or private individuals as membership
organizations for the benefit of their members, families, and guests
and not operated primarily for gain.

Division 2- Residential building for the exclusive use of non-leasing occupants

not exceeding 10 persons including single-attached or duplex or
townhouses, each privately-owned; school dormitories (on
campus); convents and monasteries; military or police
barracks/dormitories; pre-schools, elementary and high schools,
provided that they do not exceed 16 classrooms; outpatient clinics,
family planning clinics, lying-in clinics, diagnostics clinics, medical
and clinical laboratories; branch library and museums; steam/dry
cleaning outlets; party needs and accessories (leasing of tables
and chairs, etc.).

ii. Group B – Residentials, Hotels and Apartments

Group B Occupancies shall be multiple dwelling units including boarding or

lodging houses, hotels, apartment buildings, row houses, convents,
monasteries and other similar building each of which accommodates more than
10 persons.

iii. Group C – Education and Recreation

Group C Occupancies shall be buildings used for school or day-care purposes,

involving assemblage for instruction, education, or recreation, and not classified
in Group I or in Division 1 and 2 or Group H Occupancies.

iv. Group D – Institutional

Group D Occupancies shall include:

Division 1 - Mental hospitals, mental sanitaria, jails, prisons, reformatories, and

buildings were personal liberties of inmates are similarly restrained.

Division 2 - Nurseries for full-time care of children under kindergarten age,

hospitals, sanitaria, nursing homes with non-ambulatory patients,
and similar buildings each accommodating more than five persons.

41
 Division 3 - Nursing homes for ambulatory patients, homes for children of
kindergarten age or over, each accommodating more than five
persons: Provided, that Group D Occupancies shall not include
buildings used only for private or family group dwelling purposes.

v. Group E - Business and Mercantile

Group E Occupancies shall include:

Division 1- Gasoline filling and service stations, storage garages and boat
storage structures where no work is done except exchange of parts
and maintenance requiring no open flame, welding, or the use of
highly flammable liquids.

Division 2- Wholesale and retail stores, office buildings, drinking and dining
establishments having an occupant load of less than one hundred
persons, printing plants, police and fire stations, factories and
workshops using not highly flammable or combustible materials
and paint stores without bulk handlings.

Division 3- Aircraft hangars and open parking garages where no repair work is
done except exchange of parts and maintenance requiring no open
flame, welding or the use of highly flammable liquids.

vi. Group F - Industrial

Group F Occupancies shall include: ice plants, power plants, pumping plants,
cold storage, and creameries, factories and workshops using incombustible and
non-explosive materials, and storage and sales rooms for incombustible and
non-explosive materials.

vii. Group G - Storage and Hazardous

Groups G Occupancies shall include:

Division 1- Storage and handling of hazardous and highly flammable material.

Division 2- Storage and handling of flammable materials, dry cleaning plants

using flammable liquids; paint stores with bulk handling, paint
shops and spray painting rooms.

Division 3- Wood working establishments, planning mills and box factories,

shops, factories where loose combustible fibers or dust are
manufactured, processed or generated; warehouses where highly
combustible materials is stored.

Division 4- Repair garages.

Division 5- Aircraft repair hangars.

viii. Group H - Assembly Other Than Group I

Group H Occupancies shall include:

Division 1- Any assembly building with a stage and an occupant load of less
than 1000 in the building.

Division 2- Any assembly building without stage and having an occupant load
of 300 or more in the building.

Division 3- Any assembly building without a stage and having an occupant

load of less than 300 in the building.

42
 Division 4- Stadia, reviewing stands, amusement park structures not included
within Group I or in Division 1, 2, and 3 of this Group.

ix. Group I – Assembly Occupant Load 1000 or More

Group I Occupancies shall be any assembly building with a stage and an

occupant load of 1000 or more in the building.

x. Group J - Accessory

Group J Occupancies shall include:

Division 1- Agricultural structures.

Division 2- Private garages, carports, fences over 1.80 meters high, tanks,
swimming pools and towers.

Division 3- Stages, platforms, pelota, tennis, badminton or basketball courts,

tombs, mausoleums, niches, aviaries, aquariums, zoo structures,
banks and record vaults
Other subgroupings or divisions within Groups A to J may be determined by the
Secretary. Any other occupancy not mentioned specifically in this Section, or
about which there is any question, shall be included in the Group which it most
nearly resembles based on the existing or proposed life and fire hazard.

43
Table VII.1. Schedule of Principal, Accessory and Conditional Use/Occupancy of Building/Structure

General U S E
Classification of
Use/Character of
Zoning Classification
Occupancy of PRINCIPAL ACCESSORY CONDITIONAL
Building/
Structure
Group A –
Residential
(Dwellings)
Division A-1 1. Indigenous family dwelling units 1. Customary accessory uses incidental Residential R-1 - a low-
2. Single-detached units 1. Preparatory schools, provided that they
(Residential building/ to any of the principal uses housed in density residential zone,
3. School or company staff housing do not exceed three (3) classrooms and
structure for exclusive the same Division A-1 (or R-1 class) characterized mainly by single-
4. Single (nuclear) family dwellings shall be located not less than 500
use of single family building/structure, provided that such family, single detached
5. Churches or similar places of worship meters from nearest existing school
occupants) accessory uses shall not include any dwellings with the usual
6 Church rectories offering similar course and are equipped
activity conducted for monetary gain or community ancillary uses on a
7. Community facilities and social centers with adequate parking or as provided in
commercial purposes such as servants neighborhood scale, such as
8. Parks, playgrounds, pocket parks, the local zoning ordinance.
quarter, private garage, guardhouse, executive subdivisions and
parkways, promenades and playlots 2. Boarding houses with no more than
home laundries, non-commercial relatively exclusive residential
9. Clubhouses and recreational uses such eight (8) boarders.
garages, houses for pets such as communities which are not
as golf courses, tennis courts, basketball 3. Neighborhood convenience stores
dogs, birds, rabbits and the like of not subdivisions.
courts, swimming pools and similar uses selling miscellaneous items, provided
more than 4.00 sq. meters in floor
operated by the government or private that such stores shall not exceed 10% of
area, pump houses and generator
individuals as membership organizations the gross floor area (GFA) of the
houses.
for the benefit of their members, families, dwelling unit and provided that no liquor
2. Auxiliary uses customarily conducted in
and guests and not operated primarily for shall be allowed for sale.
dwellings and homes for the practice
gain. 4. Audio-video and computer rental shops,
of one's profession such as offices of
provided that such shops shall not
physicians, surgeons, dentists,
exceed 10% of the total floor area of the
architects, engineers, lawyers and
dwelling unit.
other professionals provided that such
5. Home occupation engaging in an in-
professionals are members of the
house business such as dressmaking,
family residing in the premises;
tailoring, and baking, provided that the
provided further, that not
44
 General U S E
Classification of
Use/Character of
Zoning Classification
Occupancy of PRINCIPAL ACCESSORY CONDITIONAL
Building/
Structure
more than three (3) semi-professional area used shall not occupy more than
assistants are employed at any time, 20% of the total floor area of the dwelling
that in no case that more than 20% of unit; the number of persons engaged in
the floor area of the building be used such business/industry shall not exceed
for said professional practice or home three (3) inclusive of the owner; there
occupation for engaging an in-house shall be no change in the outside
business such as dressmaking, appearance of the building/structure or
tailoring, baking and the like, provided premises; no home occupation shall be
that the number of persons engaged in conducted in any customary accessory
such business/industry shall not use; no traffic shall be generated by such
exceed five (5), inclusive of the owner; home occupation in greater volume than
there shall be no change in the outside would normally be expected in a
appearance of the building or residential neighborhood and any need
premises; no home occupation shall for parking generated by the conduct of
be conducted in any customary such home occupation shall be met off
accessory uses cited above; no traffic the street and in place other than in a
shall be generated by such home required front yard; no equipment or
occupation in greater volume than process shall be used in such home
would normally be expected in a occupation which creates noise,
residential neighborhood and any need vibration, glare, fumes, odors or electrical
for parking generated by the conduct interference detectable to the normal
of such home occupation shall be met senses and visual or audible interference
off the street and in a place other than in any radio or television receivers or
in a required front yard; no equipment causes fluctuation in line voltage of the
or process shall be used in such home premises.
occupation which 7. Home industry classified as cottage
industry provided that such home
industry shall not occupy more than
45
 General U S E
Classification of
Use/Character of
Occupancy of Zoning Classification
Building/ PRINCIPAL ACCESSORY CONDITIONAL
Structure

creates noise, vibration, glare, 30% of the gross floor area (GFA) of the
fumes, odors or electrical dwelling unit with employees not to
interference detectable to the normal exceed five (5) persons and shall have
senses and visual or audible no change or alteration in the outside
interference in any radio or television appearance of the dwelling unit and shall
receivers or causes fluctuation in line not be a hazard/nuisance; allotted
voltage of the premises. capitalization shall not exceed the
3. Home industry classified as cottage capitalization as set by the Department of
industry provided that such home Trade and Industry (DTI); no home
industry shall not occupy more than industry shall be conducted in any
30% of the floor area of the dwelling customary accessory use; no traffic shall
unit; there shall be no change or be generated by such home industry in
alteration in the outside appearance of greater volume than would normally be
the dwelling unit and shall not be a expected in a residential neighborhood
hazard/nuisance; allotted capitalization and any need for parking generated by
shall not exceed the capitalization as the conduct of such home occupation
set by the Department of Trade and shall be met off the street and in a place
Industry (DTI); shall consider same other than in a required front yard; no
provisions as enumerated in number 2, equipment or process shall be used in
Profession or Home Occupation, this such home industry which creates noise,
Section. vibration, glare, fumes, odors or electrical
4. Recreational facilities for the exclusive interference detectable to the normal
use of the members of the family senses and visual or audible interference
residing within the premises, such as in any radio or television receivers or
swimming pool, pelota court, etc. causes fluctuation in line voltage of the
5. Religious use premises.
6. Multi-purpose/Barangay Hall
46
 General U S E
Classification of
Use/Character of
Zoning Classification
Occupancy of PRINCIPAL ACCESSORY CONDITIONAL
Building/
Structure
7. Pre-School
8. Sports club
9. Clinic, nursing and convalescing
home, health center
10. Plant nursery

Division A-2 1. Single-attached or duplex or town- 1. Customary incidental home occupa- 1. Ballet, dance and voice studios Residential R-2 - a medium
(residential building for houses, each privately owned tions such as barber and beauty provided that the classes or instructions density residential use or
the exclusive use of 2. School dormitories (on campus) shops, tailoring and dress shops, are held in soundproofed and occupancy, characterized
non-leasing occupants 3. Convents and monasteries neighborhood convenience stores, airconditioned buildings mainly as a low-rise single-
not exceeding 10 4. Military or police barracks/ dormitories retail drug stores 2. Sanitaria, nursery or convalescent attached, duplex or multi-level
persons) 5. All uses allowed in Division A-1 (or for R- homes building/ structure for exclusive
1 class) buildings/structures 3. Philanthropic or charitable institutions use as multiple family dwellings.
6. Pre-schools, elementary and high upon approval of the Building Official This includes R-2 structures
schools, provided that they do not and subject to such conditions and within semi-exclusive
exceed sixteen (16) classrooms safeguards as deemed appropriate subdivisions and semi-exclusive
7. Outpatient clinics, family planning 4. Offices with no actual display, sale, residential communities which
clinics, lying-in clinics, diagnostic clinics, transfer, or lending of the office are not subdivisions.
medical and clinical laboratories commodities in the premises and with
8. Branch library and museum subject gross floor area (GFA) not There shall be two (2) general
9. Steam/ dry cleaning outlets exceeding 30% of the building GFA types of R-2 use or occupancy,
10. Party needs and accessories (leasing 5. Apartment hotels/hometels to wit:
of tables and chairs, etc.) 6. Processing, refilling and retailing of
bottled drinking water provided that a. Basic R-2 : single-attached
clearances from local health department or duplex building/structure of
and certification of adequate supply from from one (1) storey up to three
the water supply concessionaire shall be (3) storeys in height and with
secured. each unit for separate
47
 General U S E
Classification of
Use/Character of
Zoning Classification
Occupancy of PRINCIPAL ACCESSORY CONDITIONAL
Building/
Structure
7. Home occupation for the practice of use as single-family dwellings
one's profession or for engaging in an and;
in-house business such as dressmaking,
tailoring, baking, barber and beauty b. Maximum R-2 : low-rise
shops and the like, provided that the multi-level building/structure of
area in use shall not exceed 30% of the from three (3) up to five (5)
gross floor area (GFA) of the dwelling storeys in height and for use as
unit with the number of persons multiple family dwellings
engaged in such business/industry not
exceeding ten (10) inclusive of owner;
there shall be no change in the outside
appearance of the building or premises,
no home occupation shall be conducted
in any customary accessory use; no
traffic shall be generated by such home
occupation in greater volume than would
normally be expected in a residential
neighborhood and any need for parking
generated by the conduct of such home
occupation shall be met off the street
and in a place other than in a required
front yard; no equipment or process
shall be used in such home occupation
which creates noise, vibration, glare,
fumes, odors or electrical interference
detectable to the normal senses and
48
 General U S E
Classification of
Use/Character of
Zoning Classification
Occupancy of PRINCIPAL ACCESSORY CONDITIONAL
Building/
Structure
visual or audible interference in any
radio or television receivers or causes
fluctuation in line voltage of the
premises.
8. Car barns for not more than three (3)
units.
9. LPG retailing with a maximum of twenty
(20) units of LPG tanks at any given time
10. Recreational facilities such as resorts,
swimming pools, clubhouses and similar
uses except carnivals and fairs
11. Bank branches, savings/loans/lending
shops.
12. Driving range
Group B –
Residential
(Buildings/
Structures, Hotels
and Apartments)
Division B-1 1. All uses permitted in Divisions A-1 and A- 1. All customary accessory uses allowed 1. All conditional uses in R-1 and R-2 with Residential R-3 - a high-density
2 (or for R-1 class and R-2 class) in Divisions A-1 and A-2 (or for R-1 appropriate regulations residential use or occupancy,
buildings/structures class and R-2 class) buildings/ characterized mainly as a low-
2. Leased single-detached dwelling unit, structures rise or medium-rise building/
cottage with more than one (1) 2. Branch library and museum structure for exclusive use as
independent unit and duplexes. 3. Hometel multiple family dwellings with
3. Boarding and lodging houses 4. Vocational school mixed housing types. R-3
structure may include low-rise or
medium-rise residential
49
 General U S E
Classification of
Use/Character of
Occupancy of Zoning Classification
Building/ PRINCIPAL ACCESSORY CONDITIONAL
Structure

4. Multiple-housing units for lease or still for condominium buildings that

sale are already commercial in
5. Townhouses, each privately owned nature and scale. There
6. Boarding houses shall be two (2) general
7. Accessorias (shop-houses), rowhouses, types of R-3 use or
townhouses, tenements and apartments occupancy, to wit:
8. Multiple privately-owned condominium a. Basic R-3 : rowhouse
units or tenement houses (residential building/structure of from
building for the exclusive use of non- one (1) storey up to three (3)
leasing occupants not exceeding ten (10) storeys in height and with
persons and of low—rise type (up to five each unit for separate use
(5) storeys maximum building height) as single-family dwellings;
9. Hotels, motels, inns, pension houses and and
apartels b. Maximum R-3 : medium-rise
10. Private or off-campus dormitories. multi-level building/ structure
11. Elementary schools and high schools, of from six (6) up to twelve
provided that these will not exceed (12) storeys in height and for
twenty (20) classrooms use as multiple family
dwellings.

Residential R-4 - a medium to

high-density residential use or
occupancy, characterized main-
ly as a low-rise townhouse
building/ structure for exclusive
use as multiple family dwellings.
The term R-4 specifically refers
to the building/structure on an
50
 General U S E
Classification of
Use/Character of
Zoning Classification
Occupancy of PRINCIPAL ACCESSORY CONDITIONAL
Building/
Structure
individual lot (a townhouse unit)
and generally refers to the
series or rows of R-4
buildings/structures within a
subdivided lot or property (an R-
4 development).
1. Multi-family residential buildings such as Residential R-5 - a very high-
condominium, high-rise residential density residential use or
buildings/structures, multi-level apart- occupancy, characterized
ments, tenements, mass housing, etc. mainly as a medium-rise or
taller than five (5) storeys but not more high-rise condominium
than twelve (12) storeys building/structure for exclusive
use as multiple family dwelling.
Group C –
Education and
Recreation
Division C-1 1. Educational institutions like schools,
colleges, universities, vocational,
institutions, seminaries, convents,
including school auditoriums, gymnasia,
reviewing stands, little theaters, concert
halls, opera houses.
2. Seminar/workshop facilities
3. Training centers/facilities
4. Libraries, museums, exhibition halls and
art galleries
51
 General U S E
Classification of
Use/Character of
Zoning Classification
Occupancy of PRINCIPAL ACCESSORY CONDITIONAL
Building/
Structure
5. Civic centers, clubhouses, lodges,
community centers.
6. Churches, mosque, temples. shrines,
chapels and similar places of worship
7. Civic or government centers
8. Other types of government buildings

Division C-2 1. Amusement halls and parlors 1. Government centers to house GI (General Institutional) - a
2. Massage and sauna parlors national, regional or local offices in community to national level of
3. Health studios and reducing salons the area institutional use or occupancy,
4. Billiard halls, pool rooms, bowling alleys 2. Colleges, universities, professional characterized mainly as a low-
and golf clubhouses business schools, vocational and rise, medium-rise or high-rise
5. Dancing schools, disco pads, dance and trade schools, technical schools and building/structure for education-
amusement halls other institutions of higher learning al, training and related activities,
6. Gymnasia, pelota courts and sports 3. General hospitals, medical centers, e.g., schools and related
complex multi-purpose clinics facilities and the like.
4. Scientific, cultural and academic
centers and research facilities except
nuclear, radioactive, chemical and
biological warfare facilities
5. Convention centers and related
facilities
6. Religious structures, e.g., church,
seminary, novitiates
7. Museums
8. Embassies/ consulate
9. Student housing, e.g., dormitories,
boarding house
52
 General U S E
Classification of
Use/Character of
Zoning Classification
Occupancy of PRINCIPAL ACCESSORY CONDITIONAL
Building/
Structure
Group D –
Institutional
(Government and
Health Services)
Division D-1 1. Mental hospitals, mental sanitaria and 1. Welfare homes, orphanages, boys and GI (General Institutional) - a
(Institutional, where mental asylums girls town, home for the aged and the community to national level of
personal liberties of in- 2. Police and fire stations, guard houses like institutional use or occupancy,
mates are restrained, or 3. Jails, prisons, reformatories and 2. Rehabilitation and vocational training characterized mainly as a low-
quarters of those correctional institutions center for ex-convicts, drug addicts, rise, medium-rise or high-rise
rendering public 4. Rehabilitation centers unwed mothers, physically, mentally building/ structure for medical,
assistance and 5. Leprosaria and quarantine station and emotionally handicapped, ex- government service
maintaining peace and sanitaria inmates; and similar administrative and related
order) establishments activities, e.g., hospitals and
3. Military camps/reservations/bases and related health care facilities,
training grounds government offices, military,
4. Penitentiary and correctional institution police and correctional buildings
and the like.
Division D-2 1. Hospitals, sanitaria, and homes for the
(Institutional, buildings aged
for health care) 2. Nurseries for children of kindergarten
age or non-ambulatory patients
accommodating more than five (5)
persons
53
 General U S E
Classification of
Use/Character of
Zoning Classification
Occupancy of PRINCIPAL ACCESSORY CONDITIONAL
Building/
Structure
Division D-3 1. Nursing homes for ambulatory patients
(Institutional, for 2. School and home, for children over
ambulatory patients or kindergarten age
children over 3. Orphanages
kindergarten age)
Group E –
Business and
Mercantile
(Commercial)
Division E-1 1. All uses allowed in Division B-1 (or for R- 1. Office building 1. Garage for jeepneys and taxis not greater C-1 (Commercial One or Light
(Business and 3 class) buildings/ structures 2. Office condominium than six (6) units in number Commercial) - a neighborhood
Mercantile, where no 2. Gasoline filling and service stations. 3. Department store/shopping center 2. Garage for bus and trucks not greater or community level of
work is done except 3. Storage garage and boat storage. 4 Bookstore and office supply shop than three (3) units in number commercial use or occupancy,
change of parts and 4. Commercial garages and parking 5. Car shop 3. Retailing of CHBs, gravel and sand and characterized mainly as a low-
maintenance requiring buildings, display for cars, tractors, etc. 6. Home appliance store other concrete products rise building/structure for low
no open flames, 5. Bus and railways depots and terminals 7. Photo shop intensity commercial/trade,
welding, or use of highly and offices 8. Flower shop service and business activities,
flammable liquids) 6. Port facilities 9. Bakery and bake shop e.g., one to three (1 to 3) storey
7. Airports and heliport facilities 10. Wine store shopping centers, small offices
8. All other types of transportation 11. Grocery or mixed-use/occupancy
complexes 12. Supermarket buildings and the like.
9. All other types of large complexes for 13. Beauty parlor
public services 14. Barber shop
10. Pawnshops, money shops, photo and 15. Sauna bath and massage clinic
portrait studios, shoeshine/repair stands, 16. Dressmaking and tailoring shops
retail drugstores, tailoring and dress 17. Movie house/theater
shops
54
 General U S E
Classification of
Use/Character of
Occupancy of Zoning Classification
PRINCIPAL ACCESSORY CONDITIONAL
Building/
Structure
11. Bakeshops and bakery goods stores 18. Playcourt, e.g., tennis, bowling, UTS (Utilities, Transportation
billiards and Services) – a range of
12. Stores for construction supplies and 19. Swimming pool utilitarian/functional uses or
building materials such as electrical and 20. Day/night club occupancies, characterized
electronics, plumbing supplies, ceramic 21. Stadium, coliseum, gymnasium mainly as a low-rise or medium-
clay cement and other similar products 22. Other sports and recreational rise building/structure for low to
except CHBs, gravel and sand and other establishments high intensity community
concrete products 23. Restaurants and other eateries support functions, e.g.,
24. Short term special education like terminals/inter-modals/multi-
dancing schools, schools for self- modals and depots
defense, driving schools, speech
clinics
25. Storeroom and warehouse but only
as may be necessary for the efficient
conduct of the business
26. Commercial housing like hotel,
apartment, apartel, boarding house,
dormitory, pension house,
clubhouse, motel
27. Commercial condominium (with
residential units in upper floors)
28. Embassy/ consulate
29. Library/museum
30. Filling station/service station
31. Clinic
32. Vocational/ technical school
33. Convention center and related
facilities
55
 General U S E
Classification of
Use/Character of
Occupancy of Zoning Classification
PRINCIPAL ACCESSORY CONDITIONAL
Building/
Structure
34. Messengerial service
35. Security agency
36. Janitorial service
37. Bank and other financial institution
38. Radio and television station
39. Building garage
40. Commercial job printing
41. Typing and photo engraving services
42. Repair of optical instruments and
equipment and cameras
43. Repair of clocks and watches
44. Manufacture of insignia, badges and
similar emblems except metal
45. Transportation terminal/garage
46. Plant nurseries
47. Scientific, cultural and academic
centers and research facilities
except nuclear, radioactive,
chemical and biological warfare
facilities.
Division E-2 1. Wholesale and retail stores 1. All uses in C-1 class buildings/ C-2 (Commercial Two or
2. Shopping centers, malls and structures may be allowed in C-2 class 1. Institutional uses as colleges and Medium Commercial) - a
(Business and
Mercantile in nature) supermarkets buildings/structures universities, vocational and technical municipal or city level of
3. Wet and dry markets 2. Repair shops like house appliances, schools, general hospitals and commercial use or occupancy,
4. Restaurants, drinking and dining motor vehicles and accessory, home specialized general welfare, charitable characterized mainly as a
establishments with less than one furnishing shops and government institutions medium-rise building/structure
hundred (100) occupancies. 2. Hauling services and garage terminals for medium to high intensity
5. Day/night clubs, bars, cocktails, for trucks, tow trucks, and buses not commercial/ trade, service and
56
 General U S E
Classification of
Use/Character of
Zoning Classification
Occupancy of PRINCIPAL ACCESSORY CONDITIONAL
Building/
Structure
sing-along lounges, bistros, pubs, beer 3. Transportation terminal/garage with exceeding three (3) units and storage business activities, e.g., three to
gardens repair shops facilities in support of commercial five (3 to 5) storey shopping
6. Bakeries, pastry and bake shops. 4. Publishing establishments centers, medium to large office
7. Office buildings 5. Medium scale junk shop 4. Auto sales and rentals, automotive or mixed use/occupancy
8. Financial Institutions 6. Machinery display shop/center handicraft, accessory and spare parts buildings/structures and the like.
9. Printing & publishing plants and offices 7. Gravel and sand shops, marine craft, aircraft and sales
10. Engraving, photo developing and printing 8. Lumber/hardware yards
shops 9. Manufacture of ice, ice blocks, 5. Junk shops, scrap dealer shops SPE (Special) – other vertical
11. Photographer and painter studios, cubes, tubes, crushed except dry ice facilities not mentioned under
tailoring and haberdashery shops 10. Manufacture of signs and advertising regular uses/occupancies of
12. Factories and workshops, using less displays (except printed) buildings/structures such as
flammable or non-combustible materials 11. Chicharon factory cemeteries, memorial parks and
13. Battery shops and repair shops 12. Welding shops the like
14. Paint stores without bulk handling 13. Machine shops service operations
15. Funeral parlors (repairing/rebuilding, or custom job
16. Memorial and mortuary chapels, orders)
crematories 14 Motorcycles/bicycles repair shops
17. Columbarium 15. Lechon stores
18. Telephone and telegraph exchanges 16. Biscuit factory - manufacture of
19. Telecommunications, media and public biscuits, cookies, crackers and other
information complexes including radio similar dried bakery products
and TV broadcasting studios 17. Doughnut and hopia factory
20. Cell (mobile) phone towers 18. Factory for other bakery products not
21. Battery shops and auto repair shops elsewhere classified (n.e.c.)
22. Bakeries, pastry and bake shops 19. Shops for repacking of food products
23. Police and fire stations e.g. fruits, vegetables, sugar and
other related products
57
 General U S E
Classification of
Use/Character of
Zoning Classification
Occupancy of PRINCIPAL ACCESSORY CONDITIONAL
Building/
Structure
24. Glassware and metalware stores, 20. Funeral parlors, mortuaries and
household equipment and appliance crematory services and memorial
shops chapels
25. Manufacture of insignia, badges and 21. Parking lots, garage facilities
similar emblems except metal 22. Buildings/structures for other
26. General retail establishments such as commercial activities not elsewhere-
curio or antique shops, pet shops and classified (n.e.c.)
aquarium stores, bookstores, art supplies
and novelties, jewelry shops, liquor wine
stores and fIower shops
27. Employment/recruitment agencies, news
syndicate services and office equipment
and repair shops and other offices
28. Watch sales and services, locksmith and
other related services
29. Other stores and shops for conducting
retail business and local shopping
establishments
30. Radio, television and other electrical
appliance repair shops
31. Furniture, repair and upholstering job
32. Computer stores and video shops,
including repair
33. Internet cafes and cyber stations
34. Garment manufacturing with no more than
twenty (20) machines
34. Signboard and streamer painting and silk
screening
58
 General U S E
Classification of
Use/Character of
Zoning Classification
Occupancy of PRINCIPAL ACCESSORY CONDITIONAL
Building/
Structure
35. Car barns for jeepneys and taxis not
more than six (6) units
36. Lotto terminals, off-fronton, on-line
bingo outlets and off-track betting
stations
37. Gardens and landscaping supply/
contractors
38. Printing, typesetting, copiers and
duplicating services
39. Photo supply and developing
40. Restaurants, canteens, eateries,
delicatessen shops, confectionery shops
and automats/fastfoods
41. Groceries
42. Laundries and laundromats
43. Recording and film laboratories
44. Auto repair, tire, vulcanizing shops and
carwash with minimum 100 sq. meters
service area
45. Physical fitness gyms/centers
59
 General U S E
Classification of
Use/Character of
Zoning Classification
Occupancy of PRINCIPAL ACCESSORY CONDITIONAL
Building/
Structure
Division E-3 1. All permitted uses in Division E-1 (or for 1. All uses allowed in R-1, R-2 and R-3 C-3 (Commercial Three or
(Business and C-1 and C-2 class) buildings/ structures Zones Metropolitan Commercial)
Mercantile, where no 2. Aircraft hangars 2. All uses allowed in C-1, C-2 and C-3 means a metropolitan level of
repair work is done 3. Commercial parking lots and garages Zones commercial use/occupancy,
except exchange of 4. Department stores, shopping malls/ 3. Some uses allowed in I-1 Zones characterized mainly as a
parts and maintenance centers, commercial and sports 4. All uses allowed in GI Zones and SI medium-rise to high-rise
requiring no open complexes/ areas Zones building/structure for high to
flames, welding or use 5. Institutional uses as university complexes 5. Parks and Recreation and very high intensity commercial/
of highly flammable 6. Other commercial/ business activities not Entertainment class buildings/ trade, service and business
liquid) elsewhere classified (n.e.c.) structures activities, e.g., large to very
large shopping malls, very large
office or mixed-use/occupancy
buildings and the like.
Group F –
Industrial (Non-
Pollutive/ Non-
Hazardous
Industries and
Non-Pollutive/
Hazardous
Industries)
Division F-1 1. Ice plants and cold storage buildings Customary support facilities for industries Building/structure with lesser negative I-1 (Industrial One) - a light
(Light Industrial) 2. Power plants (thermal, hydro or such as housing, community, utilities and environmental impact industrial use or occupancy,
geothermal) services characterized mainly as a low-
3. Pumping plants (water supply, storm rise but sprawling building/
60
 General U S E
Classification of
Use/Character of
Zoning Classification
Occupancy of PRINCIPAL ACCESSORY CONDITIONAL
Building/
Structure
drainage, sewerage, irrigation and waste structure for low intensity
treatment plants) manufacturing or production
4. Dairies and creameries activities.
5. Rice mills and sugar centrals
6. Breweries, bottling plants, canneries, and
tanneries
7. Factories and workshops using
incombustible or non-explosive materials

Group G –
Storage and
Hazardous
Industrial
(Pollutive/ Non-
Hazardous
industries and
Pollutive/
Hazardous
Industries Only)
Division G-1 1. Storage tanks, buildings for storing Customary support facilities for industries Building/structure with lesser negative I-2 (Industrial Two) - a medium
(Medium Industrial, gasoline, acetylene, LPG, calcium, such as housing, community, utilities and environment impact industrial use or occupancy,
which shall include carbides, oxygen, hydrogen, and the like services characterized mainly as a low-
storage and handling of 2. Armories, arsenals and munitions rise but sprawling building/
hazardous and highly factories structure for medium intensity
flammable materials) 3. Match and fireworks factories manufacturing or production
activities.
61
 General U S E
Classification of
Use/Character of
Zoning Classification
Occupancy of PRINCIPAL ACCESSORY CONDITIONAL
Building/
Structure
4. Plastics resin plants (monomer and
polymer) UTS (Utilities, Transportation
5. Plastics compounding and processing and Services) – a range of
plants utilitarian/functional uses/
6. Acetylene and oxygen generating plants occupancies, characterized
7. Cooking oil and soap processing plants mainly by low-rise or medium-
8. Factories for highly flammable chemicals rise buildings/structures for low
9. Water and power generation/ distribution to high intensity community
complexes support functions, e.g., power
10. Liquid and solid waste management and water generation/
facilities distribution facilities,
11. All other types of large complexes for telecommunication facilities,
public utilities drainage/wastewater and
sewerage facilities, solid waste
handling facilities and the like
excluding terminals/inter-
modals/multi-modals and depot
Division G-2 1. All uses permitted in I-1 class Customary support facilities for industries Building/structure with lesser negative
(Medium Industrial 2. Dry cleaning plants using flammable such as housing, community, utilities and environment impact
buildings for storage and liquids services
handling of flammable 3. Paint stores with bulk handling
materials) 4. Paint shops and spray painting rooms
5. Sign and billboard painting shops
62
 General U S E
Classification of
Use/Character of
Zoning Classification
Occupancy of PRINCIPAL ACCESSORY CONDITIONAL
Building/
Structure
Division G-3 1. Wood working establishments, lumber Customary support facilities for industries Building/structure with lesser negative
(Medium Industrial and timber yards such as housing, community, utilities and environment impact
buildings for wood 2. Planing mills and sawmills, veneer plants services
working activities, 3. Wood drying kilns
papers cardboard 4. Pulp, paper and paperboard factories
manufactures, textile 5. Wood and cardboard box factories
and garment factories 6. Textile and fiber spinning mills
7. Grains and cement silos
8. Warehouses where highly combustible
materials are stored.
9. Factories where loose combustible fiber
or dirt are manufactured, processed or
generated.
10. Garment and undergarment factories

Division G-4 1. Repair garages and shops Customary support facilities for industries Building/structure with lesser negative
(Medium Industrial, for 2. Factories for engines and turbines and such as housing, community, utilities and environment impact
repair garages and attached testing facilities services
engine manufacture)

Division G-5 1. Hangars Customary support facilities for industries Building/structure with lesser negative
(Medium Industrial, for 2. Manufacture and assembly plants of such as housing, community, utilities and environment impact
aircraft facilities) aircraft engine services
3. Repairs and testing shops for aircraft
engines and parts
63
 General U S E
Classification of
Use/Character of
Zoning Classification
Occupancy of PRINCIPAL ACCESSORY CONDITIONAL
Building/
Structure
Group H –
Assembly for less
than 1,000
(Cultural and/ or
Recreational)
Division H-1 1. Theaters and auditoriums PRE (Park Structures,
(Recreational, which are 2. Concert halls and open houses Recreation and Entertainment) -
assembly buildings with 3. Convention halls a range of recreational uses or
stage and having an 4. Little theaters, audio-visual rooms occupancies, characterized
occupant load of less mainly as a low-rise or medium-
than 1,000) rise building/structure for low to
medium intensity recreational or
entertainment functions related
to educational uses, e.g.,
structures on campuses or its
component parks/open spaces
and all other kinds of
recreational or assembly
buildings/structures on campus
such as auditoria, mess halls,
seminar facilities, gymnasia,
stadia, arenas and the like.

CUL (Cultural) - a community

to national level of cultural use
or occupancy, characterized
64
 General U S E
Classification of
Use/Character of
Zoning Classification
Occupancy of PRINCIPAL ACCESSORY CONDITIONAL
Building/
Structure
mainly as a low-rise or medium-
rise building/ structure for
cultural activities, e.g., cultural
centers, convention centers,
very large office or mixed-
use/occupancy buildings and
the like.
Division H-2 1. Dance halls, cabarets, ballrooms
(Recreational, which are 2. Skating rinks
assembly buildings with 3. Cockfighting arenas
stage and having an
occupant load of 300 or
more)
Division H-3 1. Dance halls, ballrooms
(Recreational, which are 2. Skating rinks
assembly buildings with
stage and having an
occupant load of less
than 300)
65
 General U S E
Classification of
Use/Character of
Zoning Classification
Occupancy of PRINCIPAL ACCESSORY CONDITIONAL
Building/
Structure
Division H-4 1. Sports stands
(Recreational, tourism 2. Reviewing stands
estate developments or 3. Grandstand and bleachers
tourism-oriented 4. Covered amusement parks
establishments, which 5. Boxing arenas, jai-alai stadiums
are structures not 6. Race tracks and hippodromes
included in Divisions H- 7. All types of resort complexes
1) 8. All other types of amusement and
entertainment complexes

Group I –
Assembly for
More than 1,000
(Cultural and/or
Recreational)
Division I-1 1. Colisea and sports complexes 1. Parks/gardens CUL (Cultural) - a community to
(Recreational, Assembly 2. Theaters and convention centers 2. Resort areas, e.g., beaches, including national level of cultural use or
Buildings with stage and 3. Concert halls and open houses accessory uses occupancy, characterized
an occupant load of 4. Convention centers 3. Open air or outdoor sports activities mainly as a low-rise or medium-
1,000 or more in the and support facilities, including low rise rise building/structure for
building) stadia, gyms, amphitheaters and cultural activities
swimming pools
4. Golf courses, ball courts, race tracks PRE (Park Structures,
and similar uses Recreation and Entertainment) -
5. Memorial/Shrines/monuments, kiosks a range of recreational uses or
and other park structures
66
 General U S E
Classification of
Use/Character of
Occupancy of Zoning Classification
Building/ PRINCIPAL ACCESSORY CONDITIONAL
Structure

occupancies, characterized
6. Sports Club mainly as a low-rise or medium-
7. Underground parking structures/ rise building/ structure for low to
facilities medium intensity recreational or
entertainment functions related
to educational uses, e.g.,
structures on campuses or its
component parks/open spaces
and all other kinds of
recreational or assembly
buildings/structures on campus
such as auditoria, mess halls,
seminar facilities, gymnasia,
stadia, arenas and the like.
Group J –
Accessory
(Agricultural and
Other
Occupancies/
Uses not
Specifically
Mentioned Under
Groups A through
I)
67
 General U S E
Classification of
Use/Character of
Zoning Classification
Occupancy of PRINCIPAL ACCESSORY CONDITIONAL
Building/
Structure
Division J-1 1. Agricultural structures: 1. Cultivation, raising and growing of A (Agricultural) - an agricultural
a. Sheds staple crops such as rice, corn, or agriculture-related use or
b. Barns camote, cassava and the like occupancy, characterized
c. Poultry houses 2. Growing of diversified plants and
mainly as a low-rise or medium-
d. Piggeries trees, such as fruit and flower bearing
rise building/structure for low to
e. Hatcheries trees, coffee, tobacco, etc. high intensity agricultural or
f. Stables 3. Silviculture, mushroom culture, fishing related activities, e.g., poultry
g. Greenhouses and fish culture, snake culture, houses, hatcheries, piggeries,
h. Granaries crocodile farm, monkey raising and the greenhouses, granaries and the
i. Silos like like as well as offices,
4. Customary support facilities such as
educational, training, research
palay dryers and rice threshers and and related facilities for
storage barns and warehouses agriculture and the like.
5. Ancillary dwelling units/farmhouses for
tillers and laborers
6. Agricultural research and AI (Agro-Industrial) - an agro-
experimentation facilities such as industrial or related use or
breeding stations, fish farms, occupancy, characterized
nurseries, demonstration farms, etc. mainly as a low-rise building/
7. Pastoral activities such as goat-raising structure for low to high intensity
and cattle fattening agro-industrial or related
8. Home occupation for the practice of activities to include offices,
one's profession or engaging home educational, training, research
business such as dressmaking, and related facilities for agro-
tailoring, baking, running a sari-sari industry.
store and the like, provided that, the
number of persons engaged in such
68
 General U S E
Classification of
Use/Character of
Zoning Classification
Occupancy of PRINCIPAL ACCESSORY CONDITIONAL
Building/
Structure
PUD (Planned Unit
business/industry shall not exceed five Development) - refers to land
(5), inclusive of the owner; there shall development or redevelopment
be no change in the outside schemes for a new or built-up
appearance of the building premises; project site wherein said project
no home occupation shall be site must have a
conducted in any customary accessory Comprehensive Development
uses cited above; no traffic shall be Master Plan (CDMP) or its
generated by such home occupation in acceptable equivalent, i.e., a
greater volume than would normally be unitary development plan/site
expected in a residential neighborhood plan that permits flexibility in
and any need for parking generated by planning/urban design,
the conduct of such home occupation building/structure siting,
shall be met off the street in a place complementarity of building
other than the required front yard; no types and land uses, usable
equipment or process shall be used in open spaces for general public
such occupation which creates noise, use services and
vibration, glare, fumes, odors and
electrical interference detectable to the
normal senses and visual or audible
interference in any radio or television
receiver or causes fluctuations in line
voltage of the premises.
9. Home industry classified as cottage
industry, e.g., mat weaving, pottery
making, food preservation, etc.
provided that such home industry shall
not occupy more than 30% of floor
area of the dwelling unit;
69
 General U S E
Classification of
Use/Character of
Zoning Classification
Occupancy of PRINCIPAL ACCESSORY CONDITIONAL
Building/
Structure
there shall be no change or alteration
in the outside appearance of the
dwelling unit and shall not be a hazard
or nuisance; allotted capitalization
shall not exceed the capitalization as
set by the Department of Trade and
Industry (DTI); such shall consider
same provisions as enumerated in
Home Occupation, this Section.
10. Backyard raising of livestock and fowl,
provided that for livestock- a maximum
of 10 heads; for fowl. a maximum of
500 birds
11. All uses allowed in agriculture
12. Rice/ corn mills (single pass)
13. Drying, cleaning, curing and
preserving of meat and its by products
and derivatives
14. Drying, smoking and airing of tobacco
15. Flour mill
16. Cassava flour mill
17. Manufacture of coffee
18. Manufacture of unprepared animal
feeds, other grain milling, n.e.c.
19. Production of prepared feeds for
animals
20. Cigar and Cigarette factory
21. Curing and redrying tobacco leaves
70
 General U S E
Classification of
Use/Character of
Zoning Classification
Occupancy of PRINCIPAL ACCESSORY CONDITIONAL
Building/
Structure
22. Miscellaneous processing of tobacco
leaves, n.e.c.
23. Weaving hemp textile
24. Jute spinning and weaving
25. Manufacture of charcoal
26. Milk processing plants (Manufacturing
filled, reconstituted or recombined
milk, condensed or evaporated)
27. Butter and cheese processing plants
28. Natural fluid milk processing
(pasteurizing, homogenizing,
vitaminizing, bottling of natural animal
milk and cream related products)
29. Other dairy products, n.e.c.
30. Canning and preserving of fruits and
fruit juices
31. Canning and preserving of vegetables
and vegetable juices
32. Canning and preserving of vegetable
sauces
33. Miscellaneous canning and preserving
of fruit and vegetables, n.e.c.
34. Fish canning
35. Patis factory
36. Bagoong factory
71
 General U S E
Classification of
Use/Character of
Zoning Classification
Occupancy of PRINCIPAL ACCESSORY CONDITIONAL
Building/
Structure
37. Processing, preserving and canning
of fish and other seafoods, n.e.c.
38. Manufacturing of desiccated
coconut
39. Manufacture of starch and its
products
40. Manufacture of wines from juices of
local fruits
41. Vegetable oiI mills, including
coconut oil
42. Sugarcane milling (centrifugal and
refines)
43. Sugar refining
44. Muscovado sugar mill
45. Cotton textile mill
46. Manufacture/processing of other
plantation crops, e.g., pineapple,
bananas, etc.
47. Other commercial handicrafts and
industrial activities utilizing plant or
animal parts and/or products as raw
materials, n.e.c.
48. Other accessory uses incidental to
agro-industrial activities
72
 General U S E
Classification of
Use/Character of
Zoning Classification
Occupancy of PRINCIPAL ACCESSORY CONDITIONAL
Building/
Structure
Division J-2 1. Private garages, carports 1. All uses/occupancy permitted in all other
2. Towers, smokestacks and chimneys Divisions (or classes of buildings/ PUD (Planned Unit
(Accessory) 3. Swimming pools including shower and structures) if such uses/occupancy are Development) - refers to land
locker room part of the Planned Unit Development development or redevelopment
4. Fence over 1.80 meters high, separate (PUD) schemes for a new or built-up
fire walls project site wherein said project
5. Steel and/ or concrete tanks site must have a
Comprehensive Development
Master Plan (CDMP) or its
acceptable equivalent, i.e., a
unitary development plan/site
plan that permits flexibility in
planning/ urban design,
building/structure siting,
complementarity of building
types and land uses, usable
open spaces for general public
use services and
73
 General U S E
Classification of
Use/Character of
Occupancy of Zoning Classification
CONDITIONAL
Building/ PRINCIPAL ACCESSORY
Structure

Business activities and the

preservation of significant
natural land features if feasible,
whereby said CDMP must be
duly approved by the LGU
concerned.

Division J-3 1. Stages, platforms and similar

structures
2. Pelota, tennis, badminton or basketball
courts
3. Tombs, mausoleums and niches
4. Aviaries and aquariums and zoo
structures
5. Banks and record vaults
74
 RULE VIII - LIGHT AND VENTILATION

SECTION 801. General Requirements of Light and Ventilation

1. Subject to the provisions of the Civil Code of the Philippines on Easements of Light and
View, and to the specific provisions of the Code, every building shall be designed,
constructed, and equipped to provide adequate light and ventilation. (Refer to Guidelines
on Easements, View Corridors/Sight Lines and Basements at the end of this Rule)

2. All buildings shall face a street or public alley or a private street which has been duly
approved. (Refer to Guidelines on Streets/RROW and Sidewalks at the end of this Rule)

3. No building shall be altered nor arranged so as to reduce the size of any room or the
relative area of windows to less than that provided for buildings under this Rule, or to
create an additional room, unless such additional room conforms to the requirements of
this Rule.

4. No building shall be enlarged so that the dimensions of the required court or yard would
be less than what is prescribed for such building lot.

SECTION 802. Measurement of Site Occupancy

1. The measurement of site occupancy or lot occupancy shall be taken at the ground level
and shall be exclusive of courts, yards, and light wells.

2. Courts, yards, and light wells shall be measured clear of all projections from the walls
enclosing such wells or yards with the exception of roof leaders, wall copings, sills, or
steel fire escapes not exceeding 1.20 meters in width.

SECTION 803. Percentage of Site Occupancy

1. The measurement of the percentage (%) of site occupancy (or lot occupancy) shall be
taken at the ground level and shall be exclusive of courts, yards and light wells. Courts,
yards, and light wells shall be measured clear of all projections from the walls enclosing
such wells or yards with the exception of roof leaders, wall copings, sills, or steel fire
escapes not exceeding 1.20 meters in width.

2. In case of proposed additional construction on a lot on which another building/structure

already stands, the Percentage of Site Occupancy (PSO) arising out of such existing
buildings/structures must be included in the computation of the PSO for the Total Lot Area
(TLA). In case of discrepancy between the specified Maximum Allowable PSO and the
other light and ventilation provisions under this Rule, the resulting lesser building/structure
footprint or gross floor area at the ground floor (or at grade level) must prevail.

3. Maximum site occupancy shall be governed by use, type of construction, and height of
the building and the use, area, nature and location of the site; and subject to the
provisions of the local zoning requirements and in accordance with the following types of
open spaces:

a. Public open spaces – streets, alleys, easements of sea/lakeshores, rivers, creeks,

esteros, railroad tracks, parks/plazas, playgrounds, and the like.

b. Total Open Spaces within Lot (TOSL) – courts, yards, gardens, light wells, uncovered
driveways, access roads and parking spaces consisting of two (2) types:

i. Paved or tiled (hardscaped areas); sub-classification of open space shall fall

under Maximum Allowable Impervious Surface Areas (ISA) within the Total Lot
Area (TLA); and

113
 ii. Unpaved areas within the lot that are with exposed soil and planted (softscaped),
i.e., the Unpaved Surface Areas (USA); this sub-classification is the true open
space.

4. The following Table illustrates the manner in determining the Maximum Allowable
Percentage of Site Occupancy (PSO), Maximum Allowable Impervious Surface Area (ISA),
Maximum Allowable Construction Area (MACA), Minimum Unpaved Surface Area (USA),
and the Total Open Space within Lot (TOSL) with reference to Type of Land Use Zoning
per Lot.

Table VIII.1. Reference Table of Maximum Allowable PSO, Maximum Allowable ISA, the
MACA, the Minimum USA and the TOSL by Type of Land Use Zoning per
Lot
% of Total Lot Area (TLA)
Building/
Structure Use Maximum
or Maximum Allowable Minimum USA TOSL d
Duly-Approved
Occupancy Allowable ISAc (Unpaved (ISA +
Zoning b
(or Land Use)a PSO c,d (Paved Open Open Spaces) USA)
Spaces)
Residential Basic
Residential 2 55 e 30 15 45
(R-2)/Medium
Density Housing
[single family
dwelling unit
with a Building 60 f 30% 10 40
Height Limit
(BHL) of 10.00
meters]
Maximum R-2
/Medium 60 e 30 10 40
Density
Housing
(multiple
family dwelling
units within one
building/ 70 f 20 10 30
structure with a
BHL of 15.00
meters)
Basic
Residential 3 65 e 20 15 35
(R-3)/High
Density
Housing (single
family dwelling
70 f 20 10 30
unit with a BHL
of 10.00 meters)
Maximum R-3
/High Density 70 e 20 10 30
Housing
(multiple family
dwelling units
within one
building/
80 f 10 10 20
structure with a
BHL of 36.00
meters)
Residential 4 70 e 20 10 30
(R-4)/ Individual
Townhouse 80 f 10 10 20
Units
Residential 5 70 e 20 10 30
(R-5)/
Condominiums 80 f 10 10 20
Commercial Commercial 1 70 e 20 10 30
(Com-1) 80 f 10 10 20

114
 % of Total Lot Area (TLA)
Building/
Structure Use Maximum
or Maximum Allowable Minimum USA TOSL d
Duly-Approved
Occupancy Allowable ISAc (Unpaved (ISA +
Zoning b
(or Land Use)a PSO c,d (Paved Open Open Spaces) USA)
Spaces)
Commercial 2 75 e 20 5 25
(Com-2)
85 f 10 5 15
Commercial 3 80 e 15 5 20
(Com-3)
90 f 5 5 10
Industrial Industrial 1 70 e 20 10 30
(Ind-1)
80 f 10 10 20
Industrial 2 70 e 15 15 30
(Ind-2)
80 f 5 15 20
Industrial 3 70 e 15 15 30
(Ind-3)
80 f 5 15 20
Institutional 50 e 20 30 50
-
60 f 20 20 40
Cultural 60 e 20 20 40
-
70 f 20 10 30
Utility/Trans- 50 e 40 10 50
portation/ -
Services 60 f 30 10 40
Sidewalks/ 11.11
22.22
Arcades at (of total width 33.33
(of total width
RROW of RROW as (of total width
- - of RROW as
Unpaved of RROW)
Paved portion
portion of
of sidewalk)
sidewalk)
Parks and
Open
- 20 30 50 80
Recreational
Spaces
Planned Unit PUD at a
Development reclamation
70 15 15 30
(PUD) area close to an
operating airport
PUD at a
reclamation 70 15 15 30
area
PUD at a
70 15 15 30
coastal area
PUD at an
inland area
70 10 20 30
close to an
operating airport
PUD at an
70 10 20 30
inland area
Cemetery - 85 10 5 15

Notes:

a) per duly-approved City/ Municipal Comprehensive Land Use Plan (CLUP)

b) per duly-approved City/Municipal Zoning Ordinance (ZO) and its IRR
c) PSO + ISA = MACA (Maximum Allowable Construction Area)
d) PSO + TOSL = TLA (Total Lot Area).
e) without firewall
f) with firewall

115
4. Minimum Requirements for Total Open Spaces within Lot (TOSL)

a. Total Open Spaces within Lot (TOSL) are portions of the Total Lot Area (TLA) not
occupied by the Maximum Allowable PSO. The TOSL may consist of either the
Maximum Allowable ISA (hardscaped areas) or the USA (exposed and
planted/softscaped soil) or may also be the combination of both types of open
spaces. (Figure VIII.1.)

b. Group A buildings or Residential 1 (R-1) uses/occupancies shall follow the minimum

yard standards in Table VIII.2. to comply with the TOSL requirement.

c. Abutments for Basic Uses/Occupancies forming part of new developments shall be

basically similar to the restrictions prescribed for firewalls under Rule VII, to wit:

i. Absolutely no abutments are allowed at any property line for any R-1 lot
type/location.

ii. Abutments shall be allowed on only one (1) side for any R-2 lot type/location.
There shall be no firewalls/abutments on the front and rear property lines for
any R-2 lot type/ location.

iii. Abutments shall be allowed on two (2) sides only or on one (1) side and the
rear property line/ boundary for any R-3 lot type/location. There shall be no
abutments on the front property line for any R-3 lot type/location.

iv. Abutments shall be allowed on two (2) sides only for any R-4 lot type/location.
There shall be no firewalls/abutments on the front and rear property line for any
R-4 lot type/location.

v. Abutments shall be allowed on two (2) sides only or on one (1) side and the
rear property line/boundary for any R-5 lot type/location. There shall be no
abutments on the front property line for any R-5 lot type/location.

vi. Abutments shall be allowed on two (2) sides only or on one (1) side and the
rear property line/boundary for any C-3 lot type/location. There shall be no
abutments on the front property line for any C-3 lot type/location.

d. Lot Type/Location
.
Only seven (7) types of lots and their respective locations are described under this
Rule. (Figures VIII.2. through VIII.8.)

e. Variance

When the lots as described in Figures VIII.2. through VIII.8. are too narrow or too
shallow such that the public open space, e.g., RROW, alley or the like on which they
abut can adequately supply light and ventilation to every room therein subject to the
requirements on window opening, the requirements on the minimum Total Open
Space within Lot (TOSL) above may be waived (Figures VIII.9. through VIII.11.),
provided however, that for lots abutting on only one (1) public open space, the depth
of the open space to be provided shall not be more than 8.00 meters; and for those
lots abutting two (2) or more public open spaces, the depth of the open space to be
provided shall not be more than 12.00 meters.

116
Figure VIII.1.

117
Figure VIII.2. Figure VIII.3.

Figure VIII.4. Figure VIII.5.

Figure VIII.6. Figure VIII.7.

Figure VIII.8.

LOT TYPES
118
Figure VIII.9.

Figure VIII.10.

Figure VIII.11.

LOT TYPES
119
SECTION 804. Sizes and Dimensions of Courts

1. Minimum sizes of courts and yards and their least dimensions shall be governed by the
use, type of construction, and height of the building as provided hereunder, provided that
the minimum horizontal dimension of said courts and yards shall be not less than 2.00
meters. All inner courts shall be connected to a street or yard, either by a passageway
with a minimum width of 1.20 meters or by a door through a room or rooms.

2. The required open space shall be located totally or distributed anywhere within the lot in
such a manner as to provide maximum light and ventilation into the building. (Figures
VIII.12. through VIII.15.)

3. YARD – the required open space left between the outermost face of the building/structure
and the property lines, e.g., front, rear, right and left side yards. The width of the yard is
the setback. Yards prescribed for Commercial, Industrial, Institutional and Recreational
Buildings are shown in Table VIII.3. hereafter.

Table VIII.2. Minimum Setbacks for Residential Buildings/Structures

Type of Residential Use/ Occupancy

R-2 R-3 R-4
(individual R - 5****
YARD R–1 Basic Maximum Basic Maximum lot/unit) (meters)
(meters) (meters) (meters) (meters) (meters)
(meters)
Front 4.50 3.00 8.00 * 3.00 8.00 * 4.50 6.00
2.00 2.00
Side 2.00 2.00 ** 2.00 ** *** 3.00
(optional) (optional)
Rear 2.00 2.00 2.00 *** 2.00 2.00 3.00
Notes:
a) The setback requirements in Table VIII.2. above are for newly-developed subdivisions.
b) * Total setback only at grade (or natural ground) level, i.e., 3.00 meters + 5.00 meters =
8.00 meters (to accommodate part of the minimum parking requirement outside the
designated area for the front yard). The second and upper floors and mezzanine level
shall thereafter comply with the minimum 3.00 meters setback unless otherwise provided
under the Code.
c) ** Setback required for only one (1) side. Setbacks on two sides shall be optional.
d) *** Abutments on two sides and rear property lines may be allowed with conditions as
enumerated under Section 804, Subsection 10 of this Rule.
e) **** Mixed-Use Buildings/Structures in R-5 lots shall be considered a commercial use or
occupancy if a substantial percentage, i.e., 55% of the Gross Floor Area (GFA) is
commercial.
f) In cases where yards/setbacks are impossible to attain or where frontage and depth of
lots are similar to that of Open Market or Medium Cost Housing Projects, abutments on
the sides and rear property lines may be allowed and 1.50 meters front yard is left open
as transition area.

Table VIII.3. Setbacks for Commercial*, Industrial, Institutional and Recreational

Buildings

Road Right-of-Way
Front Side Rear
(RROW) Width
(meters) (meters) (meters)
(meters)

30.00 & above 8.00 5.00 5.00

25.00 to 29.00 6.00 3.00 3.00
20.00 to 24.00 5.00 3.00 3.00
10.00 to 19.00 5.00 2.00 2.00
Below 10.00 5.00 2.00 2.00

Note:
* Mixed-Use Buildings/Structures in R-5 lots may be considered a commercial
development if a substantial percentage of the GFA is commercial.

120
 Figure VIII.12. Figure VIII.13.

a - OPEN SPACE
b - ALTERNATE LOCATIONS

Figure VIII.14. Figure VIII.15.

REQUIRED OPEN SPACE LOCATIONS

121
4. The setback requirements in Table VIII.3. above are for newly-developed thoroughfares.
For highly built-up urban areas with duly established lines and grades reflecting therein
proposed road widening and elevation, the requirements in Table VIII.3. above may not
be imposed and the face of the building may abut on the side and/or rear property lines
provided that all the requirements on open space, window opening, artificial ventilation, if
any, and firewalls (Rule VII) are first fully complied with.

5. Every court shall have a width of not less than 2.00 meters for one (1) or two (2) storey
buildings. However, if the court is treated as a yard or vice versa, this may be reduced to
not less than 1.50 meters in cluster living units such as quadruplexes, rowhouses and the
like, with adjacent courts with an area of not less than 3.00 sq. meters. Provided further,
that the separation walls or fences, if any, shall not be higher than 2.00 meters.
Irregularly–shaped lots such as triangular lots and the like, whose courts may be also
triangular in shape may be exempted from having a minimum width of not less than what
is required in Table VIII.3. and as shown in Figures VIII.16., VIII.17., VIII.18. and VIII.19.

6. For buildings of more than two (2) storeys in height, the minimum width of the rear or side
court shall be increased at the rate of 300 millimeters for each additional storey up to the
fourteenth (14th) storey (Figure VIII.20. showing incremental setbacks). For buildings
exceeding fourteen (14) storeys in height, the required width of the court shall be
computed on the basis of fourteen (14) storeys.

7. Uncovered Driveways, Access Roads and Parking Spaces may be considered part of the
open space provided that they are open and unobstructed from the ground upward as in
courts and yards.

8. A carport shall not be considered part of the Total Open Space within Lot (TOSL)
particularly if it is entirely roofed or roofed with overhangs. In such a case, it must be
counted as an integral component of the Allowable Maximum Building Footprint (AMBF).

9. A front yard may be partly paved/hardscaped (converted into a courtyard) to serve as a

carport but only for a basic R-2 or basic R-3 or R-4 (individual lot) use or occupancy, i.e.,
all for single-family dwelling units only. All other uses/occupancies shall not be allowed to
use the front yard for a carport nor for parking.

10. For Basic R-3, abutments on two sides and rear property lines may be allowed provided
the following requirements are first complied with:

a. Open space as prescribed in Reference Table for Maximum PSO, TOSL, and Table
VIII.2. of this Rule are satisfied.

b. Window opening as prescribed in Section 808 of this Rule are satisfied.

c. Firewall with a minimum of two-hour fire-resistive rating constructed with a minimum

height clearance of 400 millimeters above the roof. (Figure VIII.21)

11. In case of conflict in the provisions on lighting and ventilation under this Rule or under the
Code, the more stringent restrictions must prevail.

122
 Figure VIII.16.

Figure VIII.17. Figure VIII.18.

Figure VIII.19.

OPEN COURT / YARD

123
NOTE:
FOR RECOMMENDED
INCREMENTAL FRONT
YARD SETBACK OF C-3
BUILDINGS/STRUCTURES
ALONG A 14.00 m RROW,
REFER TO FIG. VIII.G.13.,
GUIDELINES ON RROW

Figure VIII.20.

124
 ABUTMENTS (FIREWALLS) ON THE SIDE & REAR PROPERTY LINES
Figure VIII.21.

125
SECTION 805. Ceiling Heights

1. Habitable rooms provided with artificial ventilation shall have ceiling heights not less than
2.40 meters measured from the floor to the ceiling; provided that for buildings of more
than one (1) storey, the minimum ceiling height of the first storey shall be 2.70 meters and
that for the second story 2.40 meters and the succeeding stories shall have an
unobstructed typical head-room clearance of not less than 2.10 meters above the finished
floor. Above-stated rooms with natural ventilation shall have ceiling heights of not less
than 2.70 meters.

2. Mezzanine floors shall have a clear ceiling height not less than 1.80 meters above and
below it.

SECTION 806. Sizes and Dimensions of Rooms

1. Minimum sizes of rooms and their least horizontal dimensions shall be as follows:

a. Rooms for Human Habitations – 6.00 sq. meters with a least dimension of 2.00
meters;

b. Kitchen – 3.00 sq. meters with a least dimension of 1.50 meters; and

c. Bath and toilet – 1.20 sq. meters with a least dimension of 900 millimeters.

SECTION 807. Air Space Requirements in Determining the Size of Rooms

1. Minimum air space shall be provided as follows:

a. School Rooms – 3.00 cu. meters with 1.00 sq. meter of floor area per person;

b. Workshop, Factories, and Offices – 12.00 cu. meters of air space per person; and

c. Habitable Rooms – 14.00 cu. meters of air space per person.

SECTION 808. Window Openings

1. Rooms intended for any use, not provided with artificial ventilation system, shall be
provided with a window or windows with a total free area of openings equal to at least
10% of the floor area of the room, provided that such opening shall be not less than 1.00
sq. meter. However, toilet and bath rooms, laundry rooms and similar rooms shall be
provided with window or windows with an area not less than 1/20 of the floor area of such
rooms, provided that such opening shall not be less than 240 sq. millimeters. Such
window or windows shall open directly to a court, yard, public street or alley, or open
watercourse.

2. Required windows may open into a roofed porch where the porch:

a. Abuts a court, yard, public street or alley, or open watercourse and other public open
spaces;

b. Has a ceiling height of not less than 2.70 meters;

c. Has one of the longer sides at least 65% open and unobstructed.

3. Eaves, canopies, awnings (or media agua) over required windows shall not be less than
750 millimeters from the side and rear property lines.

4. There shall absolutely be no openings on/at/within/through all types of abutments (such

as firewalls) erected along property lines except for permitted vent wells. This Rule strictly
applies to all new and existing developments.

126
5. In locating window openings it should be borne in mind that in cases of extreme
emergencies windows must serve as emergency egress to vacate the premises or access
for rescue operations. Such windows shall meet the following requirements:

a. They can be opened from the inside without the use of any tools;

b. The minimum clear opening shall have a width not less than 820 millimeters and a
height of 1 meter;

c. The bottom of the opening should not be more than 820 millimeters from the floor;

d. Where storm shutters, screens or iron grilles are used, these shall be provided with
quick opening mechanism so that they can be readily opened from the inside for
emergency egress and shall be so designed that when opened they will not drop to
the ground;

e. All areas immediately outside a fire exit window/grille must be free of obstacles and
must lead to a direct access down into the ground or street level.

SECTION 809. Vent Shafts

1. Ventilation or vent shafts shall have a horizontal cross-sectional area of not less than 1.00
sq. meter for every meter of height of shaft but in no case shall the area be less than 1.00
sq. meter. No vent shaft shall have its least dimension less than 600 millimeters.

2. Unless open to the outer air at the top for its full area, vent shafts shall be covered by a
skylight having a net free area or fixed louver openings equal to the maximum required
shaft area.

3. Air ducts shall open to a street or court by a horizontal duct or intake. Such duct or intake
shall have a minimum unobstructed cross-sectional area of not less than 0.30 sq. meter
with a minimum dimension of 300 millimeters. The openings to the duct or intake shall be
not less than 300 millimeters above the street surface or level of court.

SECTION 810. Ventilation Skylights

1. Ventilation skylights shall have a glass area not less than that required for the windows
that are replaced. They shall be equipped with movable sashes or louvers with an
aggregate net free area not less than the parts in the replaced window that can be
opened, or else provide artificial ventilation of equivalent effectiveness.

SECTION 811. Artificial Ventilation

1. Rooms or spaces housing industrial or heating equipment shall be provided with artificial
means of ventilation to prevent excessive accumulation of hot and/or polluted air.

2. Whenever artificial ventilation is required, the equipment shall be designed to meet the
following minimum requirements in air changes as shown in Table VIII.4. hereafter.

Table VIII.4. Minimum Requirements for Air Changes

Cubic Meter Air Changes Per Hour

Per Minute Ceiling Height
Per Person (meters)
Min. Max. 2.40 3.00 3.70 4.90 6.10
Apartment 0.29 0.43 3 2 1-½ 1 ¾
Banking Space 0.22 0.29 3 2 1-½ 1 ¾
Barber Shop 0.22 0.29 3 2 1-½ 1 ¾
Beauty Parlor 0.22 0.29 3 2 1-½ 1 ¾
Broker’s Board Room 0.57 0.85 8 6 4-½ 3 2-½
Cafeteria 0.43 0.57 6 4-½ 3-½ 2-½ 1-¾

127
Cocktail Bar 0.57 0.85 8 6 4-½ 3 2-¼
Churches 0.14 0.22 3 2 1-½ 1 ¾
Department Stores 0.22 0.43 3 2 1-½ 1 ¾
Director’s Room 0.85 0.14 8 6 4-½ 3 2-¼
Drugstore (no counter) 0.22 0.29 3 2 1-½ 1 ¾
Drugstore (w/counter) 0.29 0.43 5 3-¾ 3 2 1-½
Funeral Parlor 0.14 0.22 3 2 1-½ 1 ¾
Gambling Rooms 0.57 0.85 6 6 4-½ 3 2-¼
Hospital Room 0.29 0.43 3 2 1-½ 1 ¾
Hotel Room 0.29 0.43 3 2 1-½ 1 ¾
Laboratories 0.43 0.57 6 4-½ 3-½ 2-½ 1-¾
Office 0.29 0.43 4 3 2-¼ 1-½ 1
Restaurant Kitchen 0.34 0.43 5 3-¾ 3 2 1-½
Shop, Retail 0.22 0.29 3 2 1-½ 1 ¾
Theaters 0.14 0.22 - - - - -

3. For other rooms or spaces not specifically covered under this Section, see applicable
provisions of the pertinent referral code/s.

EXCEPTION:

1. Variances, exception or deviations from the provision of light and ventilation may be allowed
only when the following term and conditions are fully complied with:

a. In case of variances

When the property is unique and different from other properties and because of its
uniqueness such the owner cannot comply with the open space requirements,
variances shall be applied to relax the application of the following provisions:

i. setback;

ii. ventilation and window opening requirements;

iii. percentage of site occupancy;

iv. floor area ratio; and

v. building height limit (BHL).

At least two (2) conditions must be satisfied for exception to be granted.

b. In case of exceptions

i. The exception must not adversely affect public health, safety and welfare and must
be in keeping with the general pattern of development in the community.

ii. The exception must not alter the essential character of the district where the
exception sought is located, and will be in harmony with the general purpose of this
IRR.

128
GUIDELINES ON EASEMENTS, VIEW CORRIDORS/SIGHT LINES, STREETS/ROAD
RIGHT-OF-WAY (RROW), SIDEWALKS, ARCADES, BASEMENTS, LOTS, AND PUBLIC
BUILDINGS/STRUCTURES

A. EASEMENTS

1. As it is situated outside of private property limits, the easement is public land, i.e.,
public domain, that should be equally enjoyed by all members of the community. The
easement is not to be used for any form of building/structure that may go against its
public recreational character and as such, the following uses and others similar
thereto are absolutely prohibited:

a. Residential and like uses whether temporary or permanent;

b. Long-term or overnight vehicle parking, i.e., unless duly designated as day and/or
night pay-parking zones;

c. As a depository of stalled, wrecked or abandoned vehicles, mechanical devices

and the like;

d. The conduct of specific commercial, institutional and/or industrial activities not

compatible with its stated character;

e. Unauthorized recreational or entertainment usage and the like which will only
benefit certain entities and which will ultimately result in inconvenience/
nuisance/safety problems to the general public; nor

f. Any other form of private use, gain, enjoyment or profit at the expense of the
motoring or walking public.

2. Allowed or Encouraged Structures/Developments Within Easements

a. If wider than 9.00 meters, the easement may include a roadway/carriageway

component on which vehicles can pass or on which the same may temporarily
park, e.g., an esplanade and the like. (Fig. VIII.G.1.)

b. Pedestrian access-ways and the like and to be located at/ above/below the
easement may also be developed for public use, e.g., a promenade and the like.
(Fig. VIII.G.2.)

Table VIII.G.1. Easement* Along Water Bodies/Way by Location

Location of Water Body/Way Easement

Urban Areas 3.00 meters per side of waterway ([Link].G.3.)

Agricultural Areas 20.00 meters per side of waterway
Forest Areas 40.00 meters per side of waterway

* Source: Water Code of the Philippines

c. The allowed structures/developments include:

i. Hardscaped (paved) pedestrian access-ways such as walks, footpaths or

arcades (covered or roofed sidewalks without any habitable structures above
or below it); temporary or movable hardscape elements such as gazebos,
sheds, fountains and like structures with large footprints must not encroach on
the easement;

ii. Softscaped (paved) developments such as park strips, linear parks and the like
as well as small tree farms are encouraged for recreational, livelihood and soil
stabilization/protection purposes;

129
Guidelines on Easements . . . .

Figure VIII.G.1.

130
Guidelines on Easements . . . .

Figure VIII.G.2.

Figure VIII.G.3.

131
Guidelines on Easements, View Corridors/Sight Lines, Streets/RROW . . . .

iii. Concrete steps leading down to the water or wooden boardwalks are allowed,
provided that all necessary safety precautions are taken, e.g., non-slip finishing
for surfaces, handrails and railings;

iv. Other forms of soil stabilization/protection including anti-erosion/scouring

measures/structures within the easement are allowed, e.g., rip-rapping,
embankment protection, etc., provided that no enclosed/semi-enclosed
habitable structures are built on, above or below such structures; and

v. Permanent utility/service lines (power, water, telecommunications, gas, etc.)

are allowed within the easement provided that these are either below grade
(underground) or above grade (overhead).

3. Disallowed and Prohibited Structures/Developments Within Easements

a. No portion of the easement whether at grade (on the ground), below grade or
above grade may be leased or developed by the government or by private
entities for purposes inconsistent with its character and intended function. In
particular, any form of semi-permanent/permanent or semi-enclosed/enclosed
residential, commercial, industrial, institutional or government structure/use and
like, structures/uses at any portion of the public easement is prohibited;

b. All semi-enclosed or enclosed, semi-permanent or permanent habitable building

projections (particularly arcade structures) or any other building projection or
structural element (eaves, roof, cantilevered beams, foundations and the like)
located above or below the easement are absolutely prohibited; and

f. All forms of enclosures such as fences, perimeter walls and the like, intended to
limit the use of the easement for private enjoyment/benefit or to restrict full
access to the public easement are absolutely prohibited unless the same are
erected for reason of public safety.

B. VIEW CORRIDORS AND/OR SIGHT LINES

1. Preservation of View Corridors and/or Sight Lines

a. The carriageway/roadway portion of the RROW shall be free of structures,

particularly commercial signs that will impede the view corridor and sight lines
within the RROW. (See Fig. VIII.G.4)

b. To dignify very important public or historical/culture buildings/structures, all forms

of commercial signs intruding into RROW leading to or away from such
buildings/structures shall not be allowed. Specifically disallowed from such
RROW are commercial signs supported from any building projection (such as
arcades).

c. View corridors or sight lines from buildings/structures on a higher or lower lot

shall not be entirely blocked by the intervening property to allow some sight lines
to exist.

d. In case of allowed structures within the RROW for transportation, e.g., elevated
ramps, flyovers, tracks, stations, terminals and the like, the appropriate designs
shall be adopted to maximize light, ventilation and view.

C. STREETS/ROAD RIGHT-OF-WAY (RROW)

1. General. No building shall be constructed unless it adjoins or has direct access to

public space, yard or street/road on at least one (1) of its sides. All buildings shall
face a public street, alley or a road, which has been duly approved by the proper
authorities for residential, institutional, commercial and industrial groups.

132
Guidelines on Streets/RROW, View Corridors/Sight Lines . . . .

UNOBSTRUCTED VIEW CORRIDORS / SIGHT LINES

Figure VIII.G.4.

133
Guidelines on Streets/RROW . . . .

a. Allowed or Encouraged Structures/Developments Within the RROW

i. The RROW at all its physical levels may only be used for the following types
of structures/uses or others similar to them, to wit:

(a) Transportation structures and like uses whether temporary or permanent,

e.g., mass transit alignments (particularly light and heavy rail) at grade,
mass transit stations and terminal facilities above grade (RROW air rights
utilization) or below grade and the like; these also include waiting sheds,
traffic outposts and the like;

(b) Limited commercial structures/uses above grade (RROW air rights

utilization) or below grade provided that these are ancillary or
supplementary/complementary to the transportation structures/uses
allowed in the previous paragraph, and the like; commercial signages on
the exterior of the commercial structure are disallowed and prohibited;

(c) Improvements on the RROW and on all its components/elements found at

all its physical levels, e.g., sidewalks, arcades, roadway/carriageway,
medians, planting strips, street furniture, elevated or underground
crossings or access-ways, non-commercial traffic and directional
signages and the like; and

(d) Public utility/service structures/uses (power, water, drainage, sewerage,

telecommunications, gas, etc.) at all physical levels of the RROW
provided that these do not restrict nor impede the movement of people
and vehicles and provided further that the rights to utilize the RROW are
properly secured and permitted.

b. Disallowed and Prohibited Structures/Developments at RROW

i. If situated outside of private property limits, the RROW is public land, i.e.,
public domain, which should be equally enjoyed by all members of the
community. The RROW is not to be used for the following types of
buildings/structures/ occupancies or others similar to them:

(a) Any form of semi-permanent/permanent or semi-enclosed/enclosed

commercial structure/use and like structures/uses;

(b) Any form of temporary, semi-permanent/permanent or semi-enclosed/

enclosed residential structure/use and like structures/uses;

(c) Government structures/use unless the same are located below or above
grade; in such cases, the proposed structure must be properly
planned/designed and constructed;

(d) Long-term or overnight vehicle parking, i.e., unless duly designated as

day and/or night pay-parking zones;

(e) As a depository of stalled, wrecked or abandoned vehicles, mechanical

devices and the like;

(f) The conduct of other commercial/business/industrial activities

incompatible with the character of the RROW;

(g) Unauthorized recreational or entertainment usage and the like which will
only benefit certain entities and which will ultimately result in
inconvenience/ nuisance/safety problems to the general public; nor

134
Guidelines on Street/RROWS . . . .

(h) Any other form of private use, gain, enjoyment or profit at the expense of
the motoring or walking public.

Table VIII.G.2. Suggested Median and Lane Widths Within

Alleys/Roadways/Carriageways by Minimum RROW Width and by
Suggested Vehicle Speeds

Suggested
Range of
Range Minimum
Suggested
of Total Required Suggested Suggested
Minimum to
Alley or Width of Minimum to Minimum to
Maximum
RROW Alley or Maximum Maximum
Vehicle Speeds
Width Roadway/ Median Widths Lane Widths
Along Alley or
(meters) Carriageway (meters) (meters)
Roadway
(meters)
(kilometers/hour)
2.00 2.00
(for 3.00 meters None one way
Alley ROW) 1.00 car passage
3.00 to 6.00
4.00 to
2.10
(for 6.00 meters 15.00 None
each way
RROW)
4.81
2.40
(for 6.01 meters None
each way
RROW) 16.00
6.10 to 20.00
13.40 to
(for 20.00 meters 30.00 1.20 to 2.00 2.80 to 3.00
RROW)
13.50
(for 20.10 meters 1.20 to 4.50 3.00 to 3.30
RROW) 31.00
20.10 to 40.00
26.80 to
(for 40.00 meters 60.00 1.20 to 4.80 3.3 to 3.50
RROW)
26.90
(for 40.10 meters 1.50 to 5.00 3.50 to 3.80
40.10 to RROW) 61.00
60.00 and
40.00 and
above
(for 60.00 meters above 1.50 to 5.50 3.80 to 4.00
RROW)

c. Minimum Access Requirements

i. RROW/access streets or alleys shall have the following widths:

(a) Interior or rear lots shall have a RROW/access street with a minimum
width depending upon the number of buildings or units which it serves
provided, however, that said RROW/access street shall not be less than
3.00 meters in width and provided further that such RROW shall be
provided with a minimum 4.00 meters wide chaflan at its intersect with
the main RROW and provided, finally, that such RROW shall not be
used for any form of parking.
(b) Multiple living units on same lot on which apartments, rowhouses or
accessorias or a group of single-detached buildings are built be
provided with a RROW/access street directly connecting said buildings
or units to a public street/road or alley following the schedule as shown
in Table VIII.G.3.
(c) For commercial or industrial areas, sufficient lane widths, shoulders and
maneuvering spaces for long-bodied/articulated vehicles should be
considered within the RROW.
(d) Privately-owned RROW/access streets shall be duly registered and
annotated in the lot title as such for as long as the apartments,
rowhouses, etc., using said RROW/access streets, still exist.
135
Guidelines on Streets/RROWS, Sidewalks, Arcades . . . .

(e) Alignment of RROW/access streets shall be integrated into the existing

street/ road network, particularly with the provision of chaflans of the
appropriate width.
(f) No obstruction should exist within the RROW/access streets servicing
multiple housing of more than 75 units.
(g) All kinds of subdivisions and residential condominiums may generally
refer to this Guideline concerning access streets/roadways. (Figs.
VIII.G.5. through VIII.G.10.)

Table VIII.G.3. Minimum Road Right-of-Way (RROW) Provisions for Developments

with Multiple Dwelling Units

Minimum Minimum Minimum

Width of Width of Total Width of
Number of
Carriageway/ Sidewalk the
Dwelling Units
Roadway on each side RROW
(meters) (meters) (meters)
Up to six (6) units 3.00 0.60 4.20
Seven (7) up to fifteen (15) units 4.00 1.00 6.00
Sixteen (16) up to
5.00 1.00 7.00
Twenty-five (25) units
Twenty-six (26) up to
6.00 1.00 8.00
Thirty-five (35) units
More than thirty-five (35) units 6.70 1.00 8.70

d. The RROW consists of three (3) different physical levels as follows:

i. RROW ABOVE GRADE - refers to the portion of the RROW reckoned from
the finished surface of the roadway/carriageway and/or the sidewalk/arcade
all the way up to the air. If this level of the RROW is utilized for whatever
purpose, the Air Rights or the right to develop, benefit and profit from the use
of the RROW above grade is given up by the government/general public and
should therefore be compensated, i.e., leased and paid for by the
proponent/end-user/beneficiary of the proposed building/structure (Figs.
VIII.G.11. and VIII.G.12.). The minimum clear height for the utilization of air
rights above RROW shall be 4.27 meters from the finished crown elevation of
the roadway/carriageway.

ii. RROW AT GRADE - refers to the portion of the RROW reckoned from the
natural grade line up to the finished surface of the roadway/carriageway and/
or the sidewalk/arcade. This portion of the RROW is generally utilized for the
movement of the general public (motorists and pedestrians). If this level of
the RROW is utilized for whatever purpose, the right to develop, benefit and
profit from the use of the RROW at grade is given up by the
government/general public and should therefore be compensated, i.e., leased
and paid for by the development proponent/end-user/ beneficiary. (Figs.
VIII.G.11. and VIII.G.12.)

iii. RROW BELOW GRADE - refers to the portion of the RROW reckoned from
the finished surface of the roadway and/or the sidewalk all the way down into
the ground. If this level of the RROW is utilized for whatever purpose, the
right to develop, benefit and profit from the use of the RROW below grade is
given up by the government/general public and should therefore be
compensated, i.e., leased and paid for by the development proponent/end-
user/beneficiary. (Figs. VIII.G.11. and VIII.G.12.)

136
Guidelines on Streets/RROW, Sidewalks . . . .

NOTE: WHEN NUMBER OF INDEPENDENT

LIVING UNITS WITH INDIVIDUAL
ENTRANCES IS INCREASED AS IN MULTI-
STOREY APARTMENTS, THE WIDTH OF THE
ACCESS ROAD SHALL BE INCREASED
CORRESPONDINGLY AS PER TABLE
VIII.G.3. PARKING SPACE SHALL BE
PROVIDED EXCLUSIVE OF ACCESS ROAD
REQUIREMENT.

Figure VIII.G.5.

Figure VIII.G.6.

137
Guidelines on Streets/RROW . . . .

Figure VIII.G.7.

Figure VIII.G.8.

Figure VIII.G.10.

ALL PRIVATE ROADS OR ACCESS TO

INTERIOR LOTS SHALL BE ACCESSIBLE
TO STREET OR PUBLIC SPACE OR YARD
AND SUCH SHALL CONFORM TO SUCH
PROVISIONS AS TO YARDS AND TABLE
VIII.G.3.

Figure VIII.G.9.

138
Guidelines on Streets/RROW . . . .

Figure VIII.G.11.

139
Guidelines on Streets/RROW, Arcades . . . .

[Link] VIII.G.12.

140
Guidelines on Streets/RROW . . . .

NOTE: SEE FIGURE VIII.20. RULE VIII FOR RELATED REAR AND
SIDE INCREMENTAL SETBACK AND OFB OF C-3 BUILDINGS/
STRUCTURES.

Figure VIII.G.13.

141
Guidelines on Sidewalks, Arcades. . . .

D. SIDEWALKS

1. Subject to existing laws and regulations, the local planning authority shall determine
which street shall have an open sidewalk or an arcaded (covered) sidewalk, or a
combination of both.

2. The minimum width of the sidewalk for a RROW width of 9.00 meters or more shall
be 1.20 meters on each side of the RROW or a total of 2.40 meters on both sides of
the RROW (Fig. VIII.G.14.). For the minimum width of sidewalk for RROW of less
than 9.00 meters wide, refer to Table VIII.G.3.

3. Sidewalk widths shall be based on the following considerations:

a. Volume of pedestrians (end-users, visitors and the like) who will use the
sidewalk on a regular basis;
b. Type, intensity or level of operation and size/expanse of the allowed uses/
occupancies along the RROW;
c. The types and volume of street furniture, e.g., street lighting and traffic
signs/signal supports, pedestrian barriers/aids, etc., and other urban design
elements that will be allowed as permanent developments design elements that
will be allowed as permanent developments within the width of the sidewalk;
d. The width of the planting strips;
e. The spatial needs for servicing utility/service lines underneath the sidewalk and
for utility/service poles;
f. Compliance with accessibility requirements as stipulated under Batas
Pambansa Blg. 344 (Accessibility Law);
g. Provisions for commuters, e.g., waiting sheds, loading/unloading areas and the
like;
h. Provisions for vehicle crossings/driveways between the roadway/carriageway
and the front yards of lots or buildings/structures or provisions for
loading/unloading platforms if allowed;
i. Need for introduction of allowed uses/ elements within the sidewalk area only if
there is sufficient sidewalk width, e.g., bicycle lanes, jogging lanes and the like;
and
j. Climate, light, ventilation, safety, security and overall maintenance of the
sidewalk and all its surface areas.

4. Sidewalks shall be of uniform width throughout the entire length of the street. The
sidewalk width grade and finish of the dominant use/occupancy along the RROW
shall be generally observed.

5. The width of the sidewalk shall be as follows:

Table VIII.G.4. Range of Required Sidewalk and Planting Strip Widths

(total at both sides of RROW) by RROW Width

Road Right-Of-Way Range of Required Sidewalk Widths

(RROW) Width (Total at both sides of RROW)

30.00 meters & above From 1/6 up to 1/4 of RROW Width

25.00 - 29.00 meters From 1/6 up to 1/3 of RROW Width
20.00 - 24.00 meters From 1/6 up to 1/3 of RROW Width
10.00 - 19.00 meters From 1/4 up to 1/3 of RROW Width
Below 10.00 meters From 1/4 up to 1/3 of RROW Width

142
Guidelines on Sidewalks, Arcades . . .

6. The width of the sidewalk shall include both the paved and unpaved (planted)
portions. (see Table VIII.G.5.)

Table VIII.G.5. Minimum Planting Strip Widths by RROW Width

Total Minimum Widths of Planting Strip within RROW*

Road Right-Of-Way
(width per sides of RROW)
(RROW) Width
(meters)
1.20
30.00 meters & above
(0.60 )
0.60
25.00 - 29.00 meters
(0.30)
0.60
20.00 - 24.00 meters
(0.30)
0.40
10.00 - 19.00 meters
(0.20)
Below 10.00 meters Optional
Note:
* Minimum width of planting strip (for grass and shrubs) is 200 millimeters for each side
of the RROW. The minimum width of planting strip (for trees) is 300 millimeters for
each side of the RROW.

7. For allowed, disallowed and prohibited structures/developments at RROW, refer to

Sections C.1. (a) and C.1. (b) of this Guideline.

8. The sidewalk pavement shall have a non-slip surface and shall slope down from the
building line towards the curb line at not more than 1/50 and shall level off with the
curb. (Fig. VIII.G.14.)

9. Sidewalks of 2.00 meters or more in width shall include on its outer side a planting
strip of not less than 800 millimeters in width up to a maximum of 1/3 of the allowed
sidewalk width, separating the curb from the sidewalk pavement. The planting strip
must always be near the curbline. (Fig. VIII.G.15.)

10. Combined open and arcaded sidewalks shall be provided with a planting strip of not
less than 800 millimeters in width up to a maximum of 1/3 of the allowed sidewalk
width, as a separating strip between the arcaded portion and the open portion of the
sidewalk. (Fig. VIII.G.16.)

11. Grade of Sidewalks

a. Sidewalks shall, as much as possible, be level and of uniform grade throughout

the entire length of the street.

b. Whenever the slope of the street does not exceed 1/12 the sidewalk grade shall
follow the level or slope of the street. (Fig. VIII.G.17.)

c. Whenever the slope of the street is 1/10, the sidewalk shall be maintained level
for every 20.00 to 40.00 meters of run (Fig. VIII.G.18.). Sidewalks of different
levels shall be joined by means of a ramp having any convenient slope not
exceeding 1/6. (Fig. VIII.G.18.)

d. When the grade of two (2) connecting sidewalks are between 1/10 and 1/8, the
two sidewalks shall be joined by means of a ramp having any convenient slope
not exceeding 1/10.

143
Guidelines on Sidewalks, Arcades . . .

Figure VIII.G.14.

Figure VIII.G.15.

SIDEWALKS & PLANTING STRIPS

144
Guidelines on Sidewalks, Arcades . . .

Figure VIII.G.16.

SIDEWALKS & PLANTING STRIPS

Figure VIII.G.17.

Figure VIII.G.18.

GRADE OF SIDEWALKS
145
Guidelines on Sidewalks, Arcades . . .

12. Driveways, Entrances and Exits

a. Driveways Across Sidewalks

i. To maximize the use of the sidewalk area, the surface of the sidewalk
and the driveway shall as much as possible, be at the same plane. The
entry ramp of the driveway connecting the roadway surface to the
sidewalk surface shall have a slope ranging from 1/3 to 1/4. (Figs.
VIII.G.19. and VIII.G.20.)

ii. Whenever the height of the curb is more than 200 millimeters, driveways
may be constructed across the entire width of the sidewalk, provided that
the driveway shall be joined to the sidewalk by means of a ramp of rough
finish have a slope of not more than 1/8. The driveway and the ramp
shall be made of the same materials as that of the sidewalk. (Figs.
VIII.G.19., VIII.G.20., and VIII.G.21.)

iii. Entrances and exits of buildings abutting sidewalks shall be made of

either ramps or steps.

iv. Entrance and exits ramps shall have a slope not exceeding 1/10. (Fig.
VIII.G.22.)

v. Entrance or exit steps shall have treads of not less than 300 millimeters.
The minimum number of steps shall be two (2) with risers not exceeding
100 millimeters.

vi. No portion of either entrance or exit ramps or steps shall intrude into the
sidewalk pavement.

13. Obstruction on Sidewalks

a. Under no circumstances shall obstruction of any kind be allowed on sidewalks,

whether open or arcaded. This specifically refers to all forms of commercial
signs and commercial structures that impede sight lines or pedestrian traffic
along the sidewalk.

b. Planted areas forming part of the sidewalk or arcade shall not be fenced in to
allow passage of pedestrians and disabled in transit.

14. Curb Configurations

a. Mountable curbs shall only be allowed if the sidewalk width on each side of the
RROW is at a minimum of 5.00 meters wide.

b. For greater protection of pedestrians and the disabled, raised curbs are
encouraged for use along sidewalks that are less than 5.00 meters in width.

146
Guidelines on Sidewalks, Arcades . . . .

Figure VIII.G.19.

Figure VIII.G.20.

Figure VIII.G.21.

Figure VIII.G.22.

DRIVEWAYS ACROSS SIDEWALKS

147
Guidelines on Lots. . . .

E. TOTAL OPEN SPACE REQUIREMENTS ON LOTS BY USE/OCCUPANCY,

TYPE/LOCATION AND SUGGESTED MINIMUM LOT SIZES, LOT DIMENSIONS &
TYPES BY USE/OCCUPANCY

Table VIII.G.6. Minimum TOSL Requirements by Lot Type/Location

Note: Higher Percentages (%) may apply for lots with Minimum Total Lot Area (TLA).
MINIMUM MINIMUM
PERCENTAGE OF OPEN SPACE PERCENTAGE OF OPEN SPACE
BY OCCUPANCY TYPE** BY OCCUPANCY TYPE**
(for Proposed Developments (for Proposed Developments
without Firewalls or Abutments) with Permitted Firewalls or Allowed
LOT TYPE/ Abutments)
LOCA- A&B H-1, H-2, A&B H-1, H-2,
(Residential or H-4 and I All Other (Residential or H-4 and I All Other
TION*
Institution-al) (Cultural) and Uses/ Institution-al) (Cultural) and Uses/
& C, D, E-2 E-1 and E-3 Occu- & C, D, E-1 and E-3 Occu-
and H (Transport- pancy E-2 (Transpor- pancy
(Institutional) ation/ and H tation/Utility)
Utility) (Institutional)

Interior or 40% 40% * 30% #

20% 15%
Rear Lot (Lot (for R-1 use or (for all classes (for all cultural)
located in the occupancy of cultural use
interior of a only), or occupancy) 25%**
block made (for R-2)
accessible 30% and
from a public (for R-2 use or 40% ##
street or occupancy 50% 20%*** (for all transpor-
alley by only) (for all classes (for other tation/ utility/
means of a and of residential) services)
private transportation/
access 30% utility use or
road); see (for other occupancy)
Figure VIII.2. residential uses
or occupancy);
40%****
and (for all
institutional)
50%
(for all classes
of institutional
uses or
occupancy)
Notes :

* with absolutely no firewalls/abutments allowed for R-1 use.

** with firewall/abutment allowed on only one (1) side property line and absolutely no
firewall/abutment at front and rear property lines for R-2 use.

*** with firewalls/abutments allowed on two (2) side property lines only or on one (1) side
property line and the rear property line and absolutely no firewall/abutment at front property
lines for R-3 and R-5 uses; and with firewalls/ abutments allowed on two (2) side property
lines only and absolutely no firewall/abutment at the front and rear property lines for R-4
use.

**** with firewalls/abutments for all classes of institutional uses.

# with firewall/abutment allowed on only one (1) side for all classes of cultural uses.

## with firewalls/abutments allowed on two (2) sides only or on one (1) side and rear boundary
for all classes of transportation/utility uses.

+ Refer to Rule VIII - Figures VIII.2. through VIII.8. for lot type/location.

++ Refer to Rule VII for occupancy grouping.

148
Guidelines on Lots. . . .

Continuation of Table VIII.G.6. . . .

MINIMUM MINIMUM
PERCENTAGE OF OPEN SPACE PERCENTAGE OF OPEN SPACE
BY OCCUPANCY TYPE** BY OCCUPANCY TYPE**
(for Proposed Developments (for Proposed Developments
LOT TYPE/ without Firewalls or Abutments) with Permitted Firewalls or Allowed
Abutments)
LOCA- H-1, H-2, A&B H-1, H-2,
A&B H-4 and I All Other (Residential or H-4 and I All Other
TION* (Residential or (Cultural) and Uses/ Institutional) (Cultural) and Uses/
Institutional) E-1 and Occu- & C, D, E-2 E-1 and Occu-
& C, D, E-2 E-3 pancy and H E-3 pancy
and H (Transport- (Institutional) (Transport-
(Institutional) ation/Utility/Ser ation/Utility/Ser
vices) vices)

Inside Lot 50% 40% * 30% #

25% 15%
otherwise (for R-1 use or (for all classes (for all cultural)
referred to as occupancy of cultural use
a Regular only), or occupancy)
Lot (Non – 30%**
corner or 40% and (for R-2)
single (for R-2 use or
frontage lot); occupancy 50% 40% ##
see Figure only) (for all classes (for all
VIII.3. and of transport- 20%*** transportation/
ation/utility use (for other utility/ services)
30% or occupancy) residential)
(for other
residential uses
or occupancy);

and 40%****
(for all
50% institutional)
(for all classes
of institutional
uses or
occupancy)

Corner Lot+ 30% 35% * 30% #

20% 10%
or Through (for R-1 and all (for all classes (for all cultural)
Lot; see other of cultural use 25%**
Figures residential uses or occupancy) (for R-2)
VIII.4. and or occupancy); 20%***
VIII.5. and (for other
and residential)
+Note: For 40%
corner lots, 40% (for all 30% ##
the largest (for all classes classes of 30%**** (for all
setback of institutional transport- (for all transportation/
requirement uses or ation/ utility use institutional) utility/ services)
shall apply to occupancy) or occupancy)
the two (2)
sides
serviced by
the
RROW.
Notes:
* with absolutely no firewalls/abutments allowed for R-1 use.

** with firewall/abutment allowed on only one (1) side property line and absolutely no firewall/abutment at front and rear property
lines for R-2 use.

*** with firewalls/ abutments allowed on two (2) side property lines only or on one (1) side property line and the rear property line
and absolutely no firewall/abutment at front property lines for R-3 and R-5 uses; and with firewalls/ abutments allowed on two
(2) side property lines only and absolutely no firewall/abutment at the front and rear property lines for R-4 use.

**** with firewalls/abutments for all classes of institutional uses.

# with firewall/abutment allowed on only one (1) side for all classes of cultural uses.

## with firewalls/abutments allowed on two (2) sides only or on one (1) side and rear boundary for all classes of
transportation/utility uses.

+ Refer to Rule VIII - Figures VIII.2. through VIII.8. for lot type/location.

++ Refer to Rule VII for occupancy grouping.

149
Guidelines on Lots. . . .

Continuation of Table VIII.G.6. . . .

MINIMUM MINIMUM
PERCENTAGE OF OPEN SPACE PERCENTAGE OF OPEN SPACE
BY OCCUPANCY TYPE** BY OCCUPANCY TYPE**
(for Proposed Developments (for Proposed Developments
without Firewalls or Abutments) with Permitted Firewalls or Allowed
LOT TYPE/
Abutments)
LOCA-
TION* A&B H-1, H-2, All Other A&B H-1, H-2, All Other
(Residential or H-4 and I Uses/ (Residential or H-4 and I Uses/
Institutional) (Cultural) and Occu- Institutional) (Cultural) and Occu-
& C, D, E-2 E-1 and E-3 pancy & C, D, E-2 E-1 and E-3 pancy
and H (Transport- and H (Transport-
(Institutional) ation/Utility/Ser- (Institutional) ation/Utility/Ser-
vice) vice)

End Lots 40% 40% * 30% #

20% 15%
bounded on (for R-1 use or (for all classes (for all cultural)
two (2) or occupancy of cultural use
more sides only), or occupancy)
by the
property line 30% and 25%**
of the (for R-2 use or (for R-2)
subdivision occupancy 50%
or by public only) (for all classes 40% ##
open spaces and of transport- (for all
such as ation/utility use 20%*** transportation/
easements 30% or occupancy) (for other utility /services)
of lake/ (for other residential)
sea-shores, residential uses
rivers, or occupancy)
esteros,
etc. and and
accessible
only through 50%
one (1) side (for all classes 40%****
of the lot; of institutional (for all
see Figure uses or institutional)
VIII.8. occupancy)

Corner- 30% 35% * 30% #

10% 5%
Through Lots (for R-1 and all (for all classes (for all cultural)
or Corner other of cultural 25%**
Lots+ residential and use or (for R-2)
abutting commercial occupancy) 20%***
three (3) or uses or (for other
more public occupancy) and residential and
open spaces commercial)
such as and 40% 30% ##
streets, (for all classes (for all
alleys, ease- of transport- 30%**** transport-
ment of 40% ation/ utility use (for all ation/utility/
lake/sea- (for all classes or occupancy) institutional) services)
shores, of institutional
rivers, uses or
esteros, occupancy)
etc.; see
Figures VIII.6
. and VIII.7.
+Note: For
corner lots,
the largest
setback
requirement
shall apply to
the two (2)
sides
serviced by
the
RROW.
Note: See preceding page for typical Notes/Legends

150
Guidelines on Lots. . . .

Table VIII.G.7. Suggested Minimum Lot Sizes, Lot Dimensions and Types
by Use or Occupancy

Use or
Occupancy
(preferably
based on
Lot Location/Type
Duly-
Approved
Local Zoning
Ordinance)
Interior Inside Corner End Lot Corner-
(or Rear) (or Regular) Lot or Through
Lot Lot Through Lot Lot or Corner
Lot Abutting 3
or More
(See Rule VIII- (See Rule VIII- (See Rule VIII- (See Rule VIII- Streets, etc.
Figure VIII.2.) Figure VIII.3.) Figures Figure VIII.8.) Rivers, etc.
VIII.4.& VIII.5.) (See Rule VIII-
Figs. VIII.6. &
VIII.7.)

Residential 1 301.00 sq. 301.00 sq. 365.00 sq. 548.00 sq. 365.00 sq.
(R-1) meters meters meters meters meters

21.50 meters 14.00 meters 17.00 meters 25.50 meters 17.00 meters
wide (w) x (w) (w) (w) (w)
14.00 meters x 21.50 x 21.50 x 21.50 x 21.50
deep (d) meters (d) meters (d) meters (d) meters(d)

Basic Not 80.00 sq. 96.00 sq. 140.00 sq. 96.00 sq.
Residential 2 Allowed meters meters meters meters
(R-2)
Medium Density
Housing (single 8.00 meters 9.60 meters 14.00 meters 9.60 meters
family dwelling (w) (w) (w) (w)
unit with a BHL x 10.00 x 10.00 x 10.00 x 10.00
of 10.00 meters) meters (d) meters (d) meters (d) meters (d)

Maximum Not 192.00 sq. 261.00 sq. 378.00 sq. 261.00 sq.
R-2 Allowed meters meters meters meters
Medium Density
Housing
(multiple 12.00 meters 14.50 meters 21.00 meters 14.50 meters
family dwelling (w) (w) (w) (w)
units within one x 16.00 x 18.00 x 18.00 x 18.00
building/ meters (d) meters (d) meters (d) meters (d)
structure with a
BHL of 15.00
meters)

Basic Not 50.00 sq. 75.00 sq. 200.00 sq. 75.00 sq.
Residential 3 Allowed meters meters meters meters
(R-3)
High Density
Housing (single 4.00 meters 6.00 meters 16.00 meters 6.00 meters
family dwelling (w) (w) (w) (w)
unit with a BHL x 12.50 x 12.50 x 12.50 x 12.50
of 10.00 meters) meters (d) meters(d) meters (d) meters (d)

151
Guidelines on Lots. . . .

Continuation of Table VIII.G.7. . .

Use or
Occupancy
(preferably
based on
Duly-
Lot Location/Type
Approved
Local Zoning
Ordinance)
Interior Inside Corner End Lot Corner-
(or Rear) (or Regular) Lot or Through
Lot Lot Through Lot Lot or Corner
Lot Abutting 3
or More
(See Rule VIII- (See Rule VIII- (See Rule VIII- (See Rule VIII- Streets, etc.
Figure VIII.2.) Figure VIII.3.) Figures VIII.4. Figure VIII.8.) Rivers, etc.
& VIII.5.) (See Rule VIII-
Figs. VIII.6. &
VIII.7.)
Maximum R-3 Not 400.00 sq. 475.00 sq. 700.00 sq. 475.00 sq.
High Density Allowed meters meters meters meters
Housing
(multiple 16.00 meters 19.00 meters 28.00 meters 19.00 meters
Family dwelling (w) (w) (w) (w)
units within one x 25.00 x 25.00 x 25.00 x 25.00
building/ meters (d) meters (d) meters (d) meters (d)
structure with a
BHL of 36.00 m)
Residential 4 Not 96.00 sq. 120.00 sq. 180.00 sq 120.00 sq.
(R-4) Allowed meters meters meters meters
Individual
Townhouse Lots 8.00 meters 10.00 meters 15.00 meters 10.00 meters
(w) (w) (w) (w)
x 12.00 x 12.00 x 12.00 x 12.00
meters (d) meters (d) meters (d) meters (d)
Residential 5 Not 500.00 sq. 540.00 sq. 945.00 sq. 540.00 sq.
(R-5) Allowed meters meters meters meters

18.50 meters 20.00 meters 35.00 meters 20.00 meters

(w) (w) (w) (w)
x 27.00 x 27.00 x 27.00 x 27.00
meters (d) meters (d) meters (d) meters (d)
Commercial 1 Not 204.00 sq. 238.00 sq. Not 238.00 sq.
(Com-1) Allowed meters meters Allowed meters

12.00 meters 14.00 meters 14.00 meters

(w) (w) (w)
x 17.00 x 17.00 x 17.00
meters (d) meters (d) meters (d)
Commercial 2 Not 301.00 sq. 365.00 sq. Not 365.00 sq.
(Com-2) Allowed meters meters Allowed meters

14.00 meters 17.00 meters 17.00 meters

(w) (w) (w)
x 21.50 x 21.50 x 21.50
meters (d) meters (d) meters (d)
Commercial 3* Not 600.00 sq. 813.00 sq. Not 813.00 sq.
(Com-3) Allowed meters meters Allowed meters

20.00 meters 25.00 meters 25.00 meters

(w) (w) (w)
x 30.00 x 32.50 x 32.50
meters (d) meters (d) meters (d)
Note:
* Suggested minimum lot sizes, lot dimensions, types and restrictions for Commercial 3
(C-3) lots may also apply to Industrial (I), General Institutional (GI) and Cultural (C)
Uses or Occupancies.

152
Guidelines on Basements. . . .

F. BASEMENTS

1. Maximum Configuration of Basement Levels

While basements may be developed for medium to very high density residential,
commercial, institutional and mixed-use developments, its planning, design and
construction shall observe the following limitations:

a. The minimum road right-of-way (RROW) width that services the lot on which the
basement can be constructed should be at least 10.00 meters wide;

b. For basements to be allowed, the prescribed setbacks and yards must be

satisfied for the building/structure above grade inasmuch as the very same
setbacks shall apply below grade to determine the maximum depth or width of the
basement level;

c. If the Code prescriptions for introducing natural light and ventilation into all
basement levels are first satisfied (refer to Fig. VIII.G.23.), the maximum depth of
the basement can then be made equal to one-half of the height of the building
above grade; if the prescriptions for natural lighting and ventilation are satisfied,
the basement depth can therefore be as much as one-third of the combined
height of the building to be constructed above grade and below grade;

d. The center portion of all basement levels shall be reserved for the satisfaction of
the basement level may extend by a minimum clear distance of 1.40 meters from
the outermost face of the building (OFB) at grade level;

e. The OFB at the second and lower basement levels shall follow the line of the
OFB at grade level; and

f. All drainage structures below grade shall not exceed the OFB below grade.

2. Minimum Provisions for Natural Lighting and Ventilation at Basement Levels

If basements are to be developed, the following minimum provisions for natural light
and ventilation shall be satisfied:

a. A primary or main natural light and ventilation shaft (vertical) with a clear distance
of at least 3.00 meters shall be located at the center of the building and shall
traverse the entire combined height of the building above and below grade; (refer
to Fig. VIII.G.23)

b. Secondary or support natural light and ventilation shaft/s (angular) with a clear
distance of at least 1.20 meters shall emanate from the front and rear perimeters
of the building and shall traverse the entire depth of the basement; the angular
shaft/s shall be at an angle of 60º from the horizontal, consistent with the
maximum Philippine solar angle; separate angular shafts emanating from the side
perimeters of the building are encouraged; and

c. Both the vertical and angular shafts shall only be used for natural air and light
intake and shall not be used for any form of exhaust or air exchange to keep the
temperature inside the shafts at a minimum.

153
Guidelines on Basements. . . .

Figure VIII.G.23.

154
Guidelines on Public Buildings/Structures. . . .

G. DESIGN OF PUBLIC BUILDINGS/STRUCTURES

1. General

a. Public buildings/structures are permanent edifices owned by the government,

whether national or local, its agencies, including government-owned and/or
controlled corporations.

b. Design of public buildings/structures shall conform to the applicable provisions of

the preceding rules and regulations. Aside from being logically functional and
structurally sound, should promote, enhance and express the aesthetic
presentability, customs and traditions, socio-economic values environmental
quality and cultural heritage of the region concerned towards evolving a distinct
Filipino Architecture.

c. The architectural character of public buildings/structures must fully express the

nature of their function, use or occupancy and should reflect their identity as
public buildings/structures compatible with their total macro and
microenvironment.

d. Public buildings/structures should be designed for permanence but with

maximized flexibility to allow for future adjustments in their uses/occupancies.

e. Use of indigenous and/or locally manufactured/produced materials such as

marble, stone, adobe, clay tiles, wood, coco wood, kapis shells, should be
maximized unless their production or usage are banned or regulated by the
government to promote the efforts to conserve natural resources.

f. Use of natural light and ventilation by means of proper orientation, cross

ventilation, convection, sun control devices and the like should be maximized.

g. Choice of finishes should aim to minimize maintenance costs.

h. The architectural plan and design must basically reflect the functional manner or
spatial utilization and/or the evolving Filipino, Asian or International usage of
spaces that need to be projected if required or used, more than just attention to
pure forms/images.

i. Only the use of good to high quality materials, labor, technologies and
construction methods within the approved budget, must be specified by its
planners and designers to ensure permanence, long continued use and low
maintenance cost of public buildings or structures.

j. Plans and designs of all public buildings must fully comply with all of the planning
and design requirements under the Code and this IRR including the Fire Code of
the Philippines and the Accessibility Law (BP Blg. 344).

k. Strictly consider proper landscaping analysis and design not only for aesthetics
but more so for the prevention of erosion of its site and immediate vicinity, and for
ecological balance.

l. These requirements are not intended to limit the creativity of the designer nor
preclude the use of advanced or innovative technology particularly in instances
wherein mandated compliance under this Guideline shall present a major
difficulty in or hamper the proper execution of the plan, design or architectural
concept.

155
Guidelines on Public Buildings/Structures. . . .

2. Site Selection

a. Where a project site is yet to be selected, the potential site must be compatible
with the project usage. The site should be accessible, and near power, water,
sewerage, drainage as well as transportation, communication and solid waste
management system for practical and economic considerations.

b. Site analysis should show an accurate and thorough understanding of the site. It
should include, but not limited to, consideration of topography, point of access,
existing buildings/structures/utilities/services, trees, soil characteristics, existing
and approved land uses, views and vulnerabilities to flooding, erosion, seismic
activity or other threats.

c. The site must be properly and completely described, clearly defining its technical
boundaries, showing access thereto such as highway, road or alley and indicating
easements, encroachments, approved building lines, proposed road widening,
existing buildings/structures, utilities/services and trees. For site on rolling
grounds or steep slope, its contour lines must be shown at convenient intervals.

3. Site Development

a. Location and Orientation - Locate and orient the buildings to maximize the use
of natural ventilation and lighting and minimize energy consumption within the
constraints of the functional requirements, the topography and site configuration.
North-south exposure of buildings has the advantage of maximizing the cooling
effect of prevailing winds coming from the southeasterly and southwesterly
directions. Such exposures minimize the effect of afternoon solar heat at the
same time.

b. Site Drainage - Drainage is a basic site design consideration and must be done
in conjunction with siting and orientation of buildings, location of parking lots and
roads, consideration of topography and compliance with functional site
requirements. Parking lots, roads and walks must be graded to assure positive
drainage for each major site element and must be coordinated into a total
drainage system. Existing drainage ways, if any, should be utilized to retain the
original character of the site and to avoid unnecessary earthwork.

c. Grading Design - Balance the cut and fill for the entire site as closely as possible
to eliminate the need for hauling earth on or off the site. If topography for areas
required for parking, roadways and other site features require cut and fill,
selection of finished elevations for backfilling of the entire site should be well
studied and appropriate.

d. Vehicular and Pedestrian Access and Circulation - Access and circulation

patterns to and within the site must be studied in the process of site planning.
Easy and direct access and smooth circulation should be provided for vehicles
and pedestrians including for disabled persons.

e. Site Utilities and Services - Provide adequate underground utilities and services
such as concrete or masonry trench with retractable covers for maintenance and
avoid diggings of new roads. The trench alignments shall be coordinated with
paving of roads and landscape, including future extensions, to avoid conflicts with
these site elements. Provide most economical run, and minimize the possibility
of utility relocation. Coordinate the location of underground site utilities and
services such as power, water supply, sewerage communications and drainage
systems to reduce the possibility of utility/service crossing and contamination.

156
 RULE IX - SANITATION

SECTION 901. General Requirements

Subject to the provisions of Book II of the Civil Code of the Philippines on Property,
Ownership, and its Modification, all buildings hereafter erected, altered, remodeled, relocated or
repaired for human habitation shall be provided with adequate and potable water supply,
plumbing installation, and suitable wastewater treatment or disposal system, storm water
drainage, pest and vermin control, noise abatement device, and such other measures required for
the protection and promotion of health of persons occupying the premises and others living
nearby.

SECTION 902. Water Supply System

1. Whenever available, the potable water requirements for a building used for human habitation
shall be supplied from existing municipal or city waterworks system.

2. The quality of drinking water from meteoric, surface or underground sources shall conform to
the criteria set in the latest approved National Standards for Drinking Water Standards.

3. The design, construction and operation of deepwells for the abstraction of groundwater shall
be subject to the provisions of the Water Code of the Philippines (PD 1067).

4. The design, construction and operation of independent waterwork systems of private housing
subdivisions or industrial estates shall be governed by existing laws relating to local
waterworks system.

5. The water piping installation for water supply and distribution to each fixture including the
wastewater drainage with proper venting inside building and premises, shall conform to the
provision of the Revised National Plumbing Code of the Philippines.

SECTION 903. Wastewater Disposal System

1. Sanitary sewage from buildings and neutralized or pre-treated industrial wastewater shall be
discharged directly into the nearest street sanitary sewer main of existing municipal or city
sanitary sewerage system in accordance with the criteria set by the Code on Sanitation of the
Philippines and the Department of Environment and Natural Resources (DENR).

2. All buildings located in areas where there are no available sanitary sewerage system shall
dispose their sewage to “Imhoff” or septic tank and subsurface absorption field or to a
suitable waste water treatment plant or disposal system in accordance with the Code on
Sanitation of the Philippines and the Revised National Plumbing Code of the Philippines.

3. Sanitary and industrial plumbing installations inside buildings and premises shall conform to
the provisions of the Revised National Plumbing Code of the Philippines.

SECTION 904. Storm Drainage System

1. Rainwater drainage shall not discharge to the sanitary sewer system.

2. Adequate provisions shall be made to drain rainwater from low areas in buildings and their
premises.

157
3. The drainage pipe installation and sewerage system of any premises and/or connection with
any public disposal or any acceptable terminal shall conform to the Revised National
Plumbing Code of the Philippines.

SECTION 905. Pest and Vermin Control

1. All buildings with hollow and/or wood construction shall be provided with rat-proofing.

2. Garbage bins and receptacles shall be provided with ready means for cleaning and with
positive protection against entry of pests and vermins.

3. Dining rooms for public use without artificial ventilation shall be properly screened.

SECTION 906. Noise Pollution Control

1. Industrial establishments shall be provided with positive noise abatement devices to tone
down the noise level of equipment and machineries to acceptable limits set down by the
Department of Labor and Employment and the Department of Environment and Natural
Resources.

2. Noise as an unwanted sound both in quality and intensity and excessive vibration whose
sources in building/structure construction shall conform to acceptable limits the required
emission standards of DENR.

SECTION 907. Pipes Materials

All pipe materials to be used in buildings/structures shall conform to the standard

specifications of the Bureau of Product Standards (BPS) of the Department of Trade and Industry
(DTI).

158
160

159
 RULE X – BUILDING PROJECTION OVER PUBLIC STREETS

SECTION 1001. General Requirements

1. No part of any building or structure or any of its appendages, shall project beyond the
building line except as provided herein.

2. The projection of any structure or appendage over a public property shall be the distance
measured horizontally from the property line to the outermost point of the projection.

SECTION 1002. Projection into Alleys or Streets

1. No part of any structure or its appendage shall project into any alley or street, national road or
public highway except as provided in the Code.

2. Footings located at least 2.40 meters below grade along national roads or public highway
may project not more than 300 millimeters beyond the property line provided that said
projection shall not obstruct any existing utilities/services such as power, water, sewer, gas,
communication, and drainage lines, etc, unless the owner concerned shall pay the
corresponding entities for the rerouting of the parts of the affected utilities.

3. Foundations may be permitted to encroach into public sidewalk areas to a width not
exceeding 500 millimeters; provided that the top of the said foundation is not less than 600
millimeters below the established grade; and provided further, that said projection shall not
obstruct any existing utilities/services such as power, water, sewer, gas, communication and
drainage lines, etc., unless the owner concerned shall pay the corresponding entities for the
rerouting of the parts of the affected utilities.

SECTION 1003. Projection of Balconies and Appendages Over Streets

1. The extent of any projection over an alley or street shall be uniform within a block and shall
conform to the limitations set forth in Table X.1. as shown below:

TABLE X.1. Projection of Balconies and Appendages

Width of Streets Total Projections

Over 3.00 meters but less than 6.00 meters .60 meter
6.00 meters to less than 10.00 meters .90 meter
10.00 meters to less than 11.00 meters 1.00 meter
11.00 meters to less than 12.00 meters 1.10 meters
12.00 meters to less than 13.00 meters 1.30 meters
13.00 meters to less than 14.00 meters 1.40 meters
14.00 meters or over 1.50 meters

2. The clearance between the established grade of the street and/ or sidewalk and the lowest
under surface of any part of the balcony shall not be less than 3.00 meters.

3. In case the projection is a neon sign and the like, the same shall be in accordance with Rule
XX – Signs.

160
SECTION 1004. Arcades

1. Whenever required by existing building and zoning regulations, arcades shall be constructed
on sidewalks of streets. The width of the arcade and its height shall be uniform throughout
the street provided that in no case, shall an arcade be less than 3.00 meters above the
established sidewalk grade. (Fig. X.1.)

2. Arcaded pedestrian walkways shall have a clear height of 3.00 meters. (Fig. X.1.)

3. Driveways crossing arcaded pedestrian walkways shall be at the same level with that of the
arcades for the safety of the pedestrians. (Fig. X.2.)

Figure X.1.

Figure X.2.

ARCADES

161
SECTION 1005. Canopies (Marquees)

1. Canopy or Marquee is a permanent roofed structure above a door attached to and supported
by the building and projecting over a wall or sidewalk. This includes any object or decoration
attached thereto.

2. Projection and Clearances. The horizontal clearance between the outermost edge of the
marquee and the curb line shall be not less than 300 millimeters. The vertical clearance
between the pavement or ground line and the undersurface of any part the marquee shall not
be less than 3.00 meters.

3. Construction. A marquee shall be constructed of incombustible material or materials of not

less than two- hours fire- resistive construction. It shall be provided with necessary drainage
facility.

4. Location. Every marquee shall be so located as not to interfere with the operation of any
exterior standpipe connection or to obstruct the clear passage from stairway exits from the
building or the installation or maintenance of electroliers.

SECTION 1006. Movable Awnings or Hoods

1. Awning is a movable shelter supported entirely from an exterior wall of a building and of a
type which can be retracted, folded, or collapsed against the face of a supporting building.

2. Clearance. The horizontal clearance between the awning and the curb line shall not be less
than 300 millimeters. The vertical clearance between the undermost surface of the awning
and the pavement or ground line shall be not less than 2.40 meters. Collapsible awnings shall
be so designated that they shall not block a required exit when collapsed or folded.

SECTION 1007. Doors, Windows, and the Like

Doors, windows, and the like less than 2.40 meters above the pavement or groundline shall
not, when fully opened or upon opening, project beyond the property line except fire exit doors.

SECTION 1008. Corner Buildings with Chaflans

1. Every corner building or solid fence on a public street or alley less than 3.60 meters in width
shall be truncated at the corner. The face of the triangle so formed shall be at right angle to
the bisector of the angle of the intersection of the street lines, provided, that in no case shall
the length of the chaflan be less than 4.00 meters. (Fig. X.3.)

2. Corner buildings or solid wall fences to be built abutting property lines on corners of public
alley or street intersections shall be provided with chaflans to afford a clear view.

3. If the building is arcaded, no chaflan is required notwithstanding that the width of the public
street or alley is less than 3.60 meters. (Fig. X.4.)

162
 Figure X.3.

Figure X.4.

CHAFLANS

163
 RULE XI - PROTECTION OF PEDESTRIANS DURING CONSTRUCTION
OR DEMOLITION

SECTION 1101. General Requirements

1. No person shall use or occupy a street, alley or public sidewalk for the performance or work
covered by a building permit except in accordance with the provisions of this Rule.

2. No person shall perform any work or any building/structure adjacent to a public way in
general use for pedestrian travel, unless the pedestrians are protected as specified in this
Rule.

3. Any material, building/structure temporarily occupying public property, including fence,

canopies and walkways, shall be adequately lighted between sunset and sunrise.

SECTION 1102. Storage in Public Property

1. Materials and equipment necessary for work to be done under a permit when placed or
stored on public property shall not obstruct free and convenient approach to and use of any
fire hydrant, fire or police alarm box, utility box, catch basin, or manhole and shall not
interfere with any drainage of any street or alley, gutter, and with the safe and smooth flow of
vehicular and pedestrian traffic.

2. Materials to be stored at or near construction sites shall be piled or stacked in an orderly

manner to avoid toppling over or being otherwise displaced. No materials shall be piled or
stacked higher than 1.80 meters, except in yards or sheds intended especially for storage.
When piles exceed 1.20 meters in height, the material shall be so arranged that the sides and
ends of the piles taper back.

SECTION 1103. Mixing Mortar on Public Property

The mixing of mortar, concrete, or similar materials on public streets shall not be allowed.

SECTION 1104. Protection of Utilities

1. All public or private utilities and services above or below the ground shall be protected from
any damage by any work being done under the permit.

2. The protection shall be maintained while such work is being done and shall not obstruct the
normal functioning of any such utility.

3. Temporary Light and Power

a. Temporary wiring for light, heat and/or power shall be adequately protected against
mechanical or over-current failures. All conductive materials enclosing fixed or portable
electric equipment, or forming a part of such equipment, shall be properly grounded.

b. Temporary electric service poles shall be self-supporting or adequately braced or guyed

at all times.

163
SECTION 1105. Walkway

1. When the Building Official authorizes a sidewalk to be fenced or closed, or in case there is no
sidewalk in front of the building/structure site during construction or demolition, a temporary
walkway of not less than 1.20 meters shall be provided.

2. Such walkway shall be capable of supporting a uniform live load of 650.00 kilogram per sq.
meters.

3. Durable wearing surface shall be provided and must remain safe throughout the construction
period.

4. Where the sidewalk is permitted by the Building Official to be fully occupied and fenced-off or
enclosed, a temporary walkway adjacent to the curb line shall be required. Where the street
has no sidewalk, a temporary walkway adjacent to the street line not less than 600
millimeters wide shall be provided. Where the RROW is 5.00 meters or less, no temporary
walkway shall be allowed.

5. Where only partial occupancy and fencing-off of the sidewalk is necessary, a temporary
walkway will not be required provided that a width of at least 600 millimeters of the sidewalk
with protective railing on road side shall be left open for the use of pedestrians.

SECTION 1106. Pedestrian Protection

1. Where the walkway occupies part of the roadway or is adjacent to an excavation, protective
railings on the street side or on the side of the excavation shall be required.

2. Railings where required, shall be built substantially strong and sturdy and shall not be less
than 1.00 meters in height.

3. Fences

Fences shall entirely enclose the construction/demolition site and shall be erected on
the building side of sidewalks or walkways and shall be made of approved materials (e.g. G.I.
sheet, wooden boards and/or planks, plywood or Lawanit, sawali), not less than 2.40 meters
in height above the curb line. Fences shall be built solid for its full length except for such
openings as may be necessary for proper execution of the work. Such openings shall be
provided with doors, which shall be kept closed at all times except when in actual use.

a. When the horizontal distance between the outermost face of the building/structure area
and the inner edge of the sidewalk is more than one-half (1/2) the height of the building, a
2.40 meters fence is required. (Figure XI.1.)

b. When the horizontal distance between the outermost face of the building and the inner
edge of the sidewalk is equal to or less than one-half (1/2) the height of the building, a
canopy shall be required in addition to a fence. (Fig. XI.2.)

4. Canopies

a. The protective canopy shall have a clear unobstructed height of 2.40 meters above the
walkway and shall be made of sufficient strength and stability to sustain safely the weight
of materials that may be placed thereon, and to withstand shocks incident to the handling
of such materials or their preparation for use, and accidental jars from trucks passing or
delivering materials.

b. When the canopy is used for the storage of materials or for the performance of work of
any kind, substantial railings not less than 1.00 meters high and solid toe boards not less

164
 than 300 millimeters high shall be placed along the street side and ends of the canopy.
The canopy shall be capable of safely sustaining a load of 4800 Pascal or the intended
load to be placed thereon, whichever is bigger.

c. The deck flooring of a canopy shall consist of planking not less than 50 millimeters in
thickness, closely laid. All members of the canopy shall be adequately braced and
connected to resist displacement of members or distortion of the framework.

d. Canopies shall be constructed solid for its entire length except for such openings as may
be necessary for loading purposes. Such openings shall be kept closed at all times
except during actual loading operation.

e. Unless the top deck of the canopy is built solidly against the face of the building/structure
to be constructed/demolished, the vertical face of the canopy supports next to the
building shall be solidly fenced throughout, except for such openings as may be
necessary for the execution of work. Such openings shall be provided with sliding or
swinging gates which shall be kept closed at all times except when in actual use. (Figs.
XI.3., XI.4., XI.5., XI.6.).

f. The street side of the canopy shall be kept open for a height of not less than 2.40 meters
above the curb. The underside of the canopy shall be properly lighted at night with not
less than 100-Watts bulb every 6.00 meters of its length and at each change of grade or
elevation of the sidewalk surface.

g. When a wall of the building abuts or fronts a street, fans or catch platforms shall be
erected along that wall at the level of the first floor of the building above the street level.
Fans or catch platforms shall be erected at the level of other floors of the building as may
be necessary to prevent nuisance from dust or danger from falling debris or materials.

h. When the horizontal distance between the outermost face of the building and the outer
edge of the sidewalk is less than one-half (1/2) the height of the building, a protective
device such as a net or screen extending from the uppermost part of the
construction/demolition to ground level shall be required in addition to a fence and
canopy. (Fig. XI.7.)

i. Wherever required, protective netting/covering shall be of approved and substantially

strong material such as 2 millimeters diameter G.I. wire, 38 millimeters mesh nylon net,
or canvas.

j. Where a wall of the building abuts or fronts a street, dust screens shall be erected to
cover the entire wall so as to prevent nuisance from dust.

k. For medium and high-rise buildings six (6) storeys and higher, all protective and safety
devices/facilities shall be completely installed including safety belts, safety nets and
canopies for the safety of workers, pedestrians, nearby residents and motorists.

5. Warning Signs and Lights

a. At every construction/demolition site, warning signs shall be conspicuously posted

around the property. Warning signs shall be adequately illuminated at night for the
protection of unwary pedestrians.

b. All entrances/exits to and from the construction/demolition site shall be kept closed at all
times except during actual passage of men, materials or equipment.

c. All warning signs and lights shall be properly maintained even when operations are not in
progress.

165
 Figure XI.1.

Figure XI.2.

PROTECTION OF PEDESTRIANS,
NEARBY RESIDENTS AND THE PUBLIC
DURING CONSTRUCTION AND DEMOLITION

166
 Figure XI.3.

FULL OCCUPANCY PARTIAL OCCUPANCY

OF SIDEWALK OF SIDEWALK

Figure XI.4. Figure XI.5.

PROTECTION OF PEDESTRIANS,
NEARBY RESIDENTS AND THE PUBLIC
DURING CONSTRUCTION AND DEMOLITION

167
 Figure XI.6.

Figure XI.7.

PROTECTION OF PEDESTRIANS,
NEARBY RESIDENTS AND THE PUBLIC
DURING CONSTRUCTION AND DEMOLITION

168
 d. All areas of danger in demolition operations shall be properly enclosed and danger signs
posted. Watchmen shall be provided to warn workers of impending dangers and all
unauthorized persons shall be excluded from places where demolition is in progress.

SECTION 1107. Maintenance and Removal of Protective Devices

1. Maintenance. All protective devices shall be properly maintained in place kept in good order
for the entire length of time pedestrians may be endangered.

a. Average Light Intensity and Illumination

i. All parts of buildings/structures under construction/demolition, and all sheds,

scaffolds, canopied walkways, work or storage areas, and equipment used in
connection with such operations shall have sufficient light to insure safety and
protection of life and property. In passageways, stairways and corridors, the
average light intensity measured at floor level shall be not less than 200 LUX.

ii. At locations where tools and/or machinery are used, the average light intensity
measured at floor level shall be not less than 500 LUX. Natural or artificial
illumination shall be provided in such a manner that glare and shadows will not
adversely affect the safety and protection of the public, workers and property.

b. Welding and Cutting

i. Gas welding and cutting and arc welding in construction/ demolition operations
shall be restricted to experienced workers accredited by the Technical Education
Skills Development Authority (TESDA). Suitable goggles, helmets and gloves shall
be provided for and worn by workers engaged in gas welding or cutting or arc
welding. Incombustible shields shall be provided to protect the workers when
exposed to falling hot metal oxide.

ii. Gas welding or cutting or arc welding shall not be done above pedestrians and
workers. When unavoidable, an incombustible shield shall be provided between
the work and workers below. A watchman shall be stationed to give warning at
places where pedestrians and workers, in the course of their activity, are likely to
pass under a gas welding or cutting or an arc welding operation.

iii. Gas welding or cutting shall not be carried out in any place where ample ventilation
is not provided or from which quick escape is difficult. When unavoidable, workers
engaged in such work in confined spaces shall be allowed frequent access to fresh
air. A relief worker shall be stationed close at hand to assist the worker in case of
accident and to shut off the gases.

iv. Tanks of fuel gas shall not be moved or allowed to stand for any extended period
when not in use unless the caps of such tanks are in place.

v. Suitable cradles shall be used for lifting or lowering oxygen or fuel tanks, to reduce
to a minimum the possibility of dropping tanks. Ordinary rope slings shall not be
used.

vi. Tanks supplying gases for welding or cutting shall be located at no greater distance
from the work than is necessary for safety.

vii. Such tanks shall be securely fastened in place and in upright position. They shall
be stored or set in place for use so that they are not exposed to the direct rays of
the sun or to high temperature.

169
 viii. Before steel beams or other structural shapes or elements of construction are cut
by means of a gas flame, they shall be secured by cables or chains to prevent
them from dropping or swinging.

ix. Where, in the course of demolition work, steel work or ironwork is being cut,
released or dismantled, all necessary precautions shall be taken to prevent danger
from sudden twist, spring or collapse.

c. Special Typhoon Precautions

i. Whenever a typhoon is expected to pass at or near the construction site, all

construction materials and equipment shall be secured against displacement by
wind forces.

ii. Construction sheds, construction materials and equipment shall be secured by

guying, shoring, or by tying down.

iii. Where a full complement of personnel is employed or engaged for such protection
purposes, normal construction activity or uses of materials or equipment may
continue, allowing such reasonable time as may be necessary to secure such
materials and equipment before winds of gale force are anticipated, in accordance
with warnings or advisories issued by the Philippine Atmospherical Geophysical
Astronomical Services Administration (PAGASA).

d. Hoisting Machinery

i. Every hoisting engine shall be provided with adequate brakes capable of holding
the maximum load at any point of travel.

ii. Hoisting machinery shall be enclosed to exclude unauthorized persons. If placed

outside the building, further protection against falling objects shall be provided.

iv. Guards shall be provided with exposed gears and other moving parts and around
hoisting cables at all points to prevent workers from tripping or getting their clothing
caught.
v. Ample room shall be provided around hoisting engines, motors or machineries or
apparatus to allow the free and safe movement of the operators.

vi. When hoisting machinery is set on an elevated platform, such platform shall be of
substantial and sturdy construction. Guardrails and toe boards shall be provided
along all open sides of such platform.

vii. Electrical machinery and equipment to be used for construction work shall be
installed and operated in accordance with the Philippine Electrical Code.

viii. Steam boilers used in construction work shall be installed, equipped and
maintained in accordance with the Philippine Mechanical Code.

ix. A tag line or guide rope shall be used on all loads being hoisted or lowered.

e. Platform Hoists

i. Platform hoists for the handling of materials in buildings under construction shall
have the car substantially constructed and provided with covers, either solid or wire
mesh.

ii. If suitable overhead protection is provided, the covers may be omitted.

iii. Hoists shall be equipped with a broken-rope safety device.

170
 iv. Where wheelbarrows or buggies are used for handling material on platform hoists,
cleats shall be nailed to the platform to fix the proper position so that handles shall
not project beyond platform edges.

v. Supports for the overhead sheave of the hoist shall be designed to carry two (2)
times the weight of the hoist and its maximum load.

f. Hoist Towers

i. Hoist towers erected in connection with construction work shall be substantially

constructed. All members shall be so proportioned that the stresses shall not
exceed those specified for the material when carrying the dead load of the tower
plus two times the weight of the platform or bucket or its maximum load.

ii. Every hoist tower shall rest on a sufficiently solid foundation to prevent injurious
settlement or distortion of its framework.

iii. The base of every hoist tower shall be screened or otherwise protected on all sides
to a height of not less than 1.80 meters.

iv. Every hoist tower shall be secured in not less than four (4) directions against
swaying or tipping at intervals of not more than 10.00 meters in its height, by steel
cable guys adequately anchored or by other satisfactory means.

v. Such towers which are constructed adjacent to buildings shall be secured to the
building frame at each floor as the construction progresses.

vi. Hoist towers erected within the building, but not occupying the entire opening
through which they pass, shall be completely enclosed on all sides and shall be
provided with doors at the unloading points unless the platform hoist is solidly
enclosed on all sides to the height to which material is to be loaded or unloaded.

vii. Landing platforms in hoist towers or platforms connecting a hoist tower to a

building or other structure shall be provided with guardrails and toe boards.

g. Derricks and Cranes

i. Derricks shall be so designed and assembled that no part shall be stressed beyond
the safe working stress for the material under its maximum rated load in any
possible position. Such maximum load shall be conspicuously posted on each
derrick.

ii. The foot-block of every derrick shall be firmly secured against motion in any
direction.

iii. Guy derricks shall have the top of the mast held by not less than six (6) steel guy
cables secured by firm anchorages and so placed that the angle of the guy with the
mast shall be as large as possible.

iv. The moving parts of derricks and cranes shall be kept well lubricated. All parts
shall be inspected at least every other day.

v. Use and operation of cranes shall be in accordance with Rule XIII.

vi. In the operation of cranes and similar devices, a standard signal system shall be
used and all men assigned to the operation of such equipment shall be fully
instructed on the signals.

171
h. Cables, Ropes, Chains and Blocks

i. All ropes and cables used in connection with scaffolds, derricks and hoisting
apparatus shall be tested before being put to use and at least once every thirty (30)
days while in use, to insure their safety and suitability for the purpose.

ii. Cables, ropes, chains and blocks shall be of such size that the maximum load
supported by them will not exceed one-sixth (1/6) of their breaking strength.

iii. Blocks designed for use with abaca ropes shall not be used for steel cables.

iv. Blocks used at or near floors or in other exposed places to change the direction of
cables shall be enclosed or otherwise effectively guarded.

v. Chains shall not be used for slings, bridles or other similar purposes, but shall be
restricted to only a straight pull.

vi. Hooks shall not be used for hoisting buckets, cages or skips.

i. Ladders and Temporary Stairways

i. Except where either permanent or temporary stairways or runways are required,

ladders shall be provided to give access to all floors, stagings or platforms where
work is being done more than five (5) storeys above ground or above a permanent
or temporary floor.

ii. Ladders shall not be extended by joining two (2) or more together. No single
ladder shall exceed 6.00 meters in length. When greater heights are to be
reached, intermediate platforms shall be erected.

iii. Ladder landings shall be at least 1.20 meters square and equipped with handrails
and toe boards.

iv. Ladder rungs shall be spaced uniformly and as near to 300 millimeters as
practicable.

v. Ladders leading to floors, stagings or platforms shall extend at least 900

millimeters above the level of such floors, stagings or platforms.

vi. When used temporarily in place of stairways or runways, ladders serving traffic in
both directions simultaneously shall be at least 1.00 meters wide. If separate
ladders are provided for going up and coming down, they shall be marked "UP" and
"DOWN" respectively at each floor and platform level.

vii. All ladders, when in use, shall be set up in a manner to be secured and to prevent
slipping. Ladders, except stepladders or other self-supporting ladders, shall be
securely fastened to a permanent support at the top, and if necessary, at the
bottom, and braced to prevent swaying, bending or shaking.

viii. Ladders shall not be placed or used in shafts of operative elevators or hoists
except by workers engaged in the erection, construction, alteration or repair of any
such shafts, hoistways or equipment.

ix. Ladders shall not be painted, but may be oiled or treated with preservatives so as
to permit the detection of faults.

x. Every ladder shall be inspected by the superintendent or foreman in charge before

being put to use on a construction operation and thereafter at least once every
thirty (30) days while in continued use.
172
 xi. Permanent stairways shall be installed in all buildings under construction as soon
as conditions will permit.

xii. When the work on a building has progressed to a height in excess of 18.00 meters
and it has not been practicable to install the permanent stairways, at least one
temporary stairway shall be provided for the full height and continued upward as
rapidly as the work progresses.

xiii. Stairs and stairways shall be of sufficient strength to support a load of at least 4800
Pascal. All stairways shall be guarded on all open sides with handrails and toe
boards.

xiv. Temporary stairs shall be constructed so that treads and risers are uniform in width
and height in any one (1) flight.

xv. The sum of the height of the two (2) risers and the width of one (1) tread shall be
not less than 460 millimeters nor more than 700 millimeters.

xvi. Temporary stairways shall be not less than 900.00 millimeters wide.

xvii. Landings shall be not less than 750 millimeters long. No flight of stairs of
temporary stairways shall have a vertical rise in excess of 3.60 meters. Whenever
necessary, intermediate landings shall be provided.

xviii. Temporary and permanent stairways shall be adequately lighted.

xix. Permanent stairs that are to be used during construction and on which treads are
to be filled in later shall have wooden treads firmly fitted in place for the full area of
the tread.

xx. The top surfaces of the temporary treads shall be maintained above the tops of the
risers or nosings.

xxi. No door shall open directly onto a flight of stairs, but a landing equal at least the
width of the door shall be provided between the door and the stairs.

j. Runways and Ramps

i. Runways and ramps used in connection with scaffolds or extending from storey to
storey or otherwise located and maintained for an extended period of time or for
the transfer of bulky material shall be constructed of at least three (3) 25 x 250
millimeters planks laid closely side by side and substantially supported and braced
to prevent unequal deflection and springing action.

ii. Runways and ramps shall have a slope not greater than one is to three (1:3). The
total rise of a runway or ramp between landings shall not exceed 1.80 meters.

iii. When the rise is steeper than 1:3, runways or ramps shall be provided with cleats
spaced not more than 20 millimeters apart.

iv. Runways and ramps having a total rise of more than 1.80 meters, or passing over
or near floor openings, high tension wires or other dangerous places, shall be
provided with guardrails and toe boards.

h. Scaffolds

i. Properly constructed scaffolds shall be provided for all works which cannot be done
safely by workmen standing on permanent or solid construction, except when such
work can be done safely from ladders. All such scaffolds shall be substantially

173
 constructed to support at least four (4) times the maximum load, and shall be
secured to prevent swaying.

ii. Planks used in the construction of stationary scaffolds shall be not less than 50
millimeters nominal thickness. Where such planks overlap at the ends, the overlap
shall be not less than 150 millimeters. Planks shall be so placed that they cannot
tip under the weight of the worker at any point. All nails shall be driven full strength.
No nails shall be subject to direct pull.

iii. Ropes, cables and blocks shall sustain at least six (6) times the maximum loads to
which they will be subjected. Where acids are likely to come in contact with them,
ropes shall not be used but steel cables properly protected by grease or oil or other
effective methods shall be used instead.

iv. Every scaffold, the platform level of which is more than 1.80 meters above the
ground, or above a permanent or temporary floor, other than iron workers' scaffolds
and carpenters' bracket scaffolds, shall be provided with guard rails and toe boards
extending the full length of the scaffold and along the ends except where ramps or
runways connect with them, unless otherwise enclosed or guarded. On
suspended, swinging and pole scaffolds, the space between guardrails and toe
boards shall be fitted with wire mesh screens securely attached.

v. Where objects are likely to fall on a scaffold from above, a substantial overhead
protection shall be provided not more than 3.00 meters above the scaffold platform,
and at doorways, passageways or other points. Where workers must pass under
scaffolds, a substantial overhead protection shall be provided.

vi. No materials or equipment other than required by the workers shall be placed on
scaffold platforms.

vii. Roof brackets, roof scantling, crawling boards and similar forms of supports shall
be substantial in construction and securely fastened in place when in use.

viii. Barrels, boxes or other similar unstable objects shall not be used as supports.

ix. When used over public sidewalks or other places of public use, scaffolds used for
minor building repairs, alterations, or painting, shall be equipped with drop cloths to
effectively prevent the falling of paint or debris.

x. Scaffolds used for sandblasting and guniting operations shall be entirely and
effectively enclosed, and the determination of effective enclosure shall be the
completed absence of particles of materials of operation in the air at a horizontal
distance of 15.0 meters from the point of operation.

k. Temporary Flooring

i. In buildings of skeleton construction, the permanent floor, except for necessary

hoistway openings, shall, when possible, be constructed as the building
progresses. There shall be not more than three (3) unfilled floors below the highest
permanent floor.

ii. In buildings of skeleton construction, the entire working floor shall be planked over,
except spaces required for raising or lowering materials, and for stairways or
ladders. Planks shall not tip under the weight of a worker at any point and secured,
so that they cannot slip out of place.

iii. In buildings of wood joist construction, the immediate underfloor shall be laid for
each floor as the building progresses.

174
 l. Floor Openings

i. All floor openings used as hoistways or elevator shaftways shall be protected on all
sides, except the side being used for loading or unloading. Protection shall be in
the form of barricades or guardrails not less than 900 millimeters high placed not
less than 600 millimeters distant at all points from the edges of such openings. If
guardrails are used, toe boards shall be provided along the edges of the openings.
Sides left open for loading or unloading shall be guarded by similar solid doors or
gates.

ii. All floor openings used as stairways or for the accommodation of ladders or
runways shall be guarded by railings and toe boards.

iii. All floor openings shall be protected on all sides by solid barriers or railings with toe
boards not less than 900 millimeters high or shall be planked over by temporary
construction capable of sustaining safely such loads as are likely to come thereon.

iv. Barriers for the protection of openings used as hoistways or for elevators shall be
constructed so that workers cannot thrust head, arms or legs through them, and
loose materials cannot fall or be pushed into the shaftway.

v. Barriers and guardrails around floor openings shall remain in place until permanent
enclosures or protection are otherwise provided.

m. Guardrails and Toe Boards

i. Guardrails, when required under this Rule, shall have the top rail not less than 900
millimeters with an intermediate rail provided between the top rail and the platform.

ii. All guardrails shall have supports not more than 2.40 meters apart, constructed to
withstand a horizontal force of 30 kilograms per sq. meters.

iii. Toe boards, whenever required under this Rule, shall extend not less than 150
millimeters above the platform level and shall be placed to fit close to the edges of
the platform. They shall be adequately secured along the entire length to resist the
impact of workers' feet and the shifting of materials.

iv. Toe boards of metal shall be not less than 25 millimeters nominal thickness, with
supports not more than 1.20 meters apart.

v. Toe boards of metal shall be not less than 30 millimeters thick, with supports not
more than 1.20 meters apart.

2. Removal. Every protective fence or canopy shall be removed within 30 days after such
protection is no longer required as determined by the Building Official.

SECTION 1108. Demolition

1. If the work is of a difficult or dangerous nature, it should be done by a contractor experienced

in such work.

2. Before demolition is commenced, notice of intention to proceed should be given to the

adjoining owners of the buildings.

3. Before commencing to demolish a building or repair a badly damaged building, shoring, tying,
and strutting are necessary to prevent movement.

175
4. For the purposes of arranging shores, ties, and other security measures, a survey of the
existing building and the adjoining owner’s building should be made prior to demolition and,
where possible, particulars of existing wall foundations and of the subsoil should be obtained.

5. Demolition should be done as much as possible, floor-by-floor.

6. Care should be taken to dispose of debris as it arises. If this is not done, there is a great risk
of overloading the floors, which may result in a collapse. All debris arising from demolition
should be kept damp by means of spraying water from a hose with a fine spray to prevent
dust arising and causing inconvenience to adjoining owners and pedestrians.

7. Fans or catch platforms should be provided over public footways, etc., to protect workmen
and occupants of adjoining building and the general public from falling debris during
demolition. One fan at the first (1st) floor level should be sufficient for buildings of three (3)
storeys. Building of more than three (3) storeys should have additional fans at higher levels,
generally at alternate floor levels.

8. Precautions Before Demolition

a. Before commencing the work of demolition of a building/structure, all gas, electric, water
and other utility meters shall be removed and the supply and service lines disconnected
by the corresponding utility/service companies, who should be notified in advance.

b. All fittings attached to the building/structure and connected to any street lighting system,
electrical supply or other utilities shall be removed.

c. All electric power shall be shut off and all electric service lines shall be cut and
disconnected by the power company at or outside the property line.

d. No electric cable or other apparatus, other than those especially required for use in
connection with the demolition work, shall remain electrically charged during demolition
operations. When it is necessary to maintain any power, water, gas, or other
utility/service lines during the process of demolition, such lines shall be temporarily
relocated and protected with substantial covering to the satisfaction of the utility/service
company concerned.

e. All necessary steps shall be taken to prevent danger to persons arising from fire or
explosion from leakage or accumulation of gas or vapor, and from flooding from
uncapped water mains, sewers and/or culverts.

f. All entrances/exits to and from the building shall be properly protected so as to prevent
any danger to persons engaged in the demolition work using such entrances/exits in the
performance of their works.

g. Glazed sashes and glazed doors shall be removed before the start of demolition
operations.

9. Chutes

a. Chutes for the removal of materials and debris shall be provided in all parts of demolition
operations, which are more than 6.00 meters above the point from which material is to be
removed. Chutes shall be so situated and constructed so as not to pose any danger to
the public or to workmen.

b. Chutes shall be completely enclosed and shall be equipped, at intervals of 6.00 meters or
less, with substantial stops to prevent descending materials from attaining dangerous
speeds. Proper tools shall be provided and kept available to loosen materials or debris
jammed in the chute. No materials or debris shall be dropped from any part of a building

176
 under demolition to any point outside the walls of the building except through properly
enclosed wooden or metal chutes.

c. Chutes which are at an angle of more than 45 o from the horizontal shall be completely
enclosed on all four (4) sides, except for openings at or about floor level at each floor, for
the receiving of materials or debris.

d. Chutes at an angle of less than 45o with the horizontal may be left open on the upper
side. However, where such a chute discharges into another chute steeper than 45o with
the horizontal, the top of the steeper chute shall be covered at the junction point of the
two (2) chutes to prevent the spillage of materials or debris.

e. Openings into which materials or debris are dumped at the top of a chute shall be
protected by a substantial guardrail extending at least 1.80 meters above the level of the
floor.

f. At chute openings where materials or debris are dumped from wheelbarrows, a toe board
or bumper not less than 150 millimeters high and 50 millimeters nominal thickness shall
be provided.

g. Any space between the chute and edges of floor openings through which the chute
passes shall be solidly planked over.

h. Chutes, as well as floors, stairways and other places, shall be effectively wet down at
frequent intervals, whenever the dust from demolition operations would cause a menace
or hardship to residents of adjoining buildings or premises.

i. The bottom of each chute shall be equipped with an adjustable gate or stop for regulating
the flow of materials.

j. Except when in actual use in the discharge of materials, the gate or stop shall be kept
closed. A reliable person shall be designated to control the gate and the backing up and
loading of trucks. He shall see to it that no person is allowed to stand or pass under the
discharge end of the chute at any time.

k. The area at the discharge end of each chute shall be completely enclosed with a
substantial fence at all times or otherwise made inaccessible. A danger sign shall be
placed at the discharge end of every chute.

10. Demolition of Walls and Chimneys

a. No wall, chimney or other construction shall be allowed to fall in mass, except under
competent supervision.

b. Scaffolds or stagings shall be erected for workers if walls or other elements of the
structure are too thin or too weak to work on. Heavy structural members, such as beams
or columns, shall be carefully lowered and not allowed to fall freely.

c. Masonry walls or sections of masonry walls shall not be permitted to fall upon the floors
of the building in such masses as to exceed the safe carrying capacity of the floors.

d. No walls or section of walls whose height is more than twenty-two (22) times its thickness
shall be permitted to stand without lateral bracing unless such wall is in good condition
and was originally designed to stand to a greater height without such lateral support.

e. Workmen shall not be permitted to work on top of a wall when weather conditions
constitute a hazard.

177
 f. Before demolishing any interior or exterior wall which is within 3.00 meters of any
opening in the floor immediately below, such opening shall be substantially planked over
unless all workmen are removed from all floors below and access to such floors is
positively prevented.

g. At the completion of each day’s work, all walls undemolished shall be left stable and in no
danger of overturning or falling.

h. Foundation walls which serve as retaining walls to support earth and adjoining structures
shall not be demolished until such adjoining structures have been underpinned or braced,
and earth either removed or supported by sheet piling or other suitable materials.

i. In the demolition of brick and/or masonry chimneys which cannot safely be toppled or
dropped, all materials shall be dropped down through the inside of such chimneys.

j. The loading point at the discharge end chute, at or near the bottom of a chimney, shall be
completely protected by means of any overhead timber canopy.

k. To enable workmen to reach or leave their work on any wall or scaffold, walkways shall
be provided. Such walkways shall not be less than three (3) planks, properly tied or
nailed to bearers of not less than 560 millimeters in width, such that the planks do not
deflect more than 50 millimeters under normal loading.

l. In buildings of skeleton construction, the steel framing may be left in place during the
demolition of masonry work. When this is done, all steel beams, girders and the like shall
be cleared of all loose materials as the demolition progresses.

11. Demolition of Floors

a. Before the demolition of floors and floor beams, the floors and beams shall be completely
supported by temporary planking and supports.

b. When the load is transferred to lower floors, these floors shall be carefully propped.

c. Demolition of floors shall not be started until the surrounding floor area to a distance of
6.00 meters have been entirely cleared of debris and other unnecessary materials.
d. No floor, roof or other part of a building that is being demolished shall be so overloaded
with debris or materials as to render it unsafe.

e. Where workmen are engaged in the removal of floors, planks of ample strength which are
supported independently of the flooring shall be provided for the workmen to step on.
The planks shall be so placed as to give the workmen a firm support in case the floor
gives way or collapses unexpectedly. Where it is necessary for a workman to straddle a
space between two planks, such space shall not exceed 400 millimeters. To enable
workmen to reach any workplace without the necessity of walking on exposed beams,
planks shall be provided to serve as catwalks.

f. Planks used for temporary protection shall be sound, and at least 25 millimeters thick.
They shall be laid close together, with the ends overlapping by at least 100 millimeters
over solid bearings to prevent tipping under a load.

g. Where floors are being removed, no workmen shall be allowed to work in the area
directly underneath. Such areas shall be barricaded to prevent access to it.

h. Structural or load-supporting members at any floors shall not be cut or removed until
all stories above that floor have been demolished and removed.

178
 i. Where any floor has been removed, the entire tier of beams on which any device is
supported shall be completely planked over, except for such openings as are required for
the handling of materials or equipment.

j. Stairs and stair railings shall be kept in place and in usable condition as long
as it is practicable.

k. Steps and landings shall be kept free from debris and obstructions.

12. Other Safeguards

a. Where applicable, the Building Official shall require strict compliance with the minimum
safety standards as prescribed under Administrative Order of DOLE. The construction,
alteration and removal of scaffolds and the application, installation and setting up of
safeguard devices shall be done by skilled workmen under the supervision of a person,
qualified by experience or training for such work.

b. A device or piece of equipment, which is unsafe, shall be reported to the superintendent

or foreman, who shall take immediate steps to remedy such condition or remove such
device or equipment.

c. Scaffolds, ladders, stairs, fuel gas tanks and other devices or equipment falling within the
scope of this Rule shall be maintained in a good, safe and usable conditions as long as in
use.

d. Scaffolds, temporary floors, ramps, stairway landings, stair treads, and all other walkway
surfaces shall be kept free from protruding nails/splinters.

e. Protruding nails and tie wire ends shall be removed, hammered in or bent in a safe
condition.

f. Electric lines, moving ropes and cable gears, or similar hazards with which a person
might come in contact with shall be encased or protected.

g. No person, firm or corporation, either personally or through an employee or agent of

another, shall operate or move any machinery, equipment, materials, scaffolds, closer
than 5.00 meters to any energized high voltage overhead electrical facilities unless
authorized by the Electrical Inspector.

h. All workmen on any demolition job shall be required to wear industrial safety helmets and
body protective gears.

i. Construction sheds and toolboxes shall be so located as to protect persons from

dangerous falling walls and objects.

j. The Building Official may permit the use of alternative methods and/or devices depending
on local conditions provided that the minimum standard of safety sought to be achieved
under this Rule is not jeopardized.

k. In Fire Zones of Types I, II and III Construction, only heaters with enclosed flames shall
be used for the heating of any roofing or other similar materials.

l. Wherever any enclosed flame heaters or open fires are used, there shall be a workman
in constant attendance, whose duty shall be to have such heater or fire under proper
control at all times.

m. In all buildings in which standpipes are required, such standpipes shall be installed as the
construction progresses in such a manner that they are always ready for Fire Department
use, to the topmost constructed floor. Such standpipes shall be provided with a Siamese
179
 twin dry standpipe outside the building and with one (1) outlet at each floor connected to
a fire hose cabinet.

n. In every construction operation, wherever a tool house, storeroom or other shanty is built
or a room or space is used for storage, dressing room or workshop, at least one (1)
approved hand pump, tank or portable chemical or dry powder fire extinguisher shall be
provided and maintained in an accessible location.

o. During construction operations, free access from the street to fire hydrants and to outside
connections for standpipes, sprinklers or other fire extinguishing equipment, whether
permanent or temporary shall be provided and maintained at all times. No material or
construction equipment shall be placed within 3.00 meters of such hydrant or connection,
nor between it and the centerline of the street.

p. Toilet facilities at the construction/demolition site, as an ancillary to the bunkhouse and

operation, shall be maintained in a clean/sanitary condition for the use of the workers.

q. Supply of potable water and sanitary washing facilities shall be provided for workers’ and
other uses during workdays.

r. At every construction/demolition operation, arrangements shall be made for prompt

medical attention in case of an accident. An ample supply of first aid medicine shall be
provided and maintained in a clean/sanitary cabinet, which shall be available at all times
under the direction of the superintendent or a person designated by him.

s. Unless competent medical attention is quickly available, where more than two hundred
(200) workers are employed, a properly equipped first-aid room shall be provided, and a
physician or competent nurse shall be in constant attendance.

180
 RULE XII - GENERAL DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS

SECTION 1201. General Requirements

1. Buildings proposed for construction shall comply with all the regulations and specifications
including safety standards embodied in the Administrative Order of DOLE herein set forth
governing quality, characteristics and properties of materials, methods of design and
construction, type of occupancy and classification.

2. The various applicable referral codes shall supplementally guide the planning, design, layout,
content, construction, location/siting, installation and maintenance of all buildings/structures.

3. For the guidance of the general public, the Secretary shall periodically issue generic lists of
approved, strictly regulated or banned items, procedures, usages and the like relative to the
design, construction and use/occupancy of buildings/structures:

a. Materials for construction;

b. Processes for the production of materials, their installation or construction;

c. Procedures/methodologies/systems for both design and construction;

d. Organizational structures/hierarchies for construction;

e. Types of occupancy; and

f. Classifications relative to design, construction and occupancy.

4. All buildings/structures shall be placed in or upon private property or duly designated public
land and shall be securely constructed in conformance with the requirements of the Code.

SECTION 1202. Excavation, Foundation, and Retaining Walls

1. Subject to the provisions of Articles 684 to 686 of the Civil Code of the Philippines on lateral
and subjacent support, the design and quality of materials used structurally in excavation,
footings, and in foundations shall conform to accepted engineering practice.

2. Excavation and Fills

a. Excavation and fills for buildings or structures shall be so constructed or protected that
they do not endanger life or property.

b. Whenever the depth of excavation for any construction is such that the lateral and
subjacent support of the adjoining property or existing structure thereon would be
affected in a manner that the stability or safety of the same is endangered, the person
undertaking or causing the excavation to be undertaken shall be responsible for the
expense of underpinning or extending the foundation or footings of the aforementioned
property or structure.

c. Excavation and other similar disturbances made on public property shall, unless
otherwise excluded by the Building Official, be restored immediately to its former
condition within 48 hours from the start of such excavation and disturbances by
whosoever caused such excavation or disturbance.

181
d. Before undertaking excavation works, drilling or otherwise disturbing the ground, the
persons doing the work, or causing such work to be done, shall contact all public
utilities/services to determine the possible location of underground facilities, to avoid
hazard to public safety, health and welfare caused by the inadvertent disruption of such
facilities.

e. Protection of Adjoining Property. Any person making or causing an excavation to be

made below existing grade shall protect the excavation so that the soil of adjoining
property will not cave-in or settle and shall defray the cost of underpinning or extending
the foundation of buildings on adjoining properties. Before commencing the excavation,
the person making or causing the excavation to be made shall notify in writing the owners
of adjoining buildings not less than ten (10) days before such excavation is to be made
and that the adjoining buildings will be protected by him. The owners of the adjoining
properties shall be given access to the excavation for the purpose of verifying if their
properties are sufficiently protected by the person making the excavation. Likewise, the
person causing such excavation shall be given access to enter the adjoining property for
the purpose of physical examination of such property, prior to the commencement and at
reasonable periods during the progress of excavation. If the necessary consent is not
accorded to the person making the excavation, then it shall be the duty of the person
refusing such permission to protect his buildings or structure. The person causing the
excavation shall not be responsible for damages on account of such refusal by the
adjoining property owner to permit access for inspection. In case there is a party wall
along a lot line of the premises where an excavation is being made, the person causing
the excavation to be made shall at his own expense, preserve such party wall in as safe
a condition as it was before the excavation was commenced and shall, when necessary,
underpin and support the same by adequate methods.

f. At an early stage, and before work is commenced, a careful and accurate survey of any
cracks in the existing adjoining owner’s premises should be made, and, where possible,
photographs should be taken, recorded, and agreed between the parties concerned.
Where necessary, tell-tales should be fixed to cracks with the object of showing any
further movements during demolition and excavation. Tell-tales should preferably be in
the form of fixed points built in on each side of the crack and should be capable of being
measured by a micrometer or vernier caliper. They should be of such a nature that both
horizontal and vertical movements could be recorded.

g. Cut slopes for permanent excavations shall not be steeper than two (2) horizontal to one
(1) vertical and slopes for permanent fills shall not be steeper than two (2) horizontal to
one (1) vertical. Deviation from the foregoing limitations for slopes shall be permitted
only upon the presentation of a geotechnical/geological investigation report acceptable to
the Building Official.

h. On a large site that is at a considerable distance from the surrounding properties and
public highways, deep excavation may be carried out in the open in bulk, leaving slopes
around the perimeter. It is important to ensure that no serious failures of the banks will
occur to endanger those working on the site or the public. The safe angle of the cut
slope shall be determined by an appropriate geotechnical/geological site investigation
acceptable to the Building Official.

i. In cases where the excavation passes through a permeable water-bearing stratum

overlying an impervious bed, a bench should be formed at the junction of the strata to
carry an intermediate intercepting drain.

j. If groundwater is standing at a considerable head around the excavation, measures shall

be undertaken to reduce this head by a system of weepholes at the lowest 1/3 section of

182
 the excavation wall or by enclosing the site with suitable sheet piling or if a water-sealing
stratum can be reached within a reasonable distance at the bottom of the excavation.

k. In fine sands or silts where sheet piling alone is relied upon, it will be necessary to watch
the pumping very carefully because, in fine-grained materials, the removal of even a
small volume of water may cause “blows” in the bottom of the excavation or may result in
disturbance to adjoining structures.

l. Except in excavation inside sloping banks, rock, or within caissons, all excavations
should be lined with shotcrete, boards, runners or sheet piles supported laterally, if
necessary, by framings of wallings and struts, which may be of timber, steel, or reinforced
concrete, to a sufficient extent to prevent the excavation from becoming dangerous to life
or limb by movement or caving in of the adjoining soil.

m. All linings and framings should be inserted as the excavation proceeds, and should be
tightened up against the adjoining soil by wedging or jacking and secured by cleats or
other suitable means.

n. Every trench, 1.50 meters or deeper, shall be provided with suitable means of exit or
escape at least every 7.50 meters of its length.

o. Where workers are employed adjacent to an excavation on work other than that directly
connected with the excavation, sufficient railings or fences shall be provided to prevent
such workers from falling into the excavation.

p. Excavations that may be left open for any length of time, periodic inspections of timbering
or strutting should be made and wedges tightened as found necessary.

q. In long excavation for walls, it may be found expedient and safe to arrange the
excavation in a series of alternate sections in order to avoid a long, continuous
excavation supported only on temporary strutting. Such sections should be arranged in
convenient lengths (depending on the total length to be done) and of a width sufficient to
construct a unit of the retaining wall that will be adequate to afford permanent support to
that portion of the ground; the wall unit should be completed before proceeding with the
adjacent section of the excavation.

r. Where water is encountered in excavation, a sump should be maintained below the level
of the excavation in order that surface and groundwater can be led into it and pumped
out; provided that the inflow of water does not carry much soil in suspension and does
not require continuous pumping to keep the risk of settlement of the surrounding ground.

s. No fill or other surcharge loads shall be placed adjacent to any building/structure unless
such building/structure is capable of withstanding the additional loads caused by the fill or
surcharge.

t. Existing footings or foundations which may be affected by any excavation shall be

underpinned adequately, or otherwise protected against settlement, and shall be
protected against lateral movement.

u. Fills to be used to support the foundations of any building/structure shall be placed in

accordance with accepted engineering practice. A soil investigation report and a report
of satisfactory placement of fill, shall be both acceptable to the Building Official.

183
3. Footings, Foundations, and Retaining Walls

a. Footings and foundations shall be of the appropriate type, of adequate size, and capacity
in order to safely sustain the superimposed loads under seismic or any condition of
external forces that may affect the safety or stability of the structure. It shall be the
responsibility of the architect and/or engineer to adopt the type and design of the same in
accordance with the standards set forth by the Secretary.

b. Whenever or wherever there exist in the site of the construction an abrupt change in the
ground levels or level of the foundation such that instability of the soil could result,
retaining walls shall be provided and such shall be of adequate design and type of
construction as prescribed by the Secretary.

SECTION 1203. Veneer

1. Veneer is a nonstructural facing of brick, concrete, tile, metal, plastic, glass, or other similar
approved materials attached to a backing or structural components of the building for the
purpose of ornamentation, protection, or enclosure that may be adhered, integrated, or
anchored either on the interior or exterior of the building or structure.

2. Design Requirements. The design of all veneer shall comply with the following:

a. Veneer shall support no load other than its own weight and the vertical dead load of
veneer immediately above.

b. Surfaces to which veneer is attached shall be designed to support the additional vertical
and lateral loads imposed by the veneer.

c. Consideration shall be given to differential movements of the supports including those

caused by temperature changes, shrinkage, creep, and deflection.

d. Adhered veneer and its backing shall be designed to have a bond to the supporting
elements sufficient to withstand shearing stresses due to their weights including seismic
effects on the total assemblage.

e. Anchored veneer and its attachment shall be designed to resist horizontal forces equal to
twice the weight of the veneer.

f. Anchors supports and ties shall be non-combustible and corrosion-resistant.

SECTION 1204. Enclosure of Vertical Openings

1. General. Vertical openings shall be enclosed depending upon the fire resistive requirements
of a particular type of construction as set forth in the Code.

2. Elevator Enclosures. Walls and partitions enclosing elevators and escalators shall be of not
less than the fire-resistive construction required under the Types of Construction. Enclosing
walls of elevator shafts may consist of wire glass set in metal frames on the entrance side
only. Elevator shafts extending through more than two storeys shall be equipped with an
approved means of adequate ventilation to and through the main roof of the building;
Provided, that in those buildings housing Groups F and G Occupancies equipped with
automatic fire-extinguishing systems throughout, enclosures shall not be required for
escalators; Provided, further that the top of the escalator opening at each storey shall be
provided with a draft curtain. Such draft curtain shall enclose the perimeter of the unenclosed

184
 opening and shall extend from the ceiling downward at least 300 millimeters on all sides.
Automatic sprinklers shall be provided around the perimeter of the opening and within a 600
millimeters of the draft curtain. The distance between the sprinkles shall not exceed 1.80
meters center-to-center.

3. Other Vertical Openings. All shafts, ducts, chutes, and other vertical openings not covered in
paragraph above shall have enclosing walls conforming to the requirements specified under
the type of construction of the building in which they are located. In other than Group A
Occupancies, rubbish and linen chutes shall terminate in rooms separated from the
remainder of the building by a One-Hour Fire-Resistive Occupancy Separation. Openings
into the chutes shall not be located in required exit corridors or stairways.

4. Air Ducts. Air ducts passing through a floor shall be enclosed in a shaft. The shaft shall be
as required in this Code for vertical openings. Dampers shall be installed where ducts pierce
the shaft enclosure walls. Air ducts in Group A Occupancies need not be enclosed in a shaft
if conforming to the mechanical provisions of the Code.

SECTION 1205. Floor Construction

1. Floors shall be of such materials and construction as specified under Rule V - Fire Zones and
Fire-Resistive Standards and under Rule IV - Types of Construction.

2. All floors shall be so framed and secured into the framework and supporting walls as to form
an integral part of the whole building.

3. The types of floor construction used shall provide means to keep the beam and girders from
lateral buckling.

SECTION 1206. Roof Construction and Covering

1. Roof Covering. Roof covering for all buildings shall be either fire-retardant or ordinary
depending upon the fire-resistive requirements of the particular type of construction. The use
of combustible roof insulation shall be permitted in all types of construction provided it is
covered with approved roof covering applied directly thereto.

2. Roof Trusses. All roofs shall be so framed and tied into the framework and supporting walls
so as to form an integral part of the whole building. Roof trusses shall have all joints well
fitted and shall have all tension members well tightened before any load is placed in the truss.
Diagonal and sway bracing shall be used to brace all roof trusses. The allowable working
stresses of materials in trusses shall conform to the Code. Camber shall be provided to
prevent sagging.

3. Attics.

a. Access. An attic access opening shall be provided in the ceiling of the top floor of
buildings with a combustible ceiling or roof construction. The opening shall be located in
a corridor or hallway of buildings of three (3) or more storeys in height and readily
accessible in buildings of any height. An opening shall not be less than 600 millimeters
square or 600 millimeters in diameter. The minimum clear headroom of 800 millimeters
shall be provided above the access opening. For ladder requirements, refer to the
Philippine Mechanical Engineering Code.

185
 b. Area Separation. Enclosed attic spaces of combustible construction shall be divided into
horizontal areas not exceeding 250 sq. meters by fire-resistive partitions extending from
the ceiling to the roof. Except, that where the entire attic is equipped with approved
automatic fire-extinguishing system, the attic space may be divided into areas not to
exceed 750 sq. meters. Openings in the partitions shall be protected by self-closing
doors.

c. Draft Stops. Regardless of the type of construction, draft stops shall be installed in
trusses roofs, between roof and bottom chords or trusses, in all buildings exceeding 2000
sq. meters. Draft stops shall be constructed as for attic area separations.

d. Ventilation. Enclosed attics including rafter spaces formed where ceilings are applied
direct to the underside or roof rafters shall be provided with adequate ventilation
protected against the entrance of rain.

4. Roof Drainage System

a. Roof Drains. Roof drains shall be installed at low points of the roof and shall be
adequate in size to discharge all tributary waters.

b. Overflow Drains and Scuppers. Where roof drains are required, adequate overflow
drains shall be provided.

c. Concealed Piping. Roof drains and overflows drains, when concealed within the
construction of the building, shall be installed in accordance with the provisions of the
National Plumbing Code.

d. Over Public Property. Roof drainage water from a building shall not be permitted to flow
over public property, except for Group A and J Occupancies.

5. Flashing. Flashing and counterflashing shall be provided at the juncture of the roof and
vertical surfaces.

SECTION 1207. Stairs, Exits, and Occupant Loads

1. General. The construction of stairs and exits shall conform to the occupant load
requirements of buildings, reviewing stands, bleachers, and grandstands.

a. Determination of Occupant Loads. The occupant load permitted in any building or portion
thereof shall be determined by dividing the floor area assigned to that use by the unit
area allowed per occupant as shown on Table XII.1. and as determined by the Secretary.

i. When the unit area per occupant for any particular occupancy is not provided for in
Table XII.1., the Building Official shall determine the same based on the unit area
for occupancy, which it most nearly resembles.

ii. The occupant load of any area having fixed seats shall be determined by the
number of fixed seats installed. Aisles serving the fixed seats in said area shall be
included in determining the occupant load.

iii. The occupant load permitted in a building or portion thereof may be increased
above that specified in Table XIII.1. if the necessary exits are provided.

iv. In determining the occupant load, all portions of a building shall be presumed to be
occupied at the same time.

186
 EXCEPTION: Accessory areas, which ordinarily are only used by persons who
occupy the main areas of occupancy, shall be provided with exits as though they
were completely occupied. However, in computing the maximum allowable
occupant load for the floor/building, the occupant load of the accessory area/s shall
be disregarded.

b. Exit Requirements. Exist requirements of a building or portion thereof used for different
purposes shall be determined by the occupant load which gives the largest number of
persons. No obstruction shall be placed in the required width of an exit except
projections permitted by the Code.

c. Posting of Room Capacity. Any room having an occupant load of more than fifty (50)
where fixed seats are not installed, and which is used for classroom, assembly, or similar
purpose shall have the capacity of the room posted in a conspicuous place near the main
exit from the room.

d. Changes in Elevation. Except in Group A Occupancies, changes in floor elevations of

less than 300 millimeters along any exit serving a tributary occupant load of ten (10) or
more shall be by means of ramp.

Table XII.1. General Requirements for Occupant Loads and Exits*

(*In all occupancies, floors above the first (1st) storey having an occupant load of more than ten
(10) shall have at least two (2) exits)

Minimum of Two (2) Exits Other than

Unit Area per Occupant
Use or Occupancy Elevators are Required Where Number
(sq. meters)
of Occupants is Over

Dwellings 28.00 10
Hotels 18.60 10
Apartments 18.60 10
Dormitories 18.60 10
Classrooms 1.80 50
Conference Rooms 1.40 50
Exhibit Rooms 1.40 50
Gymnasia 1.40 50
School Shops 4.60 50
Vocational Institutions 4.60 50
Laboratories 4.60 50
Hospitals**, Sanitaria** 8.40 5
Nursing Homes** 7.40 5
Children’s Homes** 7.40 5
Homes for the Aged** 7.40 5
(**Institutional Sleeping
Departments shall be based
on one (1) occupant per
11.00 sq. meters of the gross
floor area; In-patient
Institutional Treatment
Departments shall be based
on one (1) occupant per
22.00 sq. meters of gross
floor area)
Nurseries for Children 3.25 6

187
 Minimum of Two (2) Exits Other than
Unit Area per Occupant
Use or Occupancy Elevators are Required Where Number
(sq. meters)
of Occupants is Over

Dwellings 28.00 10
Stores-Retail Sales Rooms
Basement 2.80 50
Ground Floor 2.80 50
Upper Floors 5.60 10
Offices 9.30 30
Aircraft Hangars (no repair) 46.50 10
Parking Garages 18.60 30
Drinking Establishments 1.40 30
Kitchens (commercial) 18.60 50

Warehouses 28.00 30
Mechanical Equipment Rooms 28.00 30
Garages 9.30 10
Auditoriums 0.65 50
Theaters 0.65 50
Churches and chapels 0.65 50
Dance Floors 0.65 50
Reviewing Stands 0.65 50
Stadia 0.65 50

2. Exits

a. Number of Exits. Every building or usable portion thereof shall have at least one (1) exit.
In all occupancies, floors above the first storey having an occupant load of more than ten
(10) shall not have less than two (2) exits. Each mezzanine floor used for other than
storage purposes, if greater in area than 185 sq. meters or more than 18.00 meters in
any dimension, shall have at least two (2) stairways to an adjacent floor. Every storey or
portion thereof, having an occupant load of 500 to 999 shall have at least three (3) exits.
Every storey or portion thereof having an occupant load of one thousand (1000) or more
shall have at least four (4) exits. The number of exits required from any storey of a
building shall be determined by using the occupant loads of floors which exit through the
level under consideration as follows: 50% of the occupant load in the first adjacent storey
above (and the first adjacent storey below, when a storey below exits through the level
under consideration) and 25% of the occupant load in the storey immediately beyond the
first adjacent storey. The maximum number of exits required for any storey shall be
maintained until egress is provided from the structures. For purposes of this Section
basement or cellars and occupied roofs shall be provided with exits as required for
storeys. Floors above the second storey, basements and cellars used for other than
service of the building shall have not less than two (2) exits.

b. Width. The total width of exits in meters shall not be less than the total occupant load
served divided by one hundred sixty five (165). Such width of exits shall be divided
approximately equally among the separate exits. The total exit width required from any
storey of a building shall be determined by using the occupant load of that storey plus the
percentage of the occupant loads of floors which exits through the level under
consideration as follows: 50% of the occupant load in the first adjacent storey above
(and the first adjacent storey below when a storey below exits through the level under
consideration) and 25% of the occupant load in the storey immediately beyond the first
adjacent storey. The maximum exit width from any storey of a building shall be
maintained.

188
 c. Arrangement of Exits. If only two (2) exits are required, they shall be placed a distance
apart to not less than one-fifth (1/5) of the perimeter of the area served measured in a
straight line between exits. Where three (3) or more exits are required, they shall be
arranged a reasonable distance apart so that if one becomes blocked, the others will be
available.

d. Distance to Exits. No point in a building without a sprinkler system shall be more than
45.00 meters from an exterior exit door, a horizontal exit, exit passageway, or an
enclosed stairway, measured along the line of travel. In a building equipped with a
complete automatic fire extinguishing system, the distance from exits may be increased
to 60.00 meters.

3. Doors. The provisions herein shall apply to every exit door serving an area having an
occupant load of more than ten (10), or serving hazardous rooms or areas.

a. Swing. Exit door shall swing in the direction of exit travel when serving any hazardous
areas or when serving an occupant load of fifty (50) or more. Double acting doors shall
not be used as exits serving a tributary occupant load of more than one hundred (100);
nor shall they be used as a part of fire assembly, nor equipped with panic hardware. A
double acting door shall be provided with a view panel of not less than 1,300 sq.
centimeters.

b. Type of Lock or Latch. Exit door shall be openable from the inside without the use of a
key or any special knowledge or effort: Except, that this requirement shall not apply to
exterior exit doors in a Group E or F Occupancy if there is a conspicuous, readily visible
and durable sign on or adjacent to the door, stating that the door is to remain unlocked
during business hours. The locking device must be of a type that will readily be
distinguishable as locked. Flush bolts or surface bolts are prohibited.

c. Width and Height. Every required exit doorway shall be of a size as to permit the
installation of a door not less than 900 millimeters in width and not less than 2.00 meters
in height. When installed in exit doorways, exit doors shall be capable of opening at least
90 degrees and shall be so mounted that the clear width of the exitway is not less than
700 millimeters. In computing the required exit width the net dimension of the exitway
shall be used.

d. Door Leaf Width. No leaf of an exit door shall exceed 1.20 meters in width.

e. Special Doors. Revolving, sliding, and overhead doors shall not be used as required
exits.

f. Egress from Door. Every required exit door shall give immediate access to an approved
means of egress from the building.

g. Change in Floor Level at Doors. Regardless of the occupant load, there shall be a floor
or landing on each side of an exit door. The floor or landing shall be leveled with, or not
more than 50 millimeters lower than the threshold of the doorway: Except, that in Group
A and B Occupancies, a door may open on the top step of a flight of stairs or an exterior
landing provided the door does not swing over the top step or exterior landing and the
landing is not more than 200 millimeters below the floor level.

h. Door Identification. Glass doors shall conform to the requirements in Section 1802.
Other exit doors shall be so marked that they are readily distinguishable from the
adjacent construction.

189
 i. Additional Doors. When additional doors are provided for egress purposes, they shall
conform to all provisions in the following cases: Approved revolving doors having leaves
which will collapse under opposing pressures may be used in exit situations; provided;
that such doors have a minimum width of 2.00 meters or they are not used in
occupancies where exits are required to be equipped with panic hardware or at least one
conforming exit door is located adjacent to each revolving doors installed in a building
and the revolving door shall not be considered to provide any exit width.

4. Corridors and Exterior Exit Balconies. The provisions herein shall apply to every corridor and
exterior exit balcony serving as a required exit for an occupant load of more than ten (10).

a. Width. Every corridor or exit balcony shall not be less than 1.10 meters in width.

b. Projections. The required width of corridors and exterior exit balconies shall be
unobstructed. Except, that trim handrails, and doors when fully opened shall not reduce
the required width by more than 200 millimeters. Doors in any position shall not reduce
the required width of the corridor by more than one-half (1/2).

c. Access to Exits. When more than one (1) exit is required, they shall be so arranged to
allow going to either direction from any point in the corridor or exterior exit balcony to a
separate exit, except for dead ends permitted by the Code.

d. Dead Ends. Corridors and exterior exit balconies with dead ends are permitted when the
dead end does not exceed 6.00 meters in length.

e. Construction. Walls and ceilings of corridors shall not be less than one-hour fire-
resistive construction. Provided, that this requirement shall not apply to exterior exit
balconies, railings, and corridors of one-storey building housing a Group E and F
Occupancy occupied by one (1) tenant only and which serves an occupant load of thirty
(30) or less, nor to corridors, formed by temporary partitions. Exterior exit balconies shall
not project into an area where protected openings are required.

f. Openings. Where corridor wall are required to be one-hour fire-resistive construction,

every interior door opening shall be protected as set forth in generally recognized and
accepted requirements for dual-purpose fire exit doors. Other interior openings except
ventilation louvers equipped with approved automatic fire shutters shall be 7 millimeters
thick fixed wire glass set in steel frames. The total area of all openings other than doors,
in any portion of an interior corridor wall shall not exceed 25% of the area of the corridor
wall of the room being separated from the corridor.

5. Stairways. Except stairs or ladders used only to access equipment, every stairway serving
any building or portion thereof shall conform to the following requirements:

a. Width. Stairways serving an occupant load of more than fifty (50) shall not be less than
1.10 meters. Stairways serving an occupant load of fifty (50) or less may be 900
millimeters wide. Private stairways serving an occupant load of less than ten (10) may be
750 millimeters. Trim and handrails shall not reduce the required width by more than 100
millimeters.

b. Rise and Run. The rise of every step in a stairway shall not exceed 200 millimeters and
the run shall not be less than 250 millimeters. The maximum variations in the height of
risers and the width of treads in any one flight shall be 5 millimeters: Except, in case of
private stairways serving an occupant load of less than ten (10), the rise may be 200
millimeters and the run may be 250 millimeters, except as provided in sub-paragraph (c)
below.

190
c. Winding Stairways. In Group A Occupancy and in private stairways in Group B
Occupancies, winders may be used if the required width of run is provided at a point not
more than 300 millimeters from the side of the stairway where the treads are narrower
but in no case shall any width of run be less than 150 millimeters at any point.

d. Circular Stairways. Circular stairs may be used as an exit provided the minimum width of
run is not less than 250 millimeters. All treads in any one flight between landings shall
have identical dimensions within a 5 millimeters tolerance.

e. Landings. Every landing shall have a dimension measured in the direction of travel equal
to the width of the stairway. Such dimension need not exceed 1.20 meters when the
stairs has a straight run. Landings when provided shall not be reduced in width by more
than 100 millimeters by a door when fully open.

f. Basement Stairways. Where a basement stairway and a stairway to an upper storey

terminate in the same exit enclosure, an approved barrier shall be provided to prevent
persons from continuing on to the basements. Directional exit signs shall be provided as
specified in the Code.

g. Distance Between Landings. There shall be not more than 3.60 meters vertical distance
between landings.

h. Handrails. Stairways shall have handrails on each side and every stairway required to be
more than 3.00 meters in width shall be provided with not less than one intermediate
handrail for each 3.00 meters of required width. Intermediate handrails shall be spaced
approximately equal within the entire width of the stairway. Handrails shall be placed not
less than 800 millimeters nor more than 900 millimeters above the nosing of treads, and
ends of handrails shall be returned or shall terminate in newel posts or safety terminals:
Except, in the following cases: Stairways 1.10 meters or less in width and stairways
serving one (1) individual dwelling unit in Group A or B Occupancies may have one
handrail, except that such stairway, open on one or both, sides shall have handrails
provided on the open side or sides: or stairways having less than four (4) risers need not
have handrails.

i. Exterior Stairway Protection. All openings in the exterior wall below or within 3.00
meters, measured horizontally, of an exterior exit stairway serving a building over two
storeys in height shall be protected by a self-closing fire assembly having a three-fourth -
hour fire-resistive rating; Except, that openings may be unprotected when two separated
exterior stairways serve an exterior exit balcony.

j. Stairway Construction

i. Stairway Construction - Interior. Interior stairways shall be constructed as specified

in this Code. Where there is enclosed usable space under the stairs the walls and
soffits of the enclosed space shall be protected on the enclosed side as required
for one-hour fire resistive construction.

ii. Stairway Construction - Exterior. Exterior stairways shall be of incombustible

material: Except, that on Type III buildings which do not exceed two storeys in
height, which are located in less fire-restrictive Fire Zones, as well as on Type I
buildings which may be of wood not less than 50 millimeters in nominal thickness.
Exterior stairs shall be protected as required for exterior walls due to location on
property as specified in the Code. Exterior stairways shall not project into an area
where openings are required to be protected. Where there is enclosed usable
space under stairs, the walls and soffits of the enclosed space shall be protected
on the enclosed side as required for one-hour fire-resistive construction.

191
 k. Stairway to Roof. In every building four (4) or more storeys in height, one (1) stairway
shall extend to the roof unless the roof has a slope greater than 1 in 3.

l. Headroom. Every required stairway shall have a headroom clearance of not less than
2.00 meters. Such clearance shall be established by measuring vertically from a plane
parallel and tangent to the stairway tread nosing to the soffit above all points.

6. Ramps. A ramp conforming to the provisions of the Code may be used as an exit. The width
of ramps shall be as required for corridors.

7. Horizontal Exit. If conforming to the provisions of the Code, a horizontal exit may be
considered as the required exit. All openings in a separation wall shall be protected by a fire
assembly having a fire-resistive rating of not less than one hour. A horizontal exit shall not
lead into a floor area having a capacity for an occupant load not less than the occupant load
served by such exit. The capacity shall be determined by allowing 0.30 sq. meter of net floor
area per ambulatory occupant and 1.90 sq. meters per non-ambulatory occupant. The
dispersal area into which the horizontal exit leads shall be provided with exits as required by
the Code.

8. Exit Enclosure. Every interior stairway, ramp, or escalator shall be enclosed as specified in
the Code; Except, that in other than Group D Occupancies, an enclosure will not be required
for stairway, ramp, or escalator serving only one adjacent floor and not connected with
corridors or stairways serving other floors. Stairs in Group A Occupancies need not be
enclosed.

a. Enclosure walls shall not be less than two-hour fire-resistive construction. There shall be
no openings into exit enclosures except exit doorways and openings in exterior walls. All
exit doors in an exit enclosure shall be appropriately protected.

b. Stairway and ramp enclosures shall include landings and parts of floors connecting
stairway flights and shall include a corridor on the ground floor leading from the stairway
to the exterior of the building. Enclosed corridors or passageways are not required for
unenclosed stairways.

c. A stairway in an exit enclosure shall not continue below the grade level exit unless an
approved barrier is provided at the ground floor level to prevent persons from accidentally
continuing into the basement.

d. There shall be no enclosed usable space under stairways in an exit enclosure, nor shall
the open space under such stairways be used for any purpose.

9. Smokeproof Enclosures

A smokeproof enclosure shall consist of a vestibule and a continuous stairway enclosed

from the highest point to the lowest point by walls of two-hour fire-resistive construction. In
buildings five (5) storeys or more in height, one of the required exits shall be a smokeproof
enclosure.

a. Stairs in smokeproof enclosures shall be of incombustible construction.

b. There shall be no openings in smokeproof enclosures, except exit doorways and

openings in exterior walls. There shall be no openings directly into the interior of the
building. Access shall be through a vestibule with one (1) wall at least 50% open to the
exterior and having an exit door from the interior of the building and an exit door leading

192
 to the smokeproof enclosure. In lieu of a vestibule, access may be by way of an open
exterior balcony of incombustible materials.

c. The opening from the building to the vestibule or balcony shall be protected with a self-
closing fire assembly having one-hour fire-resistive rating. The opening from the
vestibule or balcony to the stair tower shall be protected by a self-closing fire assembly
having a one-hour fire-resistive rating.

d. A smokeproof enclosure shall exit into a public way or into an exit passageway leading to
a public way. The exit passageway shall be without other openings and shall have walls,
floors, and ceilings of two-hour fire-resistance.

e. A stairway in a smokeproof enclosure shall not continue below the grade level exit unless
an approved barrier is provided at a ground floor level to prevent persons from
accidentally walking into the basement.

10. Exit Outlets, Courts, and Passageways

Every exit shall discharge into a public way, exit court, or exit passageway. Every exit
court shall discharge into a public way or an exit passageway. Passageways shall be without
openings other than required exits and shall have walls, floors, and ceilings of the same
period of fire-resistance as the walls, floors and ceilings of the building but shall not be less
than one-hour fire-resistive construction.

a. Width

Every exit court and exit passageways shall be at least as wide as the required total
width of the tributary exits, such required width being based on the occupant load served.
The required width of exit courts or exit passageways shall be unobstructed except as
permitted in corridors. At any point where the width of an exit court is reduced from any
cause, the reduction in width shall be affected gradually by a guardrail at least 900
millimeters in height. The guardrail shall make an angle of not more than 30º with the
axis of the exit court.

b. Slope

The slope of exit courts shall not exceed 1 in 10. The slope of exit passageway
shall not exceed 1 in 8.

c. Number of Exits

Every exit court shall be provided with exits as required in the Code.

d. Openings

All openings into an exit court less than 3.00 meters wide shall be protected by fire
assemblies having not less than three-fourth - hour fire-resistive rating. Except, that
openings more than 3.00 meters above the floor of the exit court may be unprotected.

11. Exit Signs and Illuminations

Exits shall be illuminated at any time the building is occupied with lights having an
intensity of not less than 10.7 LUX at floor level; Except, that for Group A Occupancies, the
exit illumination shall be provided with separate circuits or separated sources of power (but
not necessarily separate from exit signs when these are required for exit sign illumination).

193
12. Aisles

Every portion of every building in which are installed seats, tables, merchandise,
equipment, or similar materials shall be provided with aisles leading to an exit.

a. Width

Every aisle shall be not less than 800 millimeters wide if serving only one side, and
not less than 1.00 meter wide if serving both sides. Such minimum width shall be
measured at the point farthest from an exit, cross aisle, or foyer and shall be increased
by 30 millimeters for every meter in length towards the exit, cross aisle or foyer.

Side aisles shall not be less than 1.10 meters in width.

b. Exit Distance

In areas occupied by seats and in Groups H and I Occupancies without seats, the line
of travel to an exit door by an aisle shall be not more than 45.00 meters. With standard
spacing, as specified in the Code, aisles shall be so located that there will be not more
than seven (7) seats between the wall and an aisle and not more than fourteen (14) seats
between aisles. The number of seats between aisles may be increased to thirty (30)
where exits doors are provided along each side aisle of the row of seats at the rate of one
(1) pair of exit doors for every five (5) rows of seats, provided further that the distance
between seats back to back is at least 1.00 meter. Such exit doors shall provide a
minimum clear width of 1.70 meters.

c. Cross Aisles

Aisles shall terminate in a cross aisle, foyer, or exit. The width of the cross aisle
shall be not less than the sum of the required width of the widest aisle plus 50% of the
total required width of the remaining aisle leading thereto. In Groups C, H and E
Occupancies, aisles shall not be provided a dead end greater than 6.00 meters in length.

d. Vomitories

Vomitories connecting the foyer or main exit with the cross aisles shall have a total
width not less than the sum of the required width of the widest aisles leading thereto plus
50% of the total required width of the remaining aisles leading thereto.

e. Slope

The slope portion of aisles shall not exceed a fall of 1 in 8.

13. Seats

a. Seat Spacing

With standard seating, the spacing of rows of seats from back-to-back shall be not less
than 840 millimeters. With continental seating, the spacing of rows of unoccupied seats
shall provide a clear width measured horizontally, as follows: 450 millimeters clear for
rows of eighteen (18) seats or less; 500 millimeters clear for rows of thirty five (35) seats
or less; 525 millimeters clear for rows of forty five (45) seats or less; and 550 millimeters
clear for rows of forty six (46) seats or more.

194
 b. Width

The width of any seat shall be not less than 450 millimeters.

14. Reviewing Stands, Grandstands, and Bleachers

a. Height of Stands

Stands made of combustible framing shall be limited to eleven (11) rows or 2.70 meters
in height.

b. Design Requirements

The minimum unit live load for reviewing stands, grandstands, and bleachers shall
be 500 kilograms per square meter of horizontal projection for the structure as a whole.
Seat and footboards shall be 180 kilograms per linear meter. The sway force, applied to
seats, shall be 35 kilograms per linear meter parallel to the seats and 15 kilograms per
linear meter perpendicular to the seats. Sway forces need not be applied simultaneously
with other lateral forces.

c. Spacing of Seats

i. Row Spacing

The minimum spacing of rows of seats measured from back-to-back shall be: 600
millimeters for seats without backrests in open air stands; 750 millimeters for seats
with backrests; and 850 millimeters for chair seating. There shall be a space of not
less than 300 millimeters between the back of each seat and the front of the seat
immediately behind it.

ii. Rise Between Rows

The maximum rise from one row of seats to the next shall not exceed 400
millimeters.

iii. Seating Capacity

For determining the seating capacity of a stand, the width of any seat shall not be
less than 450 millimeters nor more than 480 millimeters.

iv. Number of Seats Between Aisles

The number of seats between any seat and an aisle shall not be greater than
fifteen (15) for open air stands with seats without backrests, a far open air stands
with seats having backrests and seats without backrests within buildings and six (6)
for seats with backrests in buildings.

d. Aisles

i. Aisles Required

Aisles shall be provided in all stands; Except, that aisles may be omitted when all
the following conditions exist: Seats are without backrests; the rise from row to row
does not exceed 300 millimeters per row; the number of rows does not exceed
eleven (11) in height; the top seating board is not over 3.00 meters above grade;
and the first seating board is not more than 500 millimeters above grade.

195
 ii. Obstructions

No obstruction shall be placed in the required width of any aisle or exitway.

iii. Stairs Required

When an aisle is elevated more than 200 millimeters above grade, the aisle shall
be provided with a stairway or ramp whose width is not less than the width of the
aisle.

iv. Dead End

No vertical aisle shall have a dead end more than sixteen (16) rows in depth
regardless of the number of exits required.

v. Width

Aisles shall have a minimum width of 1.10 meters.

e. Stairs and Ramps

The requirements in the Code shall apply to all stairs and ramps except for portions that
pass through the seating area.

i. Stair Rise and Run

The maximum rise of treads shall not exceed 200 millimeters and the minimum
width of the run shall be 280 millimeters. The maximum variation in the width of
treads in any one (1) flight shall not be more than 5 millimeters and the maximum
variation in one (1) height of two (2) adjacent rises shall not exceed 5 millimeters.

ii. Ramp Slope

The slope of a ramp shall not exceed 1 in 8. Ramps shall be roughened or shall be
of approved non-slip material.

iii. Handrails

A ramp with a slope exceeding 1 in 10 shall have handrails. Stairs for stands shall
have handrails. Handrails shall conform to the requirements of the Code.

f. Guardrails

i. Guardrails shall be required in all locations where the top of a seat plank is more
than 1.20 meters above the grade and at the front of stands elevated more than
600 millimeters above grade. Where only sections of stands are used, guardrails
shall be provided as required in the Code.

ii. Railings shall be 1.10 meters above the rear of a seat plank or 1.10 meters above
the rear of the steps in an aisle when the guardrail is parallel and adjacent to the
aisle; Except, that the height may be reduced to 900 millimeters for guardrails
located in front of the grandstand.

iii. A midrail shall be placed adjacent to any seat to limit the open distance above the
top of any part of a seat to 250 millimeters where the seat is at the extreme end or

196
 at the extreme rear of the bleachers or grandstand. The intervening space shall
have one additional rail midway in the opening; Except, that railings may be
omitted when stands are placed directly against a wall or fence giving equivalent
protection; stairs and ramps shall be provided with guardrails. Handrails at the
front of stands and adjacent to an aisle shall be designed to resist a load of 75
kilograms per linear meter applied at the top rail. Other handrails shall be designed
to resist a load of 40 kilograms per linear meter.

g. Foot Boards

Footboards shall be provided for all rows of seats above the third (3rd) row or beginning at
such point where the seating plank is more than 600 millimeters above grade.

h. Exits

i. Distance to Exit

The line of travel to an exit shall not be more than 45.00 meters. For stands with
seats without backseats, this distance may be measured by direct line from a seat
to the exit from the stand.

ii. Aisle Used as Exit

An aisle may be considered as only one (1) exit unless it is continuous at both ends
to a legal building exit or to a safe dispersal area.

iii. Two (2) Exits Required

A stand with the first (1st) seating board not more than 500 millimeters above grade
of floor may be considered to have two (2) exits when the bottom of the stand is
open at both ends. Every stand or section of a stand within a building shall have at
least two means of egress when the stand accommodates more than fifty (50)
persons. Every open air stand having seats without backrests shall have at least
two (2) means of egress when the stand accommodates more than three hundred
(300) persons.

iv. Three (3) Exits Required

Three (3) exits shall be required for stands within a building when there are more
than 300 occupants within a stand and for open air stands with seats without
backrests where a stand or section of a stand accommodates more than one
thousand (1000) occupants.

v. Four (4) Exits Required

Four (4) exits shall be required when a stand or section of a stand accommodates
more than 1000 occupants; Except, that for an open air stand with seats without
backrest four (4) exits need not be provided unless there are accommodations for
more than three thousand (3000) occupants.

vi. Width

The total width of exits in meters shall not be less than the total occupant load
served divided by one hundred sixty five (165); Except, that for open air stands with
seats without backrest the total width of exits in meters shall be not less than the
total occupant load served divided by five hundred (500) when exiting by stairs,

197
 and divided by six hundred fifty (650) when exiting by ramps or horizontally. When
both horizontal and stair exits are used, the total width of exits shall be determined
by using both figures as applicable. No exit shall be less than 1.10 meters in width.
Exits shall be located at a reasonable distance apart. When only two (2) exits are
provided, they shall be spaced not less than one-fifth (1/5) of the perimeter apart.

i. Securing of Chairs

Chairs and benches used on raised stands shall be secured to the platforms upon
which they are placed; Except, that when less than twenty five (25) chairs are used upon
a single raised platform the fastening of seats to the platform may be omitted. When
more than five hundred (500) loose chairs are used in connection with athletic events,
chairs shall be fastened together in groups of not less than three (3), and shall be tied or
staked to the ground.

j. Safe Dispersal Area

Each safe dispersal area shall have at least two (2) exits. If more than six
thousand (6000) persons are to be accommodated within such an area, there shall be a
minimum of three (3) exits, and for more than nine thousand (9000) persons there shall
be a minimum of four (4) exits. The aggregate clear width of exits from a safe dispersal
area shall be determined on the basis of not less than one (1) exit unit of 600 millimeters
for each five hundred (500) persons to be accommodated and no exit shall be less than
1.10 meters in width, a reasonable distance apart that shall be spaced not less than one-
fifth (1/5) of the perimeter of the area apart from each other.

15. Special Hazards

a. Boiler Rooms

Except in Group A Occupancies, every boiler room and every room containing an
incinerator or liquefied petroleum gas or liquid fuel-fired equipment shall be provided with
at least two (2) means of egress, one of which may be a ladder. All interior openings
shall be protected as provided for in the Code.

b. Cellulose Nitrate Handling

Film laboratories, projection rooms, and nitro-cellulose processing rooms shall

have not less than two exits.

SECTION 1208. Skylights

1. All skylights shall be constructed with metal frames except those for Groups A and J
Occupancies. Frames of skylights shall be designed to carry loads required for roofs. All
skylights, the glass of which is set at an angle of less than 45º from the horizontal, if located
above the first storey, shall be set at least 100 millimeters above the roof. Curbs on which
the skylights rest shall be constructed of incombustible materials except for Types I or II
Construction.

2. Spacing between supports in one direction for flat wired glass in skylights shall not exceed
625 millimeters. Corrugated wired glass may have supports 1.50 meters apart in the
direction of the corrugation. All glass in skylights shall be wired glass; Except, that skylights
over vertical shafts extending through two (2) or more storeys shall be glazed with plain glass
as specified in the Code; Provided, that wired glass may be used in ventilation equal to not

198
 less than one-eight (1/8) the cross-sectional area of the shaft but never less than 1.20 meters
provided at the top of such shaft. Any glass not wired glass shall be protected above and
below with a screen constructed of wire not smaller than 2.5 millimeters in diameter with a
mesh not larger than 25 millimeters. The screen shall be substantially supported below the
glass.

3. Skylights installed for the use of photographers may be constructed of metal frames and plate
glass without wire netting.

4. Ordinary glass may be used in the roof and skylights for greenhouses, Provided, that height
of the greenhouses at the ridge does not exceed 6.00 meters above the grade. The use of
wood in the frames of skylights will be permitted in greenhouses outside of highly restrictive
Fire Zones if the height of the skylight does not exceed 6.00 meters above the grade, but in
other cases metal frames and metal sash bars shall be used.

5. Glass used for the transmission of light, if placed in floors or sidewalks, shall be supported by
metal or reinforced concrete frames, and such glass shall not be less than 12.5 millimeters in
thickness. Any such glass over 100 sq. centimeters in area shall have wire mesh embedded
in the same or shall be provided with a wire screen underneath as specified for skylights in
the Code. All portions of the floor lights or sidewalk lights shall be of the same strength as
required for floor or sidewalk construction, except in cases where the floor is surrounded by a
railing not less 1.10 meters in height, in which case the construction shall be calculated for
not less than roof loads.

SECTION 1209. Bays, Porches, and Balconies

Walls and floors in bay and oriel windows shall conform to the construction allowed for
exterior walls and floors of the type of construction of the building to which they are attached.
The roof covering of a bay or oriel window shall conform to the requirements of the roofing of the
main roof. Exterior balconies attached to or supported by wall required to be of masonry, shall
have brackets or beams constructed of incombustible materials. Railings shall be provided for
balconies, landings, or porches which are more than 750 millimeters above grade.

SECTION 1210. Penthouses and Roof Structures

1. Height

No penthouse or other projection above the roof in structures of other than Type V
construction shall exceed 8.40 meters above the roof when used as an enclosure for tanks or
for elevators which run to the roof and in all other cases shall not extend more than 3.60
meters in height with the roof.

2. Area

The aggregate area of all penthouses and other roof structures shall not exceed one third
(1/3) of the area of the supporting roof.

3. Prohibited Uses

No penthouse, bulkhead, or any other similar projection above the roof shall be used for
purposes other than shelter of mechanical equipment or shelter of vertical shaft openings in
the roof. A penthouse or bulkhead used for purposes other than that allowed by this Section
shall conform to the requirements of the Code for an additional storey.

199
4. Construction

Roof structures shall be constructed with walls, floors, and roof as required for the main
portion of the building except in the following cases:

a. On Types III and IV constructions, the exterior walls and roofs of penthouses which are
1.50 meters or more from an adjacent property line may be of one-hour fire-resistive
incombustible construction.

b. Walls not less than 1.50 meters from an exterior wall of a Type IV construction may be of
one-hour fire-resistive incombustible construction.

The above restrictions shall not prohibit the placing of wood flagpoles or similar structures
on the roof of any building.

5. Towers and Spires

Towers and spires when enclosed shall have exterior walls as required for the building to
which they are attached. Towers not enclosed and which extend more than 20.00 meters
above the grade shall have their framework constructed of iron, steel, or reinforced concrete.
No tower or spire shall occupy more than one-fourth (1/4) of the street frontage of any
building to which it is attached and in no case shall the base area exceed 150.00 sq. meters
unless it conforms entirely to the type of construction requirements of the building to which it
is attached and is limited in height as a main part of the building. If the area of the tower and
spire exceeds 10.00 sq. meters on any horizontal cross section, its supporting frames shall
extend directly to the ground. The roof covering of the spires shall be as required for the
main room of the rest of the structure. Skeleton towers used as radio masts, neon signs, or
advertisement frames and placed on the roof of any building shall be constructed entirely of
incombustible materials when more than 7.50 meters in height, and shall be directly
supported on an incombustible framework to the ground. No such skeleton towers shall be
supported on roofs of combustible framings. They shall be designed to withstand a wind load
from any direction in addition to any other loads.

SECTION 1211. Chimneys, Fireplaces, and Barbecues

1. Chimneys

a. Structural Design

Chimneys shall be designed, anchored, supported, reinforced, constructed, and installed

in accordance with generally accepted principles of engineering. Every chimney shall be
capable of producing a draft at the appliance not less than that required for the safe
operation of the appliance connected thereto. No chimney shall support any structural
load other than its own weight unless it is designed to act as a supporting member.
Chimneys in a wood-framed building shall be anchored laterally at the ceiling line and at
each floor line which is more than 1.80 meters above grade, except when entirely within
the framework or when designed to be free standing.

b. Walls

Every masonry chimney shall have walls of masonry units, bricks, stones, listed masonry
chimney units, reinforced concrete or equivalent solid thickness of hollow masonry and
lined with suitable liners in accordance with the following requirements:

200
i. Masonry Chimneys for Residential Type Appliances

Masonry chimneys shall be constructed of masonry units or reinforced concrete

with walls not less than 100 millimeters thick; or of rubble stone masonry not less
than 300 millimeters thick. The chimney liner shall be in accordance with the
Code.

ii. Masonry Chimneys for Low Heat Appliances

Masonry chimneys shall be constructed of masonry units or reinforced concrete

with walls not less than 200 millimeters thick; Except, that rubble stone masonry
shall be not less than 300 millimeters thick. The chimney liner shall be in
accordance with the Code.

iii. Masonry Chimneys for Medium-Heat Appliances

Masonry chimneys for medium-heat appliances shall be constructed of solid

masonry units of reinforced concrete not less than 200 millimeters thick, Except,
that stone masonry shall be not less than 300 millimeters thick and, in addition
shall be lined with not less than 100 millimeters of firebrick laid in a solid bed of fire
clay mortar with solidly filled head, bed, and wall joints, starting not less than 600
millimeters below the chimney connector entrance. Chimneys extending 7.50
meters or less above the chimney connector shall be lined to the top.

iv. Masonry Chimneys for High-Heat Appliances

Masonry chimneys for high-heat appliances shall be constructed with double walls
of solid masonry units or reinforced concrete not less than 200 millimeters in
thickness, with an air space of not less than 50 millimeters between walls. The
inside of the interior walls shall be of firebrick not less than 100 millimeters in
thickness laid in a solid bed of fire clay mortar with solidly filled head, bed, and wall
joints.

v. Masonry Chimneys for incinerators installed in Multi-Storey Buildings (Apartment-

Type Incinerators)

Chimneys for incinerators installed in multi-storey buildings using the chimney

passageway as a refuse chute where the horizontal grate area of combustion
chamber does not exceed 0.80 sq. meter shall have walls of solid masonry or
reinforced concrete, not less than 100 millimeters thick with a chimney lining as
specified in the Code. If the grate area of such an incinerator exceeds 0.80 sq.
meter, the walls shall not be less than 100 millimeters of firebrick except that higher
than 9.00 meters above the roof of the combustion chamber, common brick alone
200 millimeters in thickness may be used.

vi. Masonry Chimneys for Commercial and Industrial Type Incinerators

Masonry chimneys for commercial and industrial type incinerators of a size

designed for not more than 110 kilograms of refuse per hour and having a
horizontal grate area not exceeding 0.50 sq. meter shall have walls of solid
masonry or reinforced concrete not less than 100 millimeters thick with lining of not
less than 100 millimeters of firebrick, which lining shall extend for not less than
12.00 meters above the roof of the combustion chamber. If the design capacity of
grate area of such an incinerator exceeds 110 kilograms per hour and 0.80 sq.
meter respectively, walls shall not be less than 200 millimeters thick, lined with not
les than 100 millimeters of firebrick extending the full height of the chimney.

201
c. Linings

Fire clay chimney lining shall not be less than 15 millimeters thick. The lining shall extend
from 200 millimeters below the lowest inlet or, in the case of fireplace, from the throat of
the fireplace to a point above enclosing masonry walls. Fire clay chimney linings shall be
installed ahead of the construction of the chimney as it is carried up, carefully bedded
one on the other in fire clay mortar, with close-fitting joints left smooth on the inside.
Firebrick not less than 500 millimeters thick may be used in place of fire clay chimney.

d. Area

No chimney passageway shall be smaller in area than the vent connection of the
appliance attached thereto.

e. Height

Every masonry chimney shall extend at least 600 millimeters above the part of the roof
through which it passes and at least 600 millimeters above the highest elevation of any
part of a building within 3.00 meters to the chimney.

f. Corbeling

No masonry chimney shall be corbeled from a wall more than 150 millimeters nor shall a
masonry chimney be corbeled from a wall which is less than 300 millimeters in thickness
unless it projects equally on each side of the wall. In the second (2nd) storey of a two-
storey building of Group A Occupancy, corbeling of masonry chimneys on the exterior of
the enclosing walls may equal the wall thickness. In every case the corbeling shall not
exceed 25 millimeters projection for each course of brick.

g. Change in Size or Shape

No change in the size or shape of a masonry chimney shall be made within a distance of
150 millimeters above or below the roof joints or rafters where the chimney passes
through the roof.

h. Separation

When more than one passageway is contained in the same chimney, masonry separation
at least 100 millimeters thick bonded into the masonry wall of the chimney shall be
provided to separate passageways.

i. Inlets

Every inlet to any masonry chimney shall enter the side thereof and shall be of not less
than 3 millimeters thick metal or 16 millimeters refractory material.

j. Clearance

Combustible materials shall not be placed within 50 millimeters of smoke chamber or

masonry chimney walls when built within a structure, or within 25 millimeters when the
chimney is built entirely outside the structure.

k. Termination

All incinerator chimneys shall terminate in a substantially constructed spark arrester

having a mesh not exceeding 20 millimeters.

202
 l. Cleanouts

Cleanout openings shall be provided at the base of every masonry chimney.

2. Fireplaces and Barbecues

Fireplaces, barbecues, smoke chambers, and fireplace chimneys shall be of solid

masonry or reinforced concrete and shall conform to the minimum requirements specified in
the Code.

a. Fireplace Walls

Walls of fireplaces shall not be less than 200 millimeters in thickness. Walls of fireboxes
shall not be less than 250 millimeters in thickness; Except, that where a lining of firebrick
is used, such walls shall not be less than 200 millimeters in thickness. The firebox shall
not be less than 500 millimeters in depth. The maximum thickness of joints in firebrick
shall be 10 millimeters.

b. Hoods

Metal hoods used as part of a fireplace or barbecue shall be not less than No. 18 gauge
copper, galvanized iron, or other equivalent corrosion-resistant ferrous metal with all
seams and connections of smokeproof unsoldered construction. The hoods shall be
sloped at an angle of 45 or less from the vertical and shall extend horizontally at least
150 millimeters beyond the limits of the firebox. Metal hoods shall be kept a minimum of
400 millimeters from combustible materials.

c. Circulators

Approved metal heat circulators may be installed in fireplaces.

d. Smoke Chamber

Front and side walls shall not be less than 200 millimeters in thickness. Smoke chamber
back walls shall not be less than 150 millimeters in thickness.

e. Fireplace Chimneys

Walls of chimneys without flue lining shall not be less than 200 millimeters in thickness.
Walls of chimneys with flue lining shall not be less than 100 millimeters in thickness and
shall be constructed in accordance with the requirements of the Code.

f. Clearance to Combustible Materials

Combustible materials shall not be placed within 50 millimeters of fireplace, smoke

chamber, or chimney walls when built entirely within a structure, or within 25 millimeters
when the chimney is built entirely outside the structure. Combustible materials shall not
be placed within 150 millimeters of the fireplace opening. No such combustible material
within 300 millimeters of the fireplace opening shall project more than 3 millimeters for
each 25 millimeters clearance from such opening. No part of metal hoods used as part of
a fireplace, barbecue or heating stoves shall be less than 400 millimeters from
combustible material. This clearance may be reduced to the minimum requirements set
forth in the Code.

203
 g. Area of Flues, Throats, and Dampers

The net cross-sectional area of the flue and of the throat between the firebox and the
smoke chamber of a fireplace shall not be less than the requirements to be set forth by
the Secretary. Where dampers are used, they shall be of not less than No. 12 gauge
metal. When fully opened, damper opening shall be not less than 90% of the required
flue area. When fully open, damper blades shall not extend beyond the line of the inner
face of the flue.

h. Lintel

Masonry over the fireplace opening shall be supported by a non-combustible lintel.

i. Hearth

Every fireplace shall be provided with a brick, concrete, stone, or other approved non-
combustible hearth slab at least 300 millimeters wider on each side than the fireplace
opening and projecting at least 450 millimeters therefrom. This slab shall not be less
than 100 millimeters thick and shall be supported by a noncombustible material or
reinforced to carry its own weight and all imposed loads.

SECTION 1212. Fire-Extinguishing Systems

1. Fire-Extinguishing Systems – Where required, standard automatic fire-extinguishing systems

shall be installed in the following places, and in the manner provided in the Code.

a. In every storey, basement or cellar with an area of 200.00 sq. meters or more which is
used for habitation, recreation, dining, study, or work, and which has an occupant load of
more than twenty (20).

b. In all dressing rooms, rehearsal rooms, workshops or factories, and other rooms with an
occupant load of more than ten (10) or assembly halls under Group H and I Occupancies
with occupant load of more than five hundred (500), and if the next doors of said rooms
are more than 30.00 meters from the nearest safe fire dispersal area of the building or
opening to an exit court or street.

c. In all rooms used for storage or handling of photographic x-ray nitrocellulose films and
other inflammable articles.

2. Dry Standpipes – Every building four (4) or more storeys in height shall be equipped with one
or more dry standpipes.

a. Construction and Tests – Dry standpipes shall be of wrought iron or galvanized steel and
together with fittings and connections shall be of sufficient strength to withstand 20
kilograms per square centimeter of water pressure when ready for service, without
leaking at the joints, valves, or fittings. Tests shall be conducted by the owner or the
building contractor in the presence of a representative of the Building Official whenever
deemed necessary for the purpose of certification of its proper function.

b. Size – Dry standpipes shall be of such size as to be capable of delivering 900 liters of
water per minute from each of any three (3) outlets simultaneously under the pressure
created by one (1) fire engine or pumper based on the standard equipment available.

c. Number Required – Every building four (4) or more storeys in height where the area of
any floor above the third (3rd) floor is 950 sq. meters or less, shall be equipped with at

204
 least one (1) dry standpipe and an additional standpipe shall be installed for each
additional 950 sq. meters or fraction thereof.

d. Location – Standpipes shall be located within enclosed stairway landings or near such
stairways as possible or immediately inside of an exterior wall and within 300 millimeters
of an opening in a stairway enclosure of the balcony or vestibule of a smokeproof tower
or an outside exit stairway.

e. Siamese Connections - Subject to the provisions of subparagraph (b) all 100 millimeters
dry standpipes shall be equipped with a two-way Siamese fire department connection.
All 125 millimeters dry standpipes shall be equipped with a three-way Siamese fire
department connection, and 150 millimeters dry standpipes shall be equipped with four-
way Siamese fire department connections. All Siamese inlet connections shall be
located on a street-front of the building and not less than 300 millimeters nor more than
1.20 meters above the grade and shall be equipped with a clapper-checks and
substantial plugs. All Siamese inlet connections shall be recessed in the wall or
otherwise substantially protected.

f. Outlets - All dry standpipes shall extend from the ground floor to and over the roof and
shall be equipped with a 63 millimeters outlet nor more than 1.20 meters above the floor
level at each storey. All dry standpipes shall be equipped with a two-way 63 millimeters
outlet above the roof. All outlets shall be equipped with gate valves.
g. Signs – An iron or bronze sign with raised letters at least 25 millimeters high shall be
rigidly attached to the building adjacent to all Siamese connections and such signs shall
read: “CONNECTION TO DRY STANDPIPE”.

3. Wet Standpipes – Every Group H and I Occupancy of any height, and every Group C
Occupancy of two (2) more storeys in height, and every Group B, D, E, F and G Occupancy
of three (3) or more storeys in height and every Group G and E Occupancy over 1800 sq.
meters in area shall be equipped with one or more interior wet standpipes extending from the
cellar or basement into the topmost storey; Provided, that Group H buildings having no stage
and having a seating capacity of less than five hundred (500) need not be equipped with
interior wet standpipes.

a. Construction – Interior wet standpipes shall be constructed of the same materials as

those required for dry standpipes.

b. Size

i. Interior wet standpipes shall have an internal diameter sufficient to deliver 190 liters
of water per minute under 2.00 kilograms per square centimeter pressure at the
hose connections. Buildings of Group H and I Occupancy shall have wet
standpipes systems capable of delivering the required quantity and pressure from
any two (2) outlets simultaneously; for all other Occupancies only one (1) outlet
need be figured to be opened at one time. In no case shall the internal diameter of
a wet standpipe be less than 50 millimeters, except when the standpipe is attached
to an automatic fire-extinguishing system.

ii. Any approved formula which determines pipe sizes on a pressure drop basis may
be used to determine pipe size for wet standpipe systems. The Building Official
may require discharge capacity and pressure tests on completed wet standpipe
systems.

c. Number required – The number of wet standpipes when required in the Code shall be so
determined that all portions of the building are within 6.00 meters of a nozzle attached to
a hose 23.00 meters in length.

205
 d. Location – In Group H and I Occupancies, outlets shall be located as follows: one (1) on
each side of the stage, one (1) at the rear of the auditorium, and one (1) at the rear of the
balcony. Where occupant loads are less than five hundred (500) the above requirements
may be waived; Provided, that portable fire extinguishers of appropriate capacity and
type are installed within easy access from the said locations. In Group B, C, D, E, F and
G Occupancies, the location of all interior wet standpipes shall be in accordance with the
requirement for dry standpipes; Provided, that at least one (1) standpipe is installed to
cover not more than 650 sq. meters.

e. Outlets. All interior wet standpipes shall be equipped with a 38 millimeter valve in each
storey, including the basement or cellar of the building, and located not less than 300
millimeters nor more than 1.20 meters above the floor.

f. Threads. All those threads used in connection with the installation of such standpipes,
including valves and reducing fittings shall be uniform with that prescribed by the
Secretary.

g. Water Supply. All interior wet standpipes shall be connected to a street main not less
than 100 millimeters in diameter, or when the water pressure is insufficient, to a water
tank of sufficient size as provided in subparagraph (h). When more than one (1) interior
wet standpipe is required in the building, such standpipe shall be connected at their
bases or at their tops by pipes of equal size.

h. Pressure and Gravity Tanks – Tanks shall have a capacity sufficient to furnish at least
1,500 liters per minute for a period of not less than 10 minutes. Such tanks shall be
located so as to provide not less than 2 kilograms per square centimeter pressure at the
topmost base outlet for its entire supply. Discharge pipes from pressure tanks shall
extend 50 millimeters into and above the bottom of such tanks. All tanks shall be tested
in place after installation and proved tight at a hydrostatic pressure 50% in excess of the
working pressure required. Where such tanks are used for domestic purposes the supply
pipe for such purposes shall be located at or above the center line of such tanks.
Incombustible supports shall be provided for all such supply tanks and not less than a
900 millimeters clearance shall be maintained over the top and under the bottom of all
pressure tanks.

i. Fire pumps. Fire pumps shall have a capacity of not less than 1,000 liters per minute with
a pressure not less than 2 kilograms per square centimeter at the topmost hose outlet.
The source of supply for such pump shall be a street water main of not less than 100
millimeters diameter or a well or cistern containing a one-hour supply. Such pumps shall
be supplied with an adequate source of power and shall be automatic in operation.

j. Hose and Hose Reels – Each hose outlet of all interior wet standpipes shall be supplied
with a hose not less than 38 millimeters in diameter. Such hose shall be equipped with a
suitable brass or bronze nozzle and shall be not over 23.00 meters in length. An
approved standard form of wall hose reel or rack shall be provided for the hose and shall
be located so as to make the hose readily accessible at all times and shall be recessed in
the walls or protected by suitable cabinets.

4. Basement Pipe Inlets – Basement pipe inlets shall be installed in the first (1 st) floor of every
store, warehouse, or factory where there are cellars or basements under same; Except,
where in such cellars or basements there is installed a fire-extinguishing system as specified
in the Code or where such cellars or basements are used for banking purposes, safe deposit
vaults, or similar uses.

206
 a. Material – All basement pipe inlets shall be of cast iron, steel, brass, or bronze with lids of
cast brass or bronze and shall consist of a sleeve not less than 200 millimeters in
diameter through the floor extending to and flush with the ceiling below and with a top
flange, recessed with an inside shoulder, to receive the lid and flush with the finished
floor surface. The lid shall be a solid casting and shall have a ring lift recessed on the top
thereof, so as to be flushed. The lid shall have the words “FOR FIRE DEPARTMENT
ONLY, DO NOT COVER UP” cast on the top thereof. The lid shall be installed in such a
manner as to permit its removal readily from the inlet.

b. Location. Basement pipe inlets shall be strategically located and kept readily accessible
at all times to the Fire Department.

5. Approval – All fire-extinguishing systems, including automatic sprinklers, wet and dry
standpipes, automatic chemical extinguishers, basement pipe inlets, and the appurtenances
thereto shall meet the approval of the Fire Department as to installation and location and
shall be subject to such periodic test as it may require.

SECTION 1213. Stages and Platform

1. Stage Ventilators – There shall be one (1) or more ventilators constructed of metal or other
incombustible material near the center and above the highest part of any working stage
raised above the stage roof and having a total ventilation area equal to at least 5% of the
floor area within the stage walls. The entire equipment shall conform to the following
requirements:

a. Opening Action – Ventilators shall open by spring action or force of gravity sufficient to
overcome the effects of neglect, rust, dirt, or expansion by heat or warping of the
framework.

b. Glass – Glass, if used in ventilators, must be protected against falling on the stage. A
wire screen, if used under the glass, must be so placed that if clogged it cannot reduce
the required ventilating area or interfere with the operating mechanism or obstruct the
distribution of water from the automatic fire extinguishing systems.

c. Design – Ventilators, penthouses, and supporting framework shall be designed in

accordance with the Code.

d. Spring Actuation – Springs, when employed to actuate ventilator doors, shall be capable
of maintaining full required tension indefinitely. Springs shall not be stressed more than
50% of their rated capacity and shall not be located directly in the air stream, nor
exposed to elements.

e. Location of Fusible Links – A fusible link shall be placed in the cable control system on
the underside of the ventilator at or above the roof line or as approved by the Building
Official, and shall be so located as not to be affected by the operation of fire-extinguishing
systems.

f. Control – Remote, manual or electrical control shall provide for both opening and closing
of the ventilator doors for periodic testing and shall be located at a point on the stage
designated by the Building Official. When remote control of ventilator is electrical, power
failure shall not affect its instant operation in the event of fire. Hand winches may be
employed to facilitate operation of manually controlled ventilators.

207
2. Gridirons –
a. Gridirons, fly galleries, and pin-rails shall be constructed of incombustible materials and
fire protection of steel and iron may be omitted. Gridirons and fly galleries shall be
designed to support a live load of not less than 367 kilograms per sq. meter. Each loft
block well shall be designed to support 373 kilograms per linear meter and the head
block well shall be designed to support the aggregate weight of all the loft block wells
served. The head block well must be provided with an adequate strongback or lateral
brace to offset torque.

b. The main counterweight sheave beam shall be designed to support a horizontal and
vertical uniformly distributed live load sufficient to accommodate the weight imposed by
the total number of loft blocks in the gridiron. The sheave blocks shall be designed to
accommodate the maximum load for the loft or head blocks served with a safety factor of
five (5).

3. Rooms Accessory to Stage – In a building having a stage, the dressing room sections,
workshops, and storerooms shall be located on the stage side of the proscenium wall and
shall be separated from each other and from the stage by not less than a One-Hour Fire-
Resistive Occupancy Separation.

4. Proscenium Walls – A stage shall be completely separated from the auditorium by a

proscenium wall of not less than two-hour incombustible construction. The proscenium wall
shall extend not less than 1.20 meters above the roof over the auditorium. Proscenium walls
may have, in addition to the main proscenium openings, one (1) opening at the orchestra pit
level and not more than two (2) openings at the stage floor level, each of which shall be not
more than 2.00 sq. meters in area. All openings in the proscenium wall of stage shall be
protected by a fire assembly having a one and one-half - hour fire-resistive rating. The
proscenium opening, which shall be the main opening for viewing performances, shall be
provided with a self-closing fire-resistive curtain as specified in the Code.

5. Stage Floor – The type of construction for stage floors shall depend upon the requirements
based on the Type of Occupancy and the corresponding fire-resistive requirements. All parts
of the stage floor shall be designed to support not less than 620 kilograms per square meters.
Openings through stage floors shall be equipped with tight-fitting trap doors of wood of not
less than 50 millimeters nominal thickness.

6. Platforms – The type of construction for platforms shall depend upon the requirements based
on the Type of Occupancy and corresponding fire-resistive requirements. Enclosed platforms
shall be provided with one (1) or more ventilators conforming to the requirements of stage
ventilators; Except, that the total area shall be equal to 5% of the area of the platform. When
more than one (1) ventilator is provided, they shall be so spaced as to provide proper exhaust
ventilation. Ventilators shall not be required for enclosed platforms having a floor area of
45.00 sq. meters or less.

7. Stage Exits – At least one (1) exit not less than 900 millimeters wide shall be provided from
each side of the stage opening directly or by means of a passageway not less than 900
millimeters in width to a street or exit court. An exit stair not less than 750 millimeters wide
shall be provided for egress from each fly gallery. Each tier of dressing rooms shall be
provided with at least two (2) means of egress each not less than 750 millimeters wide and all
such stairs shall be constructed in accordance with the requirement specified in the Code.
The stairs required in this Sub-section need not be enclosed.

208
SECTION 1214. Motion Picture Projection Rooms

1. General Requirements – The provisions of this Section shall apply only where ribbon type
motion picture films in excess of 22-millimeter width and electric projection equipment are
used. Every motion picture machine using ribbon type film in excess of 22 millimeter width
and electric arc projections equipment, together with all electrical devices, rheostats,
machines, and all such films present in any Group C, I, or H Occupancy, shall be enclosed in
a projection room large enough to permit the operator to walk freely on either side and back
of the machine.

2. Construction – Every projection room shall be of not les than one-hour fire-resistive
construction throughout and the walls and ceiling shall be finished with incombustible
materials. The ceiling shall be not less than 2.40 meters from the finished floor. The room
shall have a floor area of not less than 7.00 sq. meters and 3.50 sq. meters for each
additional machine.

3. Exit – Every projection room shall have at least two doorways separated by not less than
one-third the perimeter of the room, each at least 750 millimeters wide and 2.00 meters high.
All entrances to a projection room shall be protected by a self-closing fire assembly having a
three-fourth - hour fire-resistive rating. Such doors shall open outward and lead to proper
exits as required in the Code and shall not be equipped with any latch. The maximum width
of such door shall be 750 millimeters.

4. Ports and Openings – Ports in projection room walls shall be of three (3) kinds: projection
ports; observation ports; and combination ports used for both observation and for
stereopticon, spot or floodlight machines.

a. Ports Required – There shall be provided for each motion picture projector not more than
one (1) projection port, which shall be limited in area to 750 sq. centimeters, and not
more than one (1) observation port, which shall be limited in area to 1,300 sq.
centimeters. There shall be not more than three (3) combination ports, each of which
shall not exceed 750 millimeters by 600 millimeters. Each port opening shall be
completely covered with a pane of glass; Except, that when acetate safety film is used,
projection ports may be increased in size to an area not to exceed 4,500 sq. centimeters.

b. Shutters – Each port and every other opening in projection room walls, including, any
fresh-air inlets but excluding exit doors and exhaust ducts, shall be provided with a
shutter of not less than 2.4 millimeters thick sheet metal or its equivalent large enough to
overlap at least 25 millimeters on all sides of such openings. Shutters shall be arranged
to slide without binding in guides constructed of material equal to the shutters in strength
and fire-resistance. Each shutter shall be equipped with a 74 fusible link, which when
fused by heat will cause closure of the shutter by gravity. Shutters of a size greater than
1,300 sq. centimeters shall be equipped with a counter-balance. There shall also be a
fusible link located over the upper magazine of each projector, which upon operating, will
close all the shutters. In addition, there shall be provided suitable means for manually
closing all shutters simultaneously from any projector head and from a point within the
projection room near each exit door. Shutters on openings not in use shall be kept
closed; Except, that shutters may be omitted when only acetate safety film is used.

5. Ventilation

a. Inlet – A fresh-air inlet from the exterior of the building not less than 900 sq. centimeters
and protected with wire netting, shall be installed within 50 millimeters of the floor in every
projection room, the source of which shall be remote from other outside vents or flues.

209
 b. Outlets – Ventilation shall be provided by one (1) or more mechanical exhaust systems
which shall draw air from each arc lamp housing to out-doors either directly or through an
incombustible flue used for no other purpose. Exhaust capacity shall not be less than
0.50 cu. meter nor more than 1.40 cu. meter per minute for each arc lamp plus 5.60 cu.
meters for the room itself. Systems shall be controlled from within the enclosure and
shall have pilot lights to indicate operation. The exhaust systems serving the projection
room may be extended to cover rooms associated therewith such as rewind rooms. No
dampers shall be installed in such exhaust systems. Ventilation of these rooms shall not
be connected in any way with ventilating or air-conditioning systems serving other
portions of the building. Exhaust ducts shall be of incombustible material and shall either
be kept 25 millimeters from combustible material or covered with 10 millimeters of
incombustible heat-insulating material.

6. Regulation of Equipment – All shelves, fixtures, and fixed equipment in a projection room
shall be constructed of incombustible materials. All films not in actual use shall be stored in
metal cabinets having individual compartments for reels or shall be in generally accepted
shipping containers. No solder shall be used in the construction of such cabinets.

SECTION 1215. Lathing, Plastering, and Installation of Wall Boards

The installation of lath, plaster and gypsum wall board shall conform to the fire-resistive
rating requirements and the type of construction of building.

210
 RULE XIII - ELECTRICAL AND MECHANICAL REGULATIONS

SECTION 1301. Electrical Regulations

All electrical systems, equipment and installations mentioned in the Code shall conform to the
provisions of the Philippine Electrical Code Part 1 (PEC-1) and Part 2 (PEC-2), as adopted by the
Board of Electrical Engineering pursuant to Republic Act 7920, otherwise known as the Philippine
Electrical Engineering Law.

1. Overhead Service Entrance

In Subdivisions, Housing Projects, Commercial and Industrial Buildings, overhead

transmission and distribution voltages are required to supply power source including
transformers, poles and supporting structures.

2. Attachments on and Clearances from Buildings

a. An Attachment Plan approved by professional electrical engineer shall cover power lines
and cables, transformers and other electrical equipment installed on or in buildings and
shall be submitted to the local Building Official.

b. Where building/s exceed 15.00 meters in height, overhead lines shall be arranged where
practicable so that clear space or zone at least 1.80 meters (horizontal) will be left
adjacent to the building or beginning not over 2.45 meters (horizontal) from the building,
to facilitate the raising of ladders where necessary for fire fighting.

EXCEPTION: This requirement does not apply where it is the rule of the local fire
department to exclude the use of ladders in alleys or other restricted
places, which are generally occupied by supply lines.

3. Open Supply Conductors Attached to Buildings

Where the permanent attachment of open supply conductors to any class of buildings is
necessary for service entrance, such conductors shall meet the following requirements:

a. Conductors of more than 300 volts to ground shall not be carried along or near the
surface of the building unless they are guarded or made inaccessible.

b. To promote safety to the general public and to employees not authorized to approach
conductors and other current-carrying parts of electric supply lines, such parts shall be
arranged so as to provide adequate clearance from the ground or other space generally
accessible, or shall be provided with guards so as to isolate persons effectively from
accidental contact.

c. Ungrounded service conduits, metal fixtures and similar noncurrent-carrying parts, if

located in urban districts and where liable to become charged to more than 300 volts to
ground, shall be isolated or guarded so as not to be exposed to accidental contact by
unauthorized persons. As an alternative to isolation or guarding noncurrent-carrying
parts shall be solidly or effectively grounded.

d. Service drops passing over a roof shall be securely supported by substantial structures.
Where practicable, such supports shall be independent of the building.

4. Conductors Passing By or Over Buildings

a. Unguarded or accessible supply conductors carrying voltages in excess of 300 volts may
be either beside or over buildings. The vertical or horizontal clearance to any buildings or
its attachments (balconies, platforms, etc.) shall be as listed in Table XIII.1. The
211
 horizontal clearance governs above the roof level to the point where the diagonal equals
the vertical clearance requirements. This Rule should not be interpreted as restricting the
installation of a trolley contact conductor over the approximate centerline of the track it
serves. (Figure XIII.1.)

b. Supply conductors of 300 volts or more, when placed near enough to windows, verandas,
fire escapes, or other ordinarily accessible places, shall be properly guarded by grounded
conduit and barriers.

c. Where the required clearances cannot be obtained, supply conductors shall be grouped
or bundled and supported by grounded messenger wires.

5. Clearance of Service Drops

a. Service drop conductors shall not be readily accessible and when not in excess of 600
volts, shall conform to the following:

i. Conductors shall have a clearance of not less than 2.50 meters from the highest
point of roofs over which they pass with the following exceptions:

(a) Where the voltage between conductors does not exceed 300 volts and the roof
has a slope of not less than 100 millimeters in 300 millimeters, the clearance
may not be less than 1.00 meter.

(b) Service drop conductors of 300 volts or less which do not pass over other than
a maximum of 1.20 meters of the overhang portion of the roof for the purpose
of terminating at a through-the-roof service raceway or approved support may
be maintained at a minimum of 500 millimeters from any portion of the roof
over which they pass.

b. Conductors shall have a clearance of not less than 3.00 meters from the ground or from
any platform or projection from which they might be reached.

c. Conductors shall have a horizontal clearance of not less than 1.00 meter from windows,
doors, porches, fire escapes, or similar locations and shall be run less than 1.00 meter
above the top level of a window or opening.

d. Service drop of conductors, when crossing a street, shall have a clearance of not less
than 5.50 meters from the crown of the street or sidewalk over which it passes; and shall
have a minimum clearance of 3.00 meters above ground at its point of attachment to the
building or pedestal.

e. No parts of swimming and wading pools shall be placed under existing service drop
conductors or any other overhead wiring; nor shall such wiring be installed above the
following:

i. Swimming and wading pools and the area extending 3.00 meters outward horizontally

from the inside of the walls of the pool;

ii. Diving structures;

iii. Observation stands, towers or platforms.

212
TABLE XIII.1. Clearance of Wires, Conductors, Cables and Unguarded Rigid Energized
Parts Adjacent but not Attached to Buildings and Other Installations
Except Bridges

Insulated
Supply Unguarded rigid Supply Open Unguarded
Communication
cables of energized parts, cables over supply rigid
conductors and
0 to 750 0 to 750 V; non- 750 V; open conductors, energized
cables;
V insulated supply over 750 V parts, over
Clearance of messengers;
communication conductors, to 22 kV 750 V to 22
surge protection
conductors 0 to 750 V kV
wires; grounded
guys; neutral
(mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm)
conductors

1. Buildings

a. Horizontal
(1) To walls, 1400 1500 1500 1700 2300 2000
projection and
guarded windows
(2) To unguarded 1400 1500 1500 1700 2300 2000
windows
(3) To balconies 1400 1500 1500 1700 2300 2000
and areas readily
accessible

b. Vertical

(1) Over or under 900 1070 3000 3200 3800 3600

roofs or projections
not readily
accessible to
pedestrians
(2) Over or under 3200 3400 3400 3500 4100 4000
balconies and roofs
readily accessible
to pedestrians
(3) Over roofs 3200 3400 3400 3500 4100 4000
accessible to
vehicles but not
subject to truck
traffic
(4) Over roofs 4700 4900 4900 5000 5600 5500
accessible to truck
traffic

2. Signs, chimneys,
billboards, radio
and television
antennas, and
other installations
not classified as
buildings or bridges

a. Horizontal 900 1070 1500 1700 2300 2000

b. Vertical over or 900 1070 1700 1800 2450 2300

under

213
 V1
V
V

V1

V1
H
H

V1

H – Minimum horizontal clearance

V – Minimum vertical clearance, measured
either diagonally or vertically
V1 - Transition
Where:
V1 = V

Figure XIII.1.

CLEARANCE DIAGRAM FOR BUILDING

214
6. Wiring Methods

Service entrance conductors extending along the exterior or entering buildings or other
structures shall be installed in rigid steel conduit or concrete encased plastic conduit from
point of service drop to meter base and from meter base to the disconnecting equipment.
However, where the service entrance conductors are protected by approved fuses or
breakers at their terminals (immediately after the service drop or lateral) they may be installed
in any of the recognized wiring methods as provided by PEC-1.

a. Abandoned lines and/or portions of lines no longer required to provide service shall be
removed.

b. Power pole, lines, service drop and other line equipment shall be free from any
attachment for antennas, signs, streamers and the like.

7. Transformers

a. Oil-insulated transformers rated more than 15 kV between conductors shall be installed

inside a transformer vault.

b. Dry-type and other transformers with non-flammable insulation shall be installed in a

transformer room.

c. Transformers shall be guarded as follows:

i. Appropriate provisions shall be made to minimize the possibility of damage to

transformers from external causes where the transformers are located exposed to
physical damage.

ii. Dry-type transformers shall be provided with a non-combustible moisture resistant

case or enclosure which will provide reasonable protection against accidental
insertion of foreign objects.

iii. The transformer installation shall conform to the provisions for guarding of live
parts in PEC-1.

iv. The operating voltage of exposed live parts of transformer installations shall be
indicated by signs or visible markings on the equipment or structures.

8. Provisions for Transformer Vault

a. A transformer vault when required, shall be constructed in accordance with PEC-1 latest
edition.

b. Transformers and transformer vaults shall be accessible only to qualified personnel for
inspection and maintenance.

c. Adequate ventilation shall be provided for the transformer vault.

9. Capacitor

a. This applies to installation of capacitors on electric circuits in buildings.

EXCEPTION: 1. Capacitors that are component of other apparatus shall conform to

the requirements for such apparatus.

2. Capacitors in hazardous locations shall comply with additional

requirements as prescribed in PEC-1.

215
 b. Installation of capacitors in which any single unit contains more than 11 liters of
flammable liquid shall be in a vault or outdoor fence enclosures complying with PEC-1.

c. Capacitors shall be protected from physical damage by location or by suitable fences,

barriers or other enclosures.

d. Capacitors shall be provided with non-combustible cases and supports.

10. Emergency Power Systems

a. Shall provide electric power for the safety to life and property when normal electric power
supply is interrupted.

b. Shall have adequate capacity for the operation of the emergency load.

c. For hospitals, the transition time to transfer power supply from the instant of interruption
of normal power supply to the emergency supply shall not exceed 10 seconds.

11. Electrical Room

a. An adequate space or area shall be provided at load centers where panel boards,
breakers, switchgears and other electrical equipment are installed.

12. Service Equipment

a. An adequate space or area shall be provided for the service equipment that shall be
located in a readily accessible area, either inside or the outside walls of the building.

13. Metering Facilities

a. Metering Vault, when required for primary service, shall be provided with natural or
artificial ventilation.

b. Metering space shall be provided for single metering or multi-metering centers for
secondary service.

216
SECTION 1302. Mechanical Regulations

1. All mechanical systems, equipment and installations mentioned in the Code shall conform to
the provisions of the Philippine Mechanical Code, as adopted by the Board of Mechanical
Engineering pursuant to RA 8495 as amended, otherwise known as the Philippine
Mechanical Engineering Law.

2. Guarding of Moving and Dangerous Parts

All prime movers, machines and machine parts, power transmission equipment shall be so
guarded, shielded, fenced or enclosed to protect any person against exposure to or
accidental contact with dangerous moving parts.

3. Cranes

a. Adequate means like ladders, stairs or platforms shall be provided for cranes having
revolving cabs or machine houses, to permit the operator to enter or leave the crane cab
and reach the ground safely, irrespective of its position. If a step-over is provided, the
gap must not exceed 300 millimeters.

b. A gong or other effective warning device shall be mounted on each cage or cab.

c. Temporary crane operation without warning device may be allowed provided there is a
flagman whose sole duty is to warn those in the path of the crane or its load.

d. The maximum rated load of all cranes shall be plainly marked on each side of the crane.
If the crane has more than one hoisting unit, each hoist shall have marked on it or its load
block, its rated capacity clearly legible from the ground or floor.

4. Hoists

a. Operating control shall be plainly marked to indicate the direction of travel and provided
with an effective warning device.

b. Each hoist designed to lift its load vertically shall have its rated load legibly marked on the
hoist or load block or at some easily visible space.

c. A stop, which shall operate automatically, shall be provided at each switch, dead end rail
or turntable to prevent the trolley running off when the switch is open.

d. Each electric hoist motor shall be provided with electrically or mechanically operated
brake so arranged that the brake will be applied automatically when the power is cut off
from the hoist.

5. Elevators

Elevators shall be installed in all private and public buildings for public use accessible to
disabled persons, pursuant to the objectives of Batas Pambansa Bilang 344 (Accessibility
Law).

a. Hoistway for elevators shall be substantially enclosed throughout their height, with no
openings allowed except for necessary doors, windows or skylights.

b. Ropes, wires or pipes shall not be installed in hoistways, except when necessary for the
operation of the elevators.

c. Hoistway pits shall be of such depth that when the car rests on the fully compressed
buffers, a clearance of not less than 600 millimeters remains between the underside of
the car and the bottom of the pit.
217
 d. When four (4) or more elevators serve all or the same portion of a building, they shall be
located in not less than two (2) hoistways and in no case shall more than four (4)
elevators be located in any one hoistway.

e. Where a machine room or penthouse is provided at the top of a hoistway, it shall be

constructed with sufficient room for repair and inspection. Access shall be by means of
an iron ladder or stairs when the room is more than 600 millimeters above the adjacent
floor or roof surface. The angle of inclination of such ladder or stairs shall not exceed 60
from the horizontal. This room shall not be used as living quarters or depository of other
materials and shall be provided with adequate ventilation.

f. Minimum number of hoisting ropes shall be three (3) for traction elevators and two (2) for
drum type elevators.

g. The minimum diameter of hoisting and counterweight ropes shall be 30 millimeters.

h. Elevators shall be provided with Fall-Free Safety Device, over-load switch and reverse
polarity relay.

i. In apartments or residential condominiums of five (5) storeys or more, at least one (1)
passenger elevator shall be kept on twenty-four (24) hour constant service.

6. Escalators

a. The angle of inclination of an escalator shall not exceed 30 from the horizontal.

b. The width between balustrades shall not be less than 560 millimeters nor more than 1.20
meters. This width shall not exceed the width of the steps by more than 330 millimeters.

c. Solid balustrades of incombustible material shall be provided on each side of the moving
steps. If made of glass, it shall be of tempered type glass.

d. The rated speed, measured along the angle of inclination, shall be not more than 38
meters per minute.

7. Boilers and Pressure Vessels

a. Location of Boilers

i. Boilers may be located inside buildings provided that the boiler room is of
reinforced concrete or masonry and that the boiler room shall not be used for any
other purpose. No part of the boiler shall be closer than 1.00 meter from any wall
and shall have at least two (2) separate exits.

ii. In case the main building is not made up of fire resistive materials, boilers shall be
located outside the building at a distance of not less than 3.00 meters from the
outside wall of the main building and the building housing the boiler shall be made
up of fire-resistive materials.

b. Smokestacks, whether self-supporting or guyed, shall be of sufficient capacity to handle

fuel gases, shall be able to withstand a wind load of 175 kilometers per hour and shall
rise at least 5.00 meters above the eaves of any building within a radius of 50.00 meters.

c. Manufacturers/assemblers of boilers/pressure vessels/pressurized water heaters shall

stamp each vessel on the front head or on any other suitable location with the name of
the manufacturer, serial number, year of manufacture maximum allowable working
pressure, heating surface in sq. meters, and thickness of shell.

218
 d. Boilers of more than 46.00 sq. meters heating surface shall each be provided with two (2)
means of feeding water, one (1) steam driven and one (1) electrically driven, or one (1)
pump and one (1) injector.

e. Two (2) check valves shall be provided between any feed pump and the boiler in addition
to the regular shut-off valve.

f. Where two (2) or more boilers are connected in parallel, each steam outlet shall be
provided with a non-return valve and a shut-off valve.

g. In no case shall the maximum pressure of an existing boiler be increased to a greater

pressure than would be allowed for a new boiler of same construction.

h. Each boiler shall have at least one (1) safety valve. For boilers having more than 46.00
sq. meters of water heating surface or a generating capacity exceeding 910 kilograms
per hour, two (2) or more safety valves shall be required.

i. Each boiler shall have a steam gauge, with a dial range of not less than one and one-half
times and not more than twice the maximum allowable working pressure. It may be
connected to the steam space or to the steam connection to the water column.

j. Repairs/replacements on any parts shall comply with the applicable section on New
Installation of Boilers/Pressure Vessels of the Philippine Mechanical Code.

k. Upon the completion of the installation, the Building Official shall conduct an inspection
and test, and if found complying with requirements, a certificate of operation for a period
not exceeding one (1) year shall be issued after payment of the required inspection fees.

l. After a permit has been granted to install a boiler/pressure vessel/pressurized water

heater upon payment of the installation fees therefore, it shall be the duty of the Building
Official to make periodic inspection of the installation to determine compliance with the
approved plans and specifications.

m. The Building Official shall notify the owner in writing of the intended date of the annual
inspection at least fifteen (15) days in advance but not to exceed thirty (30) days from the
intended date of inspection.

n. The owner/user shall prepare the boiler(s) for inspection and provide all labor and
equipment required during said inspection.

8. Refrigeration and Air Conditioning

a. The effective temperature and relative humidity of the air to be used for comfortable
cooling shall be maintained at 20Celsius to 24Celsius and 50% to 60%, respectively,
with 4.60 to 7.60 meters per minute air movement within the living zone.

b. Water from evaporators, condensers and other machinery shall be properly collected into
a suitable water or drainage system.

c. Ducts shall be constructed entirely of non-combustible materials such as steel, iron,

aluminum or other approved materials. Only fire retardant lining shall be used on the
inside of ducts.

d. Access doors shall be provided at all automatic dampers, fire dampers, thermostats and
other apparatus requiring service and inspection in the duct system.

e. Where ducts pass thru walls, floors or partitions, the space around the duct shall be
sealed with fire resistant material equivalent to that of the wall, floor or partition, to
prevent the passage of flame or smoke.
219
 f. When ducts or their outlets or inlets pass through firewalls, they shall be provided with
automatic fire dampers that automatically close on both sides of the firewall through
which they pass.

g. Fire doors and fire dampers shall be arranged to close automatically and remain tightly
closed, upon the operation of a fusible link or other approved heat actuated device,
located where readily affected by an abnormal rise of temperature in the duct.

h. Each refrigerating system shall be provided with a legible metal sign permanently
attached and easily noticeable, indicating thereon the name of manufacturer or installer,
kind and total number of kilograms of refrigerant contained in the system and applied field
test pressure applied.

i. In refrigerating plants of more than 45 kilograms, refrigerant, masks and helmets shall be
used. These shall be kept in a suitable cabinet outside the machine room when not in
use.

j. Not more than 140 kilograms of refrigerant in approved containers shall be stored in a
machine room at any given time.

k. Where ammonia is used, the discharge may be into tank of water, which shall be used for
no other purpose except ammonia absorption. At least 1 liter of water shall be provided
for every 120 gallons of ammonia in the system.

l. In a refrigerating system containing more than 9 kilograms, stop valves shall be installed
in inlets and outlets of compressors, outlets of liquid receivers, and in liquid and suction
branch headers.

m. Window type air conditioners shall be provided with drainpipe or plastic tubing for
discharging condensate water into a suitable container or discharge line.

n. Window type air conditioners shall be provided with exhaust ducts if the exhaust is
discharged into corridors/hallways/arcades/sidewalks, etc., and shall be installed at not
less than 2.10 meters above the floor level.

9. Water Pumping for Buildings/Structures

a. Installation of pumping equipment to supply buildings/structures directly from existing

water supply system shall not be allowed. An underground water tank or cistern must be
filled by gravity flow from the water supply system, from where pumps can be installed.

b. To maintain water pressure in all floors of a building/structure, the following systems may
be used:

i. Overhead tank supply – may be installed above the roof supported by the
building/structure or on a separate tower.

(a) Water tanks shall be provided with a vent and an overflow pipe leading to a
storm drain and shall be fully covered.

ii. Pneumatic tank – an unfired pressure vessel, initially full of air, into which water
from mains is pumped.

(a) A suitable pressure switch shall stop the pump when pressure required is
attained.

(b) Tanks shall be designed for twice the maximum total dynamic pressure
required.

220
 (c) An air volume control device shall be installed to maintain correct air volume
inside the tank.

10. Pipings for Fuel, Gas and Steam

a. Piping shall, as much as possible, run parallel to building walls.

b. Grouped piping shall be supported on racks, on either horizontal or vertical planes.

c. Piping on racks shall have sufficient space for pipe or chain wrenches so that any single
line can be altered/repaired/replaced without disturbing the rest.

d. Piping 100 millimeters in diameter and above shall be flanged. Smaller sized pipes may
be screwed.

e. Piping subjected to varying temperatures shall be provided with expansion joints.

f. Galvanized piping shall not be used for steam.

g. Piping carrying steam, hot water or hot liquids shall not be embedded in concrete walls or
floors and shall be properly insulated.

h. Piping carrying propane, butane and other gas which are heavier than air, shall be
provided with automatic shut-off devices. The automatic shut-off device is most effective
if provided to each burner before the flexible connection.

11. Identification of piping by color and tag shall be as follows:

Material Piped Pipe Color Pipe Identification

Acetylene Orange Acetylene

Acid Yellow Acid
Air-High pressure Yellow H.P. Air
Air-Low Pressure Green L.P. Air
Ammonia Yellow Ammonia
Argon-Low Pressure Green L.P. Argon
Blast Furnace Glass Orange [Link]
Carbon Dioxide Red Carbon Dioxide
Gasoline Orange Gasoline
Grease Orange Grease
Helium-Low Pressure Green L.P. Helium
Hydrogen Orange Hydrogen
Nitrogen-Low Pressure Green L.P.-Nitrogen
Oxygen Orange Oxygen
Oil Orange Oil
Steam-High Pressure Yellow [Link]
Steam-Low Pressure Yellow L.P. Steam
Tar Orange Tar
Producer Gas Orange Producer Gas
Liquid Petroleum Gas Orange L. P. Gas
Vacuum-High Orange High Vacuum
Water-Boiler Feed Yellow Boiler Feed Water
Water-Cold Green Cold Water

221
 Material Piped Pipe Color Pipe Identification

Water-Distilled Green Distilled Water

Water (Fire Service) Red Fire Service Water
Water-Hot Yellow Hot Water
Water-Low-Pressure Green L.P. Water
(Excl. Of fire Service)
Water-High Pressure Yellow H.P. Water
(Excl. of Fire service)
Water-Treated Green Treated Water
Oil and Water Green Oil and Water
(For hydraulic system)
Oil and Water Orange Oil and Water
(For hydraulic system)

222
 RULE XIV - PHOTOGRAPHIC AND X-RAY FILMS

SECTION 1401. Storage and Handling

1. Storage rooms of unexposed photographic and x-ray films shall be provided with automatic
fire extinguishing systems in the following cases:

a. When unexposed films in generally accepted safety shipping containers exceed the
aggregate of 14.00 cu. meters;

b. Where shelving used for storage of individual packages not in said shipping containers
exceeds 1.40 cu. meters in capacity; and

c. Storage is not in generally accepted safety shipping containers in any section not
exceeding 14.00 cu. meters.

2. Film negatives in storage or in process of handling shall be kept in heavy Manila envelopes,
not exceeding twelve (12) films to an envelope. Expanding envelopes shall not be used.

3. Film negatives shall be kept in properly insulated vented cabinets, vented storage vaults or
outside storage houses. Not more than 110 kilograms shall be stored in any single cabinet.
Where the film stored exceeds 450 kilograms, it shall be in vented storage vaults or in a
detached structure or roof vault. Door openings in vaults shall be of four-hour fire-resistive
construction and shall be kept closed except when in use.

4. Only incandescent electric light shall be permitted; protected with substantial wire guards or
vapor proof globes or both. Portable lights on extension cords are prohibited. Conspicuous
“NO SMOKING” signs shall be posted.

5. No films shall be stored within 600 millimeters of steam pipes, chimneys, or other sources of
heat.

6. There shall be first aid provisions of types using water or water solutions. Discarded films
shall be stored and handled in the same manner as other films until removed from the
premises.

SECTION 1402. Classes of Film Exempted

1. The provisions of this Section do not apply to the following: film for amateur photographic use
in original packages of “roll” and “film pack” films in quantities of less than 1.40 cu. meters;
safety film; dental X-ray film; establishments manufacturing photographic films and their
storage incidental thereto; and films stored or being used in standard motion picture booths.

2. Safety photographic X-ray film may be identified by the marking on the edge of the film.

SECTION 1403. Fire Extinguishing System

Unless otherwise provided in the Code, all fire extinguishing systems when so required shall
be of a type, specifications, and methods of installation as prescribed in accordance with the
requirements of the Secretary.

223
 RULE XV – PREFABRICATED CONSTRUCTION

SECTION 1501. Prefabricated Assembly

1. Prefabricated assembly is a structural unit, the integral parts of which have been built-up or
assembled prior to incorporation in the building. It shall be made of pre-cast concrete,
various metal components, unplasticized polyvinyl chloride (uPVC) or other construction
materials acceptable to the architect/engineer.

2. To determine the structural adequacy, durability, soundness, weather and fire resistance of
pre-fabricated assemblies, they shall pass the special tests conducted by any accredited
material testing laboratories.

3. Every device or system to connect prefabricated assemblies shall be capable of developing

the strength of the different members as an integral structure. Except, in the case of
members forming part of a structural frame as specified in the Code and this IRR.

4. Anchorages and connections between members and the supporting elements of the structure
or walls shall be capable of withstanding all probable external and internal forces or other
conditions for a structurally adequate construction.

5. In structural design, proper allowances shall be made for any material to be displayed or
removed for the installation of pipes, conduits, or other equipment.

6. Metal and uPVC prefabricated assembly shall be adequately provided with anchorage and
connectors.

7. Placement of prefabricated assemblies shall be inspected to determine compliance with the

Code.

8. During the placement of the prefabricated assembly, a safety engineer shall be required at
the site.

224
 RULE XVI - PLASTICS

SECTION 1601. Approved Plastics

Approved plastic materials shall be those which have a flame-spread rating of two hundred
twenty five (225) or less and a smoke density not greater than that obtained from the burning of
untreated wood under similar conditions when tested in accordance with generally accepted
engineering practices. The products of combustion shall be no more toxic than the burning of
untreated wood under similar conditions.

SECTION 1602. Installation

1. Structural Requirements – All plastic materials shall be of adequate strength and durability
to withstand the prescribed design loads. Sufficient and substantial technical data shall be
submitted to establish stresses, maximum unsupported spans, and such other information as
may be deemed necessary for the various thicknesses and forms used.

2. Fastenings – Fastenings shall be adequate to withstand design loads and internal and
external stresses required of the assembly. Proper allowances of plastic materials in
conjunction with other materials with which it is assembled or integrated shall be provided.

SECTION 1603. Glazing of Openings

1. The location of doors, sashes and framed openings glazed or equipped with approved
plastics at the exterior walls of a building shall be so arranged that in case of fire, the
occupants may use such openings to escape from the building to a place of safety. The
travel distance from any point of the building towards the location of such openings should
not be over 45.00 meters in any place of assembly for spaces not protected by automatic fire
suppression and 60.00 meters in areas so protected.

2. Openings glazed with approved plastics at the ground floor shall be so located such that it
shall open directly to a street or into an exit court. Such openings at the upper floor shall be
so located at a horizontal distance not less than 3.00 meters from the enclosed stairway,
outside stairway or exit passageway leading to a street or into an exit court.

3. The use of plastic doors, sashes and framings of openings for Group A to I Occupancies may
be allowed except for entrance doors and exit doors which should be of materials other than
plastics permitted by the Code.

4. The size of openings glazed with approved plastics shall have a minimum dimension where
one person could pass through or 600 millimeters square.

5. The maximum size of such openings depends upon the structural strength and the fastening
adequacy requirements of approved plastics being used.

6. The spacing between openings glazed with approved plastics shall have a minimum distance
such that the materials used in between can withstand the vertical and lateral forces within
the influence of such openings. The minimum distance shall be 2.00 meters for all spans.

SECTION 1604. Skylights

1. General – Approved plastics may be used in skylights installed on roofs of Types I, II or III
Constructions and all buildings in these categories shall be equipped with an approved
automatic fire-extinguishing system in Groups A, B, C, E, F, J, H-3 and H-4 Occupancies;
Except, that:
225
 a. Approved plastics may be used in any type of construction or occupancy as a fire venting
system when approved by the Building Official.

b. Plastics may be used in approved skylights in Type II one-hour fire-resistive construction

which are located 300 millimeters or more above the lower flange of the ceiling. The
walls of the skylight well shall be no less fire-resistive than the adjacent ceiling.

c. Where a fire-resistive ceiling is not required in one-storey buildings, approved plastics

may be used in skylights.

2. Installation Requirements

a. Except in Group A Occupancies, no skylight shall be installed within 3.00 meters of a

property line.

b. The edges of dome-type skylights shall be properly flashed.

c. Plastic skylights shall be separated from each other by at least 2.50 meters laterally and
3.00 meters along the slope of the roof.

3. Allowable areas – The area of individual plastic skylights shall not exceed 10.00 square
meters. The total aggregate area of plastics used in skylights, monitors, and sawtooth
glazing shall not exceed 20% of the floor area of the room or occupancy sheltered.

4. Curb Requirements – Plastic skylights in roofs having a slope of less than 1 in 3 shall have a
100 millimeters high curb. The curb may be omitted where a wire screen not smaller than
No. 12 U.S. gauge with a mesh not larger than 25 millimeters is provided immediately below
the skylight. The screen shall be substantially mounted below the skylight.

SECTION 1605. Light-Transmitting Panels in Monitors and Sawtooth Roofs

1. General - Where a fire-resistive rating is not required for the roof structure, and in all buildings
provided with an approved automatic fire-extinguishing system, approved plastics may be
used with or without sash as the light-transmitting medium in monitors and sawtooth; Except,
that plastics used in monitors or sawtooth roofs of Type II Construction shall be of materials
appropriate to be used according to flame-spread characteristics.

2. Allowable Areas – The area of individual plastic glazing used in monitors and sawtooth
glazing shall not exceed 15.00 square meters. The total aggregate area of plastics used in
skylights, monitors, and sawtooth glazing shall not exceed 20% of the floor area of the room
or occupancy sheltered.

3. Area Separation – The area of such plastic panels shall be separated from each other by a
section of incombustible material or by a section of the roofing material of the structure not
less than 1.50 meters in length. The lower edge of the plastic material shall be at least 150
millimeters above the surface of the adjoining roof surface.

SECTION 1606. Plastic Light Diffusers in Ceilings

1. General – Ceiling light diffusers having an area greater than 10% of any 10.00 sq. meters of
room area shall be of approved plastics conforming to the requirements specified in the
Code.

2. Installation – Plastic light diffusers shall be installed in such a manner that they will not readily
become detached when subjected to room temperature of 80C for 15 minutes, Except, for
plastic light diffusers which are installed in the first floor area of Group C Occupancies having
226
 egress directly to the exterior of the building; and plastic light diffusers which are located
between an approved automatic Fire-extinguishing system and the area to be protected other
than public corridors for Group A, B, C, D, E, G, H, and I Occupancies if tests required by the
Secretary have established that such installation will not interfere with the efficient operation
of such automatic fire-extinguishing systems.

SECTION 1607. Partitions

Where partitions are not required to be of fire-resistive or incombustible construction,

approved plastics conforming to the requirements specified in the Code may be used.

SECTION 1608. Exterior Veneer

1. General - Exterior veneer may be of approved plastic materials, and shall conform to the
provisions of this Section.

2. Height - Plastic veneer shall not be attached to any exterior wall above the first storey;
Provided, that plastic veneer may be attached to exterior walls above the first storey of
buildings located outside of highly restrictive Fire Zones; Provided, further that the height of
veneer is not in excess of 10.00 meters above the adjacent grade of elevation.

3. Area - Sections of plastic veneer shall not exceed 15.00 sq. meters in area, Except, that in
less restrictive Fire Zones, the area may be increased by 50%.

4. Separation - Sections of plastic veneer shall be separated by a minimum of 1.20 meters

vertically and 600 millimeters horizontally.

SECTION 1609. Awnings and Canopies

1. Plastic materials appropriate for use according to Flame Spread characteristics may be
utilized in awnings and canopies, provided such awnings and canopies are constructed in
accordance with provisions governing projections and appendages as specified in the Code.

2. Approved plastics may be used in awnings where untreated canvass is permitted.

3. Approved plastics may be used in lieu of plain glass in greenhouses in less restrictive Fire
Zones.

227
 RULE XVII - SHEET METAL PAINT SPRAY BOOTHS

SECTION 1701. Sheet Metal Paint Spray Booth

1. Paint spray booths shall be constructed of steel of not less than No. 18 U.S. gauge in
thickness and shall be designed in accordance with the Code.

2. The area of a paint spray booth shall not exceed 150 sq. meters nor 10% of the basic area
permitted for the major use of the building according to its Occupancy Group.

3. The floor of the spray booth and operator’s working area, if combustible, shall be covered
with non-combustible, non sparkling material of such character as to facilitate the safe
cleaning and removal of residue.

4. Paint spray booths shall be designed to permit the free passage of exhaust air from all parts
of the interior and all interior surfaces shall be smooth and continuous without outstanding
edges.

SECTION 1702. Fire Protection

1. Every spray booth having an open front elevation larger than 1.00 sq. meters and which is
not equipped with doors, shall have a fire curtain or metal deflector not less than 100
millimeters deep installed at the upper outer edge of the booth opening.

2. Each paint spray booth shall be separated from other operations by not less than 91
centimeters, or by a greater distance, or by such partition or wall as the Local Fire Service
Marshall may require.

SECTION 1703. Light

1. Paint spray booths shall be illuminated through hammered wire or heat-treated glass panels.
The glass panels shall be located in such a manner as to reduce the hazard of ignition
caused by paint spray deposit.

2. When spraying areas are illuminated through glass panels or other transparent materials,
only light units shall be used as source of illumination.

3. Panels shall effectively isolate the spraying area from the area in which the lighting unit is
located and shall be of non-combustible material or such a nature or so protected that
breakage will be unlikely.

4. Panels shall be arranged so that normal accumulations of residue on the exposed surface of
the panel will not be raised to a dangerous temperature by radiation or conduction from the
source of illumination.

SECTION 1704. Ventilation

1. Mechanical ventilation shall be provided direct to the exterior of the building. The mechanical
exhaust system shall be designed to move the air through any portion of the paint spray area
at the rate of not less than 30.00 lineal meters per minute.

2. The blades of exhaust fans shall be constructed of non-ferrous material and shall be mounted
in such a manner as to prevent contact with the exhaust duct.

228 -
3. The motor shall not be mounted in the spray booth or the duct system and belts shall be
enclosed where they enter the booth or duct system.

4. The discharge point for ducts in a paint spray booth shall be not less than 2.00 meters from
the adjoining combustible construction nor less than 8.00 meters from adjoining exterior wall
openings; except, that the discharge point for exhaust ducts is not regulated in a waterwash
spray booth.

229 -
 RULE XVIII – GLASS AND GLAZING

SECTION 1801. General Requirements

1. This Rule shall apply to exterior glass and glazing in all Uses/Occupancies except
Groups A, B and J Occupancies not over three (3) storeys in height, and to interior
and exterior glass and glazing in all occupancies subject to human impact.

2. Standards for glass and glazing materials shall conform to the provision on glass
dimensional tolerance, breaking stress level, and design safety factors.

3. Each light (glass panel) shall bear the manufacturer’s label designating the type
and thickness of glass.

4. Each light with special performance characteristics such as laminated, heat

strengthened, fully tempered or insulated, shall bear the manufacturer’s
identification showing the special characteristics and thickness by etching or other
permanent identification that shall be visible after the glass is glazed.

5. Appropriate measures shall be provided to deter persons walking into fixed glass
panels where the floor contiguous thereto on to both sides is approximately the
same level.

6. Glass panels not adjacent to wall openings may be made obvious by horizontal
bars at guardrail height, a 450 millimeters opaque bulkhead, distinctive glass such
as etched or translucent for guardrail height, fixed flower bins or other appropriate
construction arrangement.

SECTION 1802. Area Limitation

1. Exterior glass and glazing shall be capable of safely withstanding the load due to
wind pressure for various height zones above ground acting inward or outward.
The area of individual light shall not be more than the maximum allowable area of
glass according to the wind load multiplied by the appropriate adjustment factor.

2. Glass panels which are more than 600 millimeters in width and 180 millimeters or
more in height adjacent to wall opening shall be safety glass unless a bulkhead of
opaque materials not less than 450 millimeters high is provided.

3. The table provided below shall govern the glass area limitation for use in large
area along shopping malls, commercial buildings, theaters, offices, institutional
public buildings and factories other than Group A, B and J Occupancies.

THICKNESS WIDTH LENGTH

(millimeter) (meter) (meter)

8 1.10 and below 1.10 and below

10 2.25 and below 2.25 and below
12 3.00 and below 3.00 and below
15 Over 3.00 Over 3.00

230
SECTION 1803. Glazing

Glass firmly supported on all four (4) edges shall be glazed with minimum laps
and edge clearances in accordance with Section 1801 paragraph (2), Provided, that
glass edge clearance in fixed openings shall be not less than what is required for wind
and earthquake drift. For glass not firmly supported on all four (4) edges and design
shall be submitted for approval of the Building Official. Glass supports shall be
considered firm when deflection of the support at design load does not exceed 1/175
of the span.

SECTION 1804. Louvered Windows

Regular plate, sheet, or patterned glass in jalousies and louvered windows shall
not be thinner than 5.6 millimeters minimal and shall not be longer than 1.20 meters.
Exposed glass edges shall be smooth.

SECTION 1805. Impact

Frameless glass doors, glass in doors, fixed glass panels, and similar glazed
openings which may be subject to accidental human impact shall conform with the
requirements provided under Section 1802 on impact loads of glass; Except in the
following cases:

1. Bathtub and shower enclosures shall be constructed from approved shatter-

resistant materials, such as: wire-reinforced glass not less than 5.6 millimeters
thick; fully tempered glass not less than 4.8 millimeters thick; or laminated safety
glass not less than 6.4 millimeters thick.

2. Glass lights located not less than 450 millimeters above the adjacent finished floor
or walking surface.

3. Glass lights when the least dimension is not greater than 450 millimeters.

4. Glass lights 1.50 sq. meters or less in area.

231
 RULE XIX – THE USE OF COMPUTERS

SECTION 1901. General Rule

The use of computer for all or any part of the design of buildings under the Code is permitted
provided that all programs to be used are documented.

SECTION 1902. Program Documentation

1. Documenting a program under the Code consists of filing with the OBO a reference to a
publication or publications accessible to him where the detailed description of the program or
a brief statement of the theoretical background of the program including a description of the
algorithms used are found.

2. The software name, version number and the company that developed the program and its
address shall be provided as part of the program documentation.

SECTION 1903. Submission of Computer-Generated Computations

a. A copy of the output sheets for computer-generated computations shall be submitted as

part of the design computations.

i. The first sheet of the output sheets shall be signed and sealed by the designer.

b. The output sheets shall be accompanied by a certification of a designer and/or consultant

that the output sheets are the results obtained through the use of documented programs.
The certification should include the identification of the specific program used for each
portion of the computer-generated computations being submitted.

i. The data provided, as computer input shall be clearly distinguished from those
computed in the program.

ii. The information required in the output shall include date of processing, program
identification, all output data, units and final results.

232
 RULE XX - SIGNS

SECTION 2001. General Requirements

1. No sign or signboard shall be erected in such a manner as to confuse or obstruct the view or
interpretation of any official traffic sign, signal, or device.

2. Signs which are written in any foreign language shall have a corresponding translation in
English or in the local dialect.

3. The bottom line of all signboards adjacent to each other shall follow a common base line as
determined by the Building Official.

4. The installation of all kinds of signs shall be such that a harmonious and aesthetic
relationship of all units therein is presented.

SECTION 2002. Maintenance

All signs, together with all of their supports, braces, guys, and anchors, shall be kept in repair
and in proper state of preservation. The display of all signs shall be kept neatly painted and
secured at all times.

SECTION 2003. Design and Construction

Sign structures shall be designed and constructed to resist all forces in accordance with the
National Structural Code for Buildings. For signs on buildings, the dead lateral loads shall be
transmitted through the structural frame of the building to the ground in such a manner as not to
overstress any of the elements of the building. The weight of earth superimposed over footings
may be used in determining the dead load resisting moment. Such earth shall be carefully placed
and thoroughly compacted.

SECTION 2004. Supports and Anchorages

1. General. The supports and anchorages of all signs or sign structures shall be placed in or
upon private property and shall be constructed in conformity with the requirements of the
Code.

a. Sign structures may be constructed only in areas where zoning regulations permit them
and in accordance with the accepted standards of design, construction and maintenance.

b. Roof Signs

i. The design and construction of roof signs shall conform to the provisions of Sec.
1210 of the Code.

ii. No signs shall be erected, attached to, installed or fastened on rooftops of buildings
of wooden structures or of buildings/structures with wooden roof framing.

iii. Adequate provisions for grounding metallic parts of roof signs exposed to lightning
shall be provided.

iv. Installation of warning lights/obstruction lights for air traffic shall be installed where
applicable.

233
c. Ground Signs

i. Ground signs and advertising ground signs which shall be constructed in

conformity with accepted engineering standards, of which height control shall be in
conformity with the Local Zoning Regulation (LZR). (Figure XX.1.)

ii. Ground sign structures shall be located within the property line and under no
circumstances shall they occupy the RROW/street or sidewalk/arcade or similar
access-ways.

iii. Public or government signs erected or installed within the area of the sidewalk shall
be so designed and located that they do not obstruct the easy passage of
pedestrians nor distract the attention of motorists.

d. Projecting Signs

i. On non-arcaded RROW/streets, signs shall not extend more than 1.20 meters over
the sidewalk and measured horizontally from the wall line or building line. On
arcaded RROW/streets, the signs shall not project more than 0.60 meter from the
outermost portion of the wall line of the allowed structure over the arcade. For
buildings abutting on RROW/streets or alleys without sidewalks or provisions
therefor, the signs shall not project more than 0.30 meter from the outermost
portion of the building/structure. (Figures XX.2., XX.3., and XX.4.)

ii. A height clearance of not less than 3.00 meters measured from the finished road
surface shall be provided below the lowest part of such signs projecting over
sidewalks on buildings without arcades and a clearance of not less than 5.00
meters shall be provided below the lowest part of such signs projecting over
arcaded RROW/streets.

iii. The erection of electric neon signboards or other advertisements of similar nature
projecting over roadways or public streets shall be allowed, provided that:

(1) Clear distance between the signboards erected on one building is not less
than 4.00 meters.

(2) Signboards on multi-storey buildings shall be erected on the same vertical

line and shall not overlap each other.

(3) Tops of signboards shall not extend over the topmost part of the parapet or
the bottom line of the eave of the building.

(4) Horizontal projections of signboards shall follow subsections (i) and (ii). of
this Rule.

(5) In case of two (2) adjacent buildings, adjacent signboards shall be placed at
a distance of not less than 2.00 meters from the common boundary line.

(6) Signboards shall not obstruct any window or emergency exit and shall not be
closer than 1.00 meter from electric and telephone posts and wires.

e. Wall Signs

i. Outdoor display signs placed against the front exterior surface of buildings shall not
extend more than 300 millimeters from the wall with its lowest portion not less than
3.00 meters above the sidewalk.

ii. Commercial signs shall not be attached to, painted on, installed or displayed on
posts/columns, beams/girders or any other exterior portion of arcades and
structures for public utilities/services, e.g. mass transit and the like.
234
 iii. Display windows or wall signs within 3.00 meters above the sidewalk shall be
flushed or recessed.

2. Materials. Materials for construction of signs or sign structures shall be of the quality and
grade as specified in the Code. In all signs and sign structures, the materials and details of
construction shall, in the absence of specified requirements, conform to the following:

a. Structural steel shall be of such quality as to conform to ASTM A 36. Secondary

members in contact with or directly supporting the display surface may be formed of light
gauge steel, provided such members are designed in accordance with the specifications
of the design of light gauge steel as specified in ASTM A 242 and, in addition, shall be
galvanized. Secondary members, when formed integrally with the display surface, shall
be not less than No. 24 gauge in thickness. When not formed integrally with the display
surface, the minimum thickness of the secondary members shall be No. 12 gauge. The
minimum thickness of hot-rolled steel members furnishing structural support for signs
shall be 6.35 millimeters, except that if galvanized, such members shall be not less than
3.18 millimeters thick. Steel pipes shall be of such quality as to conform to ASTM A 36.
Steel members may be connected with one galvanized bolt provided that connection is
adequate to transfer the stresses in the members.

b. Anchors and supports, when of wood and embedded in the soil, or within 150
millimeters of the soil, shall all be of heartwood of a durable species or shall be pressure-
treated with an approved preservative.

3. Restrictions on Combustible Materials – All signs or sign structures erected in highly

restrictive Fire Zones shall have structural members of incombustible materials. Ground
signs may be constructed of any material meeting the requirements of the Code.
Combination signs, roof signs, wall signs, projecting signs, and signs on marquees shall be
constructed of incombustible materials. No combustible material other than approved
plastics shall be used in the construction of electric signs.

4. Non-structural Trim – Non-structural trim and portable display surfaces may be of wood,
metal, approved plastics, or any combination thereof.

5. Display Surfaces – Display surfaces in all types of signs may be made of metal, glass, or
approved plastics.

SECTION 2005. Projections and Clearances

1. Clearances from High Voltage Power Lines – Clearances of signs from high voltage power
lines shall be in accordance with the Philippine Electrical Code.

2. Clearances from Fire Escapes, Exits, or Standpipes – No signs or sign structures shall be
erected in such a manner than any portion of its surface or supports will interfere in any way
with the free use of any fire escape, exit, or standpipe.

3. Obstruction of Openings. No sign shall obstruct any opening to such an extent that light or
ventilation is reduced to a point below that required by the Code. Signs erected within 1.50
meters of an exterior wall in which there are openings within the area of the sign shall be
constructed of incombustible material or approved plastics.

4. Projection over Alleys. No sign or sign structure shall project into any public alley below a
height of 3.00 meters above established sidewalk grade, nor project more than 300
millimeters where the sign structure is located 3.00 meters to 4.50 meters above established
sidewalk grade. The sign or sign structure must not project more than 1.00 meter into the
public alley where the sign or sign structure is located more than 4.50 meters above
established sidewalk grade.
235
SECTION 2006. Lighting

Signs shall be illuminated only by electrical means in accordance with the Philippine
Electrical Code.

Figure XX.1.

GROUND SIGN

236
 Figure XX.2.

PROJECTING SIGNS

FRONT ELEVATION SECTION

Figure XX.3.

PROJECTING SIGNS
237
 Figure XX.4.

PROJECTING SIGNS

238
29th October

239